1




31 . 12 .2 0 23 CO N SO LI DAT E D F IN AN CI AL ST AT E M ENT S




(Unaudited figures)
SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - ASSETS ..................................................................................................................................................... 1
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - LIABILITIES ................................................................................................................................................ 2
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT ............................................................................................................................................................... 3
STATEMENT OF NET INCOME AND UNREALISED OR DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES.............................................................................. 4
CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY.............................................................................................................................................................. 5
CASH FLOW STATEMENT ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6

2. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ............................................................................................................................ 7
NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ........................................................................................................................................... 7
NOTE 2 - CONSOLIDATION .................................................................................................................................................................................. 28
NOTE 2.1 - CONSOLIDATION SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................................ 32
NOTE 2.2 - GOODWILL .................................................................................................................................................................................... 36
NOTE 2.3 - UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES .......................................................................................................................... 42
NOTE 2.4 - NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND RELATED DEBT........................................................................................... 45
NOTE 3 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS .................................................................................................................................................................. 46
NOTE 3.1 - FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS ......................................................... 53
NOTE 3.2 - FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES ............................................................................................................................................................ 59
NOTE 3.3 - FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ........................................................ 67
NOTE 3.4 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ............................................................................ 70
NOTE 3.5 - LOANS, RECEIVABLES AND SECURITIES AT AMORTISED COST ......................................................................................... 83
NOTE 3.6 - DEBTS ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 88
NOTE 3.7 - INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE ........................................................................................................................................... 91
NOTE 3.8 - IMPAIRMENT AND PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................................................. 94
NOTE 3.9 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST .............................................................. 115
NOTE 3.10 - COMMITMENTS AND ASSETS PLEDGED AND RECEIVED AS SECURITIES ..................................................................... 119
NOTE 3.11 - TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS ..................................................................................................................................... 122
NOTE 3.12 - OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES ........................................................................................ 124
NOTE 3.13 - CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES .................................................................................................. 127
NOTE 4 - OTHER ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................................................................. 128
NOTE 4.1 - FEE INCOME AND EXPENSE .................................................................................................................................................... 128
NOTE 4.2 - INCOME AND EXPENSE FROM OTHER ACTIVITIES .............................................................................................................. 130
NOTE 4.3 - INSURANCE ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................................................ 131
NOTE 4.4 - OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ............................................................................................................................................ 153
NOTE 5 - OTHER GENERAL OPERATING EXPENSES .................................................................................................................................... 154
NOTE 5.1 - PERSONNEL EXPENSES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS .......................................................................................................... 155
NOTE 5.2 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES .............................................................................................................................................. 165
NOTE 6 - INCOME TAX ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 167
NOTE 7 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ................................................................................................................................................................. 172
NOTE 7.1 - TREASURY SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ISSUED BY THE GROUP ................................................................ 172
NOTE 7.2 - EARNINGS PER SHARE AND DIVIDENDS ............................................................................................................................... 177
NOTE 7.3 - UNREALISED OR DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES ............................................................................................................... 178
NOTE 8 - ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES ............................................................................................................................................................. 181
NOTE 8.1 - SEGMENT REPORTING ............................................................................................................................................................. 181
NOTE 8.2 - PROVISIONS ............................................................................................................................................................................... 186
NOTE 8.3 - TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS ......................................................................................................................... 189
NOTE 8.4 - COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE CONSOLIDATION SCOPE ................................................................................................... 196
NOTE 8.5 - FEES PAID TO STATUTORY AUDITORS .................................................................................................................................. 233
NOTE 9 - INFORMATION ON RISKS AND LITIGATION .................................................................................................................................... 234
NOTE 10 - RISK MANAGEMENT LINKED WITH FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................. 241
NOTE 10.1 - RISK MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................................................................ 241
NOTE 10.2 - CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND ADEQUACY............................................................................................................................ 250
NOTE 10.3 - CREDIT RISK ............................................................................................................................................................................. 252
NOTE 10.4 - COUNTERPARTY RISK ............................................................................................................................................................ 258
NOTE 10.5 - MARKET RISK ........................................................................................................................................................................... 264
NOTE 10.6 - STRUCTURAL RISKS: INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE ........................................................................................ 272
NOTE 10.7 - STRUCTURAL RISK: LIQUIDITY .............................................................................................................................................. 277
1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The amounts for 2022 have been restated (identified by a “R”) following the first retrospective application of
IFRS 17 "Insurance Contracts" and IFRS 9 "Financial Instruments" by the insurance subsidiaries
(see Note 1).


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - ASSETS

(In EUR m)
31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R 01.01.2022 R

Cash, due from central banks 223,048 207,013 179,969

Notes 3.1, 3.2
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 495,882 427,151 446,717
and 3.4
Notes 3.2
Hedging derivatives 10,585 32,971 13,592
and 3.4
Financial assets at fair value through other Notes 3.3
90,894 92,960 112,695
comprehensive income and 3.4
Notes 3.5, 3.8
Securities at amortised cost 28,147 26,143 24,149
and 3.9
Notes 3.5, 3.8
Due from banks at amortised cost 77,879 68,171 57,204
and 3.9
Notes 3.5, 3.8
Customer loans at amortised cost 485,449 506,635 497,233
and 3.9
Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against
Note 3.2 (433) (2,262) 131
interest rate risk

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets Note 4.3 459 353 380

Tax assets Note 6 4,717 4,484 4,747

Other assets Note 4.4 69,765 82,315 90,045

Non-current assets held for sale Note 2.4 1,763 1,081 27

Investments accounted for using the equity method 227 146 95

Tangible and intangible fixed assets Note 8.3 60,714 33,958 32,848

Goodwill Note 2.2 4,949 3,781 3,741

Total 1,554,045 1,484,900 1,463,573




1
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - LIABILITIES

(In EUR m)
31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R 01.01.2022 R

Due to central banks 9,718 8,361 5,152
Notes 3.1, 3.2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 375,584 304,175 311,703
and 3.4
Notes 3.2
Hedging derivatives 18,708 46,164 10,425
and 3.4
Notes 3.6
Debt securities issued 160,506 133,176 135,324
and 3.9
Notes 3.6
Due to banks 117,847 133,011 139,177
and 3.9
Notes 3.6
Customer deposits 541,677 530,764 509,133
and 3.9
Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged
Note 3.2 (5,857) (9,659) 2,832
against interest rate risk
Tax liabilities Note 6 2,402 1,645 1,573

Other liabilities Note 4.4 93,658 107,315 105,973

Non-current liabilities held for sale Note 2.4 1,703 220 1

Insurance contracts related liabilities Note 4.3 141,723 135,875 150,562

Provisions Note 8.2 4,235 4,579 4,850

Subordinated debts Note 3.9 15,894 15,948 15,959

Total liabilities 1,477,798 1,411,574 1,392,664

Shareholder's equity

Shareholders' equity, Group share

Issued common stocks and capital reserves Note 7.1 21,186 21,248 21,913

Other equity instruments 8,924 9,136 7,534

Retained earnings 32,891 33,816 36,624

Net income 2,493 1,825 -

Sub-total 65,494 66,025 66,071

Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses Note 7.3 481 945 (973)

Sub-total equity, Group share 65,975 66,970 65,098

Non-controlling interests 10,272 6,356 5,811

Total equity 76,247 73,326 70,909

Total 1,554,045 1,484,900 1,463,573




2
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

2023 2022 R
(In EUR m)
Interest and similar income (1) Note 3.7 53 087 30 738
Interest and similar expense Note 3.7 (42 777) (17 897)
Fee income Note 4.1 10 063 9 400
Fee expense Note 4.1 (4 475) (4 183)
Net gains and losses on financial transactions 10 290 866
o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value
Note 3.1 10 327 1 044
through profit or loss
o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value
(9) (152)
through other comprehensive income
o/w net gains and losses from the derecognition of financial
(28) (26)
instruments at amortised cost
Income from insurance activities Note 4.3 3 539 3 104
Expenses from insurance services Note 4.3 (1 978) (1 606)
Income and expenses from reinsurance held Note 4.3 17 (19)
(1)
Net Finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued Note 4.3 (6 285) 4 030
(1)
Net Finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held Note 4.3 5 45
Cost of credit risk of financial assets from insurance activities Note 3.8 7 1
Income from other activities Note 4.2 21 005 13 301
Expenses from other activities Note 4.2 (17 394) (10 625)
Net banking income 25 104 27 155
Other operating expenses Note 5 (16 849) (16 425)
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible
(1 675) (1 569)
fixed assets
Gross operating income 6 580 9 161
Cost of risk Note 3.8 (1 025) (1 647)
Operating income 5 555 7 514
Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method 24 15
Net income / expense from other assets (113) (3 290)
Value adjustments on goodwill Note 2.2 (338) -
Earnings before tax 5 128 4 239
Income tax Note 6 (1 679) (1 483)
Consolidated net income 3 449 2 756
Non-controlling interests Note 2.3 956 931
Net income, Group share 2 493 1 825
Earnings per ordinary share Note 7.2 2,17 1,50
Diluted earnings per ordinary share Note 7.2 2,17 1,50
(1) The Interest and similar income and Net gains and losses on financial transactions lines include in particular the
gains and losses on the investments of insurance activities. These amounts must be assessed by taking into
account the financial gains and losses arising from the measurement of the insurance and reinsurance contracts
associated with these investments, which are presented in the Net financial income or expenses of the insurance
contracts issued (see Note 4.3).




3
STATEMENT OF NET INCOME AND UNREALISED OR
DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES

(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Consolidated net income 3,449 2,756
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will be reclassified subsequently
(166) 578
into income
Translation differences (356) 1,820
Revaluation differences for the period (429) 1,278
Reclassified into income 73 542
Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive
2,402 (10,849)
income (1)
Revaluation differences for the period 2,374 (11,029)
Reclassified into income 28 180
Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive
(2,134) 10,050
income (1)
Revaluation of hedging derivatives (68) (610)
Revaluation differences of the period (36) (482)
Reclassified into income (32) (128)
Related tax (10) 167
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will not be reclassified
(177) 539
subsequently into income
Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans 12 92
Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through
(257) 671
profit or loss
Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income 1 (26)
Related tax 67 (198)
Total unrealised or deferred gains and losses (343) 1,117
Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses 3,106 3,873
o/w Group share 2,085 3,080
o/w non-controlling interests 1,021 793
(1) The “Revaluation of the debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income” line includes the
revaluation gains and losses on the investments of the insurance activities measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income. Their net amounts must be perceived taking into account the financial gains and losses
from the revaluation of the insurances contracts associated with these investments; these gains and losses are
presented in the “Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive income” line (see
Note 4.3).




4
CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Shareholders' equity, Group share

Issued
common Total
stocks and Unrealised and Non- consolidated
capital Other equity Retained Net income, deferred gains controlling shareholder's
(In EUR m) reserves instruments earnings Group share and losses Total interests equity

At 1 January 2022 21,913 7,534 36,412 - (792) 65,067 5,796 70,863

Effect of the application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for
- - 212 - (181) 31 15 46
insurance subsidiaries (see Note 1)

At 1 January 2022 R 21,913 7,534 36,624 - (973) 65,098 5,811 70,909


Increase in common stock and issuance /
(233) 1,602 (590) - - 779 (33) 746
redemption and remuneration of equity instruments

Elimination of treasury stock (524) - (66) - - (590) - (590)


Equity component of share-based payment plans 92 - - - - 92 - 92


2022 R Dividends paid (see Note 7.2) - - (1,371) - - (1,371) (754) (2,125)


Effect of changes of the consolidation scope - - (88) - - (88) 543 455

Sub-total of changes linked to relations with
(665) 1,602 (2,115) - - (1,178) (244) (1,422)
shareholders

2022 R Net income - - - 1,825 - 1,825 931 2,756


Change in unrealised or deferred gains and losses - - - - 1,255 1,255 (138) 1,117


Other changes * - - (693) - 663 (30) (4) (34)

Sub-total - - (693) 1,825 1,918 3,050 789 3,839

At 31 December 2022 R 21,248 9,136 33,816 1,825 945 66,970 6,356 73,326

Allocation to retained earnings - - 1,881 (1,825) (56) - - -

At 1 January 2023 21,248 9,136 35,697 - 889 66,970 6,356 73,326

Increase in common stock and issuance /
redemption and remuneration of equity instruments (1,133) (212) (1,143) - - (2,488) (70) (2,558)
(see Note 7.1)


Elimination of treasury stock (see Note 7.1) 961 - (62) - - 899 - 899


Equity component of share-based payment plans 110 - - - - 110 - 110


2023 Dividends paid (see Note 7.2) - - (1,362) - - (1,362) (499) (1,861)

Effect of changes of the consolidation scope
- - (34) - - (34) 3,523 3,489
(see Note 7.1)

Sub-total of changes linked to relations with
(62) (212) (2,601) - - (2,875) 2,954 79
shareholders

2023 Net income - - - 2,493 - 2,493 956 3,449


Change in unrealised or deferred gains and losses - - - - (408) (408) 65 (343)


Other changes - - (205) - - (205) (59) (264)

Sub-total - - (205) 2,493 (408) 1,880 962 2,842

At 31 December 2023 21,186 8,924 32,891 2,493 481 65,975 10,272 76,247


* Includes the reallocation to Unrealised and deferred gains and losses recognised directly in equity of the currency
translation adjustment on US dollar financial assets classified as net investment in a foreign operation.




5
CASH FLOW STATEMENT

(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Consolidated net income (I) 3,449 2,756
Amortisation expense on tangible and intangible fixed assets (including operational
7,710 5,342
leasing)
Depreciation and net allocation to provisions (346) (18)
Net income/loss from investments accounted for using the equity method (24) (15)
Change in deferred taxes 209 209
Net income from the sale of long-term assets and subsidiaries (101) (168)
Other changes 4,748 5,368
Non-cash items included in net income and other adjustments excluding income
12,196 10,718
on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (II)
Income on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (379) 11,739
Interbank transactions (18,239) (11,795)
Customers transactions 23,841 3,632
Transactions related to other financial assets and liabilities 9,753 28,161
Transactions related to other non-financial assets and liabilities 6,802 (6,130)
Net increase/decrease in cash related to operating assets and liabilities (III) 21,778 25,607
Net cash inflow (outflow) related to operating activities (A) = (I) + (II) + (III) 37,423 39,081
Net cash inflow (outflow) related to acquisition and disposal of financial assets and long
(206) 578
term investments
Net cash inflow (outflow) related to tangible and intangible fixed assets (11,867) (9,579)
Net cash inflow (outflow) related to investment activities (B) (12,073) (9,001)
Cash flow from/to shareholders (3,928) (712)
Other net cash flow arising from financing activities 26 498
Net cash inflow (outflow) related to financing activities (C) (3,902) (214)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (D) (2,320) 2,354
Net inflow (outflow) in cash and cash equivalents (A) + (B) + (C) + (D) 19,128 32,220
Cash, due from central banks (assets) 207,013 179,969
Due to central banks (liabilities) (8,361) (5,152)
Current accounts with banks (see Note 3.5) 34,672 28,205
Demand deposits and current accounts with banks (see Note 3.6) (10,455) (12,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year 222,869 190,649
Cash, due from central banks (assets) 223,048 207,013
Due to central banks (liabilities) (9,718) (8,361)
Current accounts with banks (see Note 3.5) 39,798 34,672
Demand deposits and current accounts with banks (see Note 3.6) (11,131) (10,455)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 241,997 222,869
Net inflow (outflow) in cash and cash equivalents 19,128 32,220




6
2. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024.


NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
1. INTRODUCTION

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Under European Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International
Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 in accordance with the International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that
date. The Group includes the Societe Generale parent company (including the Societe Generale
foreign branches) and all the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or
indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence
(associates).
These standards are available on the European Commission website.
In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to
continue accounting for hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union,
including the provisions related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “carve-out”).

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PRESENTATION

As the IFRS framework does not specify a standard model, the format of the primary financial
statements used is consistent with the format proposed by the French Accounting Standard
Setter, the Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC), under Recommendation No. 2022-01 of
8 April 2022.
The disclosures provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements focus on
information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of the Societe Generale
group, its activities, and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations during the period
under review.
The Group publishes its Annual Financial Report 2023 using the European Single Electronic
Format (ESEF) as defined by the amended Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815.

PRESENTATION CURRENCY

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.
The figures reported in the financial statements and in the notes are expressed in millions of
euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding may generate discrepancies between
the figures reported in the financial statements and those reported in the Notes.




7
2. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS APPLIED BY THE GROUP AS OF 1 JANUARY 2023


IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”
Amendments to IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” and IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”
Amendments to IAS 1 “Disclosure of Accounting Policies”
Amendments to IAS 8 “Definition of Accounting Estimates”
Amendments to IAS 12 “Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising
from a Single Transaction”
Amendments to IAS 12 "International Tax Reform - Pillar 2 Model Rules"
Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback” (early application)

IFRS 17 “INSURANCE CONTRACTS” – AMENDMENTS TO IFRS 17 PUBLISHED ON 25 JUNE 2020 AND
AMENDMENTS TO IFRS 17 AND IFRS 9 PUBLISHED ON 9 DECEMBER 2021

The impacts of the first application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the insurance subsidiaries are presented in
paragraph 4 below.

AMENDMENTS TO IAS 1 “DISCLOSURE OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES”

The aim of these amendments is to help companies improve the materiality of the information on accounting
policies disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements and the usefulness of that information to investors
and financial statement users.
The Group takes into account these amendments for the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

AMENDMENTS TO IAS 8 “DEFINITION OF ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES”

The aim of these amendments is to facilitate distinguishing between changes in accounting methods and
changes in accounting estimates.
The Group takes into account these amendments for the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

AMENDMENTS TO IAS 12 “INCOME TAXES” - “DEFERRED TAX RELATED TO ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
ARISING FROM A SINGLE TRANSACTION”


These amendments clarify and narrow the scope of the exemption provided by the “IAS 12 – Income Tax”
standard allowing institutions not to recognise any deferred tax at the initial recognition of an asset or a
liability. Are excluded from the exemption scope all leases and decommissioning obligations for which
companies recognise both an asset and a liability and will now have to recognise deferred taxes.
The aim of these amendments is to reduce heterogeneity in the recognition of the deferred taxes related to
leases and to decommissioning obligations.
Since the date of first application of “IFRS 16 – Leases”, the Group has been considering the rights of use
and the lease-related debt as a single transaction. Consequently, on the initial recognition date, the amount
of deferred tax asset offsets the amount of deferred tax liability. The net temporary differences arising from
later variations in the right of use and lease debt subsequently result in the recognition of a deferred tax.
This amendment thus has no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

AMENDMENTS TO IAS 12 “INTERNATIONAL TAX REFORM - PILLAR 2 MODEL RULES”

These amendments introduce a mandatory temporary exemption from the recognition of deferred income
tax assets and liabilities stemming from the OECD Pillar 2 rules and apply retrospectively for the financial
years beginning on or after 1 January 2023.
This exemption involves specific reporting requirements for the consolidated financial statements.




8
The Group has put in place a project structure in order to identify the impacts of these amendments to
conform with the new obligations imposed by the latter in relation to the OECD’s Pillar 2 global tax reform
(see Note 6).



AMENDMENTS TO IFRS 16 “LEASE LIABILITY IN A SALE AND LEASEBACK”
These amendments provide clarifications on the subsequent measurement of leaseback transactions when
the initial sale of the asset meets the criteria of IFRS 15 (“Revenue from contract with customers”) to be
recognised as a sale. These amendments specify in particular how to subsequently assess the lease liability
resulting from these leaseback transactions, made of variable lease payments that do not depend on an
index or a rate.
These amendments have no impact on the Groupe's consolidated financial statements.



3. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, AMENDMENTS OR INTERPRETATIONS TO BE APPLIED BY THE
GROUP IN THE FUTURE

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which have not yet been adopted by
the European Union as at 31 December 2023. Their application is required for the financial years beginning
on or after 1 January 2024 at the earliest or on the date of their adoption by the European Union. They have
thus not been applied by the Group as at 31 December 2023.

The provisional timetable for the application of these standards is as follows:




Amendments to IAS 21 "Lack of Exchangeability"

2025




AMENDMENTS TO IAS 21 “LACK OF EXCHANGEABILITY”
Published on 15 August 2023.
These amendments specify the situations in which a currency is considered convertible, and the procedure
for assessing the exchange rate of a non-convertible currency. They also detail the supplementary
information to provide in the Notes to the financial statements for non-convertible currencies.
These amendments will be consolidated in “IAS 21 — The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”
and “IFRS 1 - First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” in March 2024.
The impact of these amendments is currently being analysed.




9
4. INITIAL APPLICATION OF IFRS 17 “INSURANCE CONTRACTS” AND OF IFRS 9 “FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS” TO INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES

IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”, issued on 18 May 2017 and modified by the 25 June 2020 and 9 December
2021 Amendments, replaces IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” which allowed, in particular, insurance contracts
to be recognised using methods set out by the local accounting regulations.
On 23 November 2021, the European Commission (EC) published in the Official Journal, Commission
Regulation (EU) 2021/2036 of 19 November 2021 adopting IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”. This adoption
included the possibility for European companies not to apply the requirement laid out in the standard to
group some insurance contracts by annual cohort for their measurement; this exemption will be reassessed
by the European Commission by 31 December 2027 at the latest.
Since 1 January 2023, the Group has been applying IFRS17. On that same date, the Group’ insurance
subsidiaries started applying IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” for the first time; this application had been
delayed as a result of the possibilities offered by the Amendments to IFRS 17 and to IFRS 4 issued by the
IASB on 25 June 2020 and extended by Regulations (EU) 2017/1988 and 2020/2097 of the European
Commission.
On 8 September 2022, the European Union adopted the amendments to IFRS 17 published by the IASB on
9 December 2021 with the aim of improving the usefulness of the comparative information about financial
assets presented on the initial application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9.
The main consequences of the application of IFRS 17 concern:
▪ the measurement of insurance contracts, materialised mainly as liabilities on the balance sheet: their
value will be updated on each closing date based on a re-estimate of the future cash flows related to
their fulfilment. This re-estimate will take account, in particular, of market data in relation to financial
elements and the behaviour of policyholders;
▪ the recognition of the margin: although the profitability of the insurance contracts remains unchanged,
the pace of recognition of the margin in the income statement is modified. Any expected profit is deferred
in the balance sheet and spread in the income statement over the coverage period of the insurance
contracts. Conversely, any expected loss is immediately recognised in the income statement upon its
initial recognition or in subsequent measurements; and
▪ the presentation of the income statement: the operating expenses attributable to the fulfilment of
insurance contracts is hence presented in reduction of the Net Banking Income as Insurance service
expenses and thus does not impact the total operating expenses on the consolidated income statement
anymore.


TRANSITIONAL AND INITIAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS


IFRS 17 standard
The initial application of IFRS 17 on 1 January 2023 is retrospective and the comparative data of the 2022
financial year have been restated.
The differences in measurement of the insurance assets and liabilities resulting from the retrospective
application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 are presented directly in equity.
The retrospective measurement of these assets and liabilities, and in particular of the different insurance
contract portfolios, may be subject to simplified alternate approaches when the necessary data are not all
available. The standard then allows for the use of:
▪ either a modified retrospective approach that provides, based on reasonable information available at no
cost or undue effort, measurements that are as close as possible to those that would result from the
retrospective application of the standard;
▪ or an approach based on the fair value of the insurance contracts portfolios as at 1 January 2022.




10
The Group has applied a modified retrospective approach for the savings life insurance contracts and
savings retirement contracts which represent the large majority of its contracts. Protection-Property and
casualty contracts were subject to a full retrospective approach. For Protection-Provident contracts a
retrospective approach, either full or modified, has been applied on a case-by-case basis.
The measurement of the insurance contracts made on a current basis, taking into account the time value of
money and the financial risks related to future cash flows, required to adjust the measurement of some
assets held to back the contracts in order to reduce the possible accounting mismatches.
Since 1 January 2023, initial application date of IFRS 17, the Group is measuring at fair value the investment
properties held by insurance companies to back the insurance contracts issued. These are investment
properties held as part of the management of insurance contracts with direct participations features.
IFRS 17 requires to include in the measurement of the insurance contracts general operating expenses
(personnel expenses, amortisation expenses for fixed assets and other operating expenses) directly
attributable to the fulfilment of contracts and to present them as Insurance service expenses in the Net
banking income.
The Group’s insurance subsidiaries systematically identify in the fulfilment cash flows of their contracts the
amount of administrative costs they expect to bear. These administrative costs are presented under
Insurance service expenses in the Net banking income. Consequently, the administrative costs presented
by nature on the consolidated income statement are reduced by the amounts allocated to the fulfilment of
the insurance contracts.
Furthermore, the Group’s banking entities sell, through their retail networks, the insurance contracts issued
by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries and thus invoice fees to these entities. These fees cover the costs
incurred by the banking entities plus a margin. As this invoicing takes place between Group-controlled
entities, the internal margin received by the banking entity and incurred by the insurance entity is eliminated
in the consolidated accounts. The administrative costs incurred by the banking entities for the distribution of
contracts are regarded as expenses directly attributable to the fulfilment of the contracts and are thus
incorporated into the measurement of the contracts and presented under the Insurance service expenses
heading. The contractual service margin of the insurance contracts distributed by the Group’s banking
entities is thus determined by taking into account both the costs incurred by the distributing banking entity
(excl. internal margin) and the other directly attributable costs incurred by the insurance entity.


IFRS 9 standard
The initial application of IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries as at 1 January 2023 is retrospective.


For the sake of consistency with the IFRS 17 transition arrangements, and in order to provide more relevant
and useful information, the Group has restated the comparative figures of the 2022 financial year related to
the relevant financial instruments of its insurance subsidiaries (including the financial instruments
derecognised during the 2022 financial year in accordance with IFRS 17 amendment which allows the
presentation of comparative information concerning a financial asset as if IFRS 9 had previously been
applied to that asset).
Following the retrospective application of IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2022, the differences in measurement
(including the impairment for credit risk) of the financial assets and liabilities impacted are recognised directly
in equity.


New presentation of the financial statements
On the balance sheet, the accounting outstanding amounts related to insurance contracts, previously
booked under Other assets, Insurance contracts related liabilities and Other liabilities are now presented
under Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets and Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities.
The accounting outstanding amounts related to the financial instruments and investments properties of
insurance activities, previously booked on the assets side under Investments of insurance companies and
on the liabilities side under Insurance contracts related liabilities, are now presented under the different
headings of the balance sheet according to their classification and valuation technique.




11
In the consolidated income statement, in the Net banking income, the income and expenses related to the
insurance contracts issued and the reinsurance contracts were previously grouped under Net income from
insurance activities. These income and expenses are now measured and recognised according to IFRS 17,
and presented in the Net banking income under the following headings:
▪ Income from insurance contracts issued;
▪ Insurance service expenses;
▪ Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held;
▪ Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued; and
▪ Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held.

The incomes and expenses related to the financial instruments of insurance activities, previously presented
under Net income from insurance activities, are now presented under the consolidated income statement
headings dedicated to the valuation of financial instruments, with the exception of the expenses and incomes
related to credit risk which are presented in the Net banking income under Cost of credit risk of the financial
assets related to insurance activities.
Furthermore, in the context of the application of IFRS 17, the Group has modified the presentation of the
general operating expenses in the consolidated income statement to improve the readability of the Group’s
performance. The Other general operating expenses heading now includes the amounts previously
presented under Personnel expenses and Other operating expenses, from which are deducted the general
operating expenses related to insurance contracts that will henceforth be presented under the Insurance
service expenses heading in the Net banking income.

IMPACTS ON THE GROUP’S BALANCE SHEET AND PERFORMANCE
The following tables reconcile the balance sheet as at 31 December 2021, presented taking into account
the application of IAS 39 and IFRS 4 by the insurance subsidiaries, and the balance sheet as at 1 January
2022, presented taking into account the application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17. The tables also include the
balance sheet as at 31 December 2022 restated as a result of the application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17.




12
A B C D
Balances as at Other Reclassified
IFRS 9 reclassifications
(In EUR m) 31.12.2021 reclassifications balances
of loans and
receivables
of available for- regarding
sale their
financial business of non-SPPI loans
assets model and receivables Others
Cash, due from central banks 179,969 - 179,969
Financial assets at fair value through profit
342,714 15,879 2,085 85,826 446,504
or loss
Hedging derivatives 13,239 353 13,592
Financial assets at fair value through other
43,450 67,632 1,454 - 112,536
comprehensive income
Securities at amortised cost 19,371 4,975 22 24,368

Due from banks at amortised cost 55,972 1,232 57,204

Customer loans at amortised cost 497,164 69 497,233
Revaluation differences on portfolios
131 - 131
hedged against interest rate risk
Investments of insurance companies 178,898 (88,486) (1,454) (2,085) (86,873) -
Financial assets at fair value through
211 (211)
profit or loss (trading portfolio)
Financial assets at fair value through
84,448 (84,448)
profit or loss (fair value option)
Hedging derivatives 353 (353)

Available-for-sale financial assets 88,486 (88,486) -

Due from banks 4,771 (1,454) (2,085) (1,232)

Customer loans 69 (69)

Held-to-maturity financial assets 22 (22)

Real estate investments 538 (538)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

Tax assets 4,812 - 4,812

Other assets 92,898 (1,167) 91,731

Non-current assets held for sale 27 - 27

Deferred profit-sharing - - -
Investments accounted for using the equity
95 - 95
method
Tangible and intangible fixed assets 31,968 538 32,506

Goodwill 3,741 - 3,741

Total Assets 1,464,449 - - - - 1,464,449




13
E F G H
Adjustment of book value related to insurance Balances as Balances as
Reclassified Adjustment of book value related Deferred
contracts at 01.01.2022 at 31.12.2022
balances to investments taxes
R R
IFRS 4 IFRS 17 insurance contracts
derecognition accounting
Impairment
and
Reclassificatio provisions for through through
(In EUR m) n effects credit risk Total reserves OCI Total
Cash, due from
179,969 - - - - 179,969 207,013
central banks
Financial assets at
fair value through 446,504 213 213 - - - 446,717 427,151
profit or loss

Hedging derivatives 13,592 - - - - 13, 592 32,971

Financial assets at
fair value through
other 112,536 159 159 - - - 112, 695 92,960
comprehensive
income
Securities at
24,368 (218) (1) (219) - - - 24,149 26,143
amortised cost
Due from banks at
57,204 - - - - 57,204 68,171
amortised cost
Customer loans at
497,233 - - - - 497,233 506,635
amortised cost
Revaluation
differences on
portfolios hedged 131 - - - - 131 (2,262)
against interest rate
risk
Investments of
insurance -
companies
Insurance and
reinsurance - 355 25 380 380 353
contracts assets

Tax assets 4,812 - - - (65) 4,747 4,484

Other assets 91,731 (0) - (1,702) 16 16 90,045 82,315

Non-current assets
27 - - - - 27 1,081
held for sale
Deferred profit-
- - - - -
sharing
Investments
accounted for using 95 - - - - 95 146
the equity method
Tangible and
intangible fixed 32,506 356 356 (14) - - 32,848 33,958
assets

Goodwill 3,741 - - - - 3,741 3,781

Total Assets 1,464,449 510 (1) 509 (1 716) 371 25 396 (65) 1,463,573 1,484,900




14
I J K L M

Reclassi- Adjustment of book value related to insurance Balances as Balances as
Balances at Adjustment of book value Deferred
fications contracts at at
31.12.2021 (1) related to investments taxes 01.01.2022 R 31.12.2022 R
IFRS 4 IFRS 17 insurance contracts
derecogni- accounting
tion
Impairment
Reclassi and
-fication provisions for through
(In EUR m) effects credit risk Total reserves through OCI Total

Due to central banks 5,152 - 5,152 8,361

Financial liabilities at fair
307,563 4,140 - 311,703 304,175
value through profit or loss

Hedging derivatives 10,425 - 10,425 46,164


Debt securities issued 135,324 - 135,324 133,176


Due to bank 139,177 - 139,177 133,011


Customer deposits 509,133 - 509,133 530,764

Revaluation differences on
portfolio hedged against 2,832 - 2,832 (9,659)
interest rate risk

Tax liabilities 1,577 - (4) 1,573 1,645


Other liabilities 106,305 (360) 28 28 105,973 107,315


Non-current liabilities held
1 - - 1 220
for sale


Insurance contracts
155,288 (4,140) - - (151,148)
related liabilities
Underwriting reserves
of insurance 151,148 (151,148)
companies
Financial liabilities of
4,140 (4,140)
insurance companies

Insurance and reinsurance
- - 144,936 5,626 150,562 150,562 135,875
contracts liabilities

Provisions 4,850 - - 4,850 4,579


Subordinated debts 15,959 - - 15,959 15,948


Total liabilities 1,393,586 - (151,508) 144,964 5,626 150,590 (4) 1,392,664 1,411,574


Shareholders’ equity

Shareholders' equity,
Group share

Issued common stocks
21,913 - - 21,913 21,248
and capital reserves

Other equity
7,534 - - 7,534 9,136
instruments

Retained earnings 30,631 5,781 3,318 (20) 3,298 140,983 (143,944) (143,944) (125) 36,624 33,816


Net income 5,641 (5,641) - - - - 1,825


Sub-total 65,719 140 3,318 (20) 3,298 140,983 (143,944) (143,944) (125) 66,071 66,025


Unrealised or deferred
capital gains and (652) (140) (2,810) 19 (2,791) 8,143 (5,600) (5,600) 67 (973) 945
losses

Sub-total equity,
65,067 508 (1) 507 149,126 (143,944) (5,600) (149,544) (58) 65,098 66,970
Group share

Non-controlling interests 5,796 2 (0) 2 666 (649) (1) (650) (3) 5,811 6,356


Total equity 70,863 510 (1) 509 149,792 (144,593) (5,601) (150,194) (61) 70,909 73,326


Total 1,464,449 - 510 (1) 509 (1,716) 371 25 396 (65) 1,463,573 1,484,900


(1) This column includes the allocation to retained earnings of 2021 net income and gains and losses recognised
directly in equity that will not be reclassified subsequently to income.




15
DESCRIPTION OF THE RECLASSIFICATIONS MADE FOR THE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND
OTHER INVESTMENT ASSETS AS AT 1 JANUARY 2022 (COLUMNS A, B, C, D AND I)

RECLASSIFICATION OF AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS (COLUMN A)
Applying IFRS 9 causes the disappearance of the Available-for-sale financial assets accounting category.
Consequently, the instruments previously included in this category have been reclassified under IFRS 9
accounting headings according to the characteristics of their contractual cash flows and their business
model.
The Available-for-sale assets of insurance companies included, as at 31 December 2021, debt securities
(bonds and equivalent securities) for EUR 74,084 million and equity securities (shares and equivalent
securities) for EUR 14,402 million.
Basic debt securities (financial instruments, whose contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal
and interests) were reclassified as follows:
− debt securities held as part of a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect
contractual cash flows business model were reclassified as Financial assets at amortised cost for EUR
4,975 million. These are mainly debt securities acquired for the purpose of reinvesting the own funds of
insurance subsidiaries;
− debt securities held as part of a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting
contractual cash flows and selling financial assets business model were reclassified as Financial assets
at fair value through other comprehensive income for EUR 67,632 million. These debt securities are
mainly acquired for the management of insurance contracts.
Non-basic debt securities and equity securities were reclassified into Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss for EUR 15,879 million. These securities are held for the purpose of managing insurance
contracts.

RECLASSIFICATION OF LOANS AND RECEIVABLES (COLUMNS B, C AND D)
Basic loans and receivables (financial instruments whose contractual cash flows are Solely Payments of
Principal and Interests) were reclassified as follows:
− loans and receivables held as part of a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to
collect contractual cash flows business model were reclassified as Due from banks at amortised cost for
EUR 1,232 million and as Customer loans at amortised cost for EUR 69 million (column D);
− loans and receivables held as part of a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting
contractual cash flows and selling financial assets business model were reclassified as Financial assets
at fair value through other comprehensive income for an amount of EUR 1,454 million. These loans and
receivables are Due from banks (column B).
Non-basic loans and receivables were reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss for
EUR 2,085 million (column C).
Financial instruments reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income or
as Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are mainly bonds recognised at amortised cost
following the amendment of IAS 39 in 2008. This amendment provided, under certain conditions, the option
to reclassify Available-for-sale Financial Assets into the Loans and Receivables category.

OTHER RECLASSIFICATIONS (COLUMNS D AND I)
In addition to the reclassifications described above, the other reclassifications are intended to reallocate the
remaining outstanding amounts related to insurance activities to the accounting items commonly used by
the rest of the Group.
The financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of the trading portfolio of the insurance subsidiaries
(EUR 211 million) on the one hand, the financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss under
the fair value option (EUR 84,448 million) on the other hand, and an asset resulting from a indexed co-
insurance agreement, previously shown under Other Assets (EUR 1,167 million), have been reclassified
under the Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Included in these financial assets,
EUR 69,383 million of non-basic instruments have thus been transferred under Financial assets measured
mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss; they mainly consist in underlying financial assets of unit-



16
linked contracts previously measured at fair value using the fair value option under IAS 39 to eliminate
accounting mismatches with the related insurance liabilities.
Hedging derivatives were reclassified into the corresponding heading for EUR 353 million.
Real estate investments were reclassified as Tangible and intangible fixed assets for EUR 538 million.
Financial liabilities of insurance companies were reclassified as Financial liabilities at fair value through profit
and loss for an amount of EUR 4,140 million. These include investments contracts (outside the scope of
IFRS 17) and trading derivatives in the scope of IFRS 9.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BOOK VALUE ADJUSTMENTS MADE FOR THE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER
INVESTMENTS ASSETS AS AT 1 JANUARY 2022 (COLUMNS E AND J)
The Balance sheet value of the Investments of insurance companies whose valuation method was modified,
was adjusted in equity as at 1 January 2022 for a total amount of EUR 509 million before tax effects.
This amount includes:
− the revaluation at fair value of investment properties for an amount of EUR 356 million in application of
IAS 40 “Investment property”, in order to avoid an accounting mismatch between the measurement
method applied to the properties and the insurance contracts they are backing;
− the adjustment of the book value of financial assets for a net amount of EUR 153 million as a result of
their new measurement method in application of IFRS 9. This amount includes the recognition of
additional expected credit losses for EUR 1 million for the Securities at amortised cost.
Gains and losses recognised directly in equity for Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income relating to credit risk were reclassified at 1 January 2022 to retained earnings for an amount of
EUR 19 million. This refers to the expected credit loss related to the impairment of loans in Stage 1 or
Stage 2.

DESCRIPTION OF THE DERECOGNITION OF IFRS 4 INSURANCE CONTRACTS AND THE RECOGNITION OF
INSURANCE CONTRACTS UNDER IFRS 17 AS AT 1 JANUARY 2022 (COLUMNS F, G, K AND L)
The adjustment of the book value of the insurance contracts assets and liabilities, resulting from the
replacement of IFRS 4 (prudent valuation) by IFRS 17 (economic valuation), was recorded as at
1 January 2022 in equity for a negative amount of EUR 402 million before tax effects.




17
This amount is broken down as follows:



149,792 8,386 150,194

3,165

Liabilities (1) : -11,149 Liabilities (3) :
+151,508 +150,590
Assets (2) : Assets (4) :
-1,716 -396




(6) (5)


(1) This amount is composed of Underwriting reserves for EUR 151,148 million and of Other Liabilities for
EUR 360 million.
(2) This amount is composed of Other Assets for EUR 1,702 million and of tangible and intangible fixed assets for
EUR 14 million.
(3) This amount is composed of Insurance contracts liabilities for EUR 150,562 million and of Other Liabilities for
EUR 28 million.
(4) This amount is composed of Insurance contracts assets for EUR 380 million and of Other Assets for EUR 16 million.
(5) The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in the income
statement as the insurance services are provided in the future.
(6) The non-financial risk adjustment corrects the present value of future cash flows in insurance contracts to reflect
uncertainty about the amount and timing of these flows.


MARGINAL TOTAL IMPACT ON THE TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 JANUARY 2022
As at the transition date (1 January 2022), the retrospective application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the
Group’s insurance subsidiaries resulted in a EUR 46 million increase in the Total consolidated equity.
This impact is broken down as follows: a decrease of EUR 402 million related to the transition from IFRS 4
to IFRS 17, an increase of EUR 509 million related to the transition to IFRS 9 and the revaluation of
investment properties according to IAS 40, and a decrease of EUR 61 million related to the adjustment of
deferred tax assets and liabilities.

POSITIVE TOTAL IMPACT ON THE TOTAL EQUITY AS AT 1 JANUARY 2023
The retrospective application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries resulted in an
adjustment of the comparative data for the financial year 2022 for an amount of EUR -191 million on the
consolidated net income and an amount of EUR 689 million on the unrealised or deferred gains and losses
recognised directly in equity.
As at the date of initial application (1 January 2023), the cumulative impact on the Total equity amounted to
EUR 544 million.
The table below shows the Group’s consolidated income statement for 2022 as published in the last annual
financial report and then the restated income statement (2022 R) following the application of IFRS 17 and
IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries.




18
In the Notes to the financial statements, the restated data are identified with “R”.


(In EUR m) 2022 R 2022
(1) (2)
Interest and similar income 30,738 28,838
(1) (2)
Interest and similar expense (17,897) (17,552)
Fee income 9,400 9,335
Fee expense (4,183) (4,161)
(1) (2)
Net gains and losses on financial transactions 866 6,691
o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value
1,044 6,715
through profit or loss (1) (2)
o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value
(152) (10)
through other comprehensive income
o/w net gains and losses from the derecognition of financial instruments at amortised cost (26) (14)
Net income from insurance activities 2,211
Income from insurance contracts issued 3,104
(3)
Insurance service expenses (1,606)
Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held (19)
(2)
Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued 4,030
Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held (2) 45
Cost of credit risk from financial assets related to insurance activities 1
(1) (2)
Income from other activities 13,301 13,221
Expenses from other activities (10,625) (10,524)
Net banking income 27,155 28,059
(3)
Other general operating expenses (16,425) (17,061)
Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible
(1,569) (1,569)
fixed assets
Gross operating income 9,161 9,429
Cost of credit risk (1,647) (1,647)
Operating income 7,514 7,782
Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method 15 15
Net income / expense from other assets (3,290) (3,290)
Value adjustments on goodwill - -
Earnings before tax 4,239 4,507
Income tax (1,483) (1,560)
Consolidated net income 2,756 2,947
Non-controlling interests 931 929
Net income, Group share 1,825 2,018

(1) The variations between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial year restated are linked to the new
presentation and measurement of insurance companies’ investments, now including in the same headings used by
the rest of the Group, previously recorded as Net income from insurance activities.
(2) The financial performance of insurance companies must be analysed by taking into account on one hand the income
and expenses from the investments backing in the insurance contracts and on the other hand the net finance income
or expenses from insurance contracts measured according to IFRS 17. Both components of expenses and income
mentioned above partly offset each other (see Note 4.3, table Detail of liabilities).
(3) The change in Other general operating expenses between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial
year restated is related to the allocation within Insurance service expenses of general operating expenses
attributable to the fulfilment of insurance contracts.




19
The table below presents the statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses published
in 2022 and the one restated (2022 R) following the application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the Group’s
insurance subsidiaries.


2022 R 2022
(In EUR m)
Consolidated net income 2,756 2,947
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will be reclassified subsequently
578 (111)
into income
Translation differences 1,820 1,820
(1) (2)
Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (10,849) (731)

Revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets (3) (1,223)
Revaluation of insurance and reinsurance contracts through other comprehensive
10,050
income (2)
Revaluation of hedging derivatives (610) (380)

Related tax 167 403
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will not be reclassified
539 539
subsequently into income
Total unrealised or deferred gains and losses 1,117 428

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses 3,873 3,375

o/w Group share 3,080 2,592

o/w non-controlling interests 793 783

(1) The variations between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial year restated are linked to the new
presentation and measurement of insurance companies’ investments, under the same headings used by the rest
of the Group.
(2) The financial performance of insurance companies must be analysed by taking into account on one hand the gains
and losses of the investments backing the insurance contracts and on the other hand the net finance gains and
losses from insurance contracts measured according to IFRS 17. Both components of losses and gains mentioned
above partly offset each other.
(3) This amount of EUR -1,223 million included, pursuant to the application of IAS 39 and IFRS 4, the re-measurement
of the Available-for-sale assets for EUR -11,297 million, and the related Deferred profit-sharing for
EUR 10,074 million.




5. USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENT

To prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in application of the accounting principles
described in the Notes, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may impact the amounts
recognised in the income statement or as Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses, on the valuation
of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and on the information disclosed in the related notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available when
the consolidated financial statements are prepared and may exercise its judgment. Valuations based on
estimates intrinsically involve risks and uncertainties relating to their occurrence in the future. Consequently,
the actual future results may differ from these estimates and then have a significant impact on the financial
statements.
The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take
account of the uncertainties related to the economic consequences of geopolitics crisis and to the current



20
macroeconomic context. The effects of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are specified
in paragraph 6 of this Note.


Estimates and judgment are applied in particular with regard to the following items:

▪ the fair value on the balance sheet of the financial instruments not listed on an active market that are
recognised as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives,
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (described in Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
and 3.4), as well as the fair value of the instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information
is disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);
▪ the impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost or at
fair value through other comprehensive income and loan commitments and guarantee commitments
granted measured using models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective
data (see Note 3.8). The use of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the
deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement
of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;
▪ the assumptions and amortisation conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and
liabilities for the purpose of measuring and monitoring structural interest rate risk and documenting the
related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);
▪ the impairment of Goodwill (see Note 2.2);
▪ the provisions recorded under liabilities on the balance sheet (see Notes 5.2 and 8.2);
▪ the estimates related to the valuation of insurance contracts assets and liabilities and of the
implementation of the transition methods in the context of the initial application of IFRS 17 (see Note
4.3);
▪ the tax assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet (see Note 6);
▪ an analysis of the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of financial assets in order to determine
the appropriate accounting classification (see Note 3);
▪ the assessment of the degree of control for the determination of the scope of consolidated entities,
especially with regard to structured entities (see Note 2.3);
▪ the determination of the lease period to be applied for recognising the right-of-use assets and lease
liabilities (see Note 8.3).

CLIMATE RISK

The Group continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its
consolidated accounts. Climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an
aggravating factor for categories already covered by the Group’s risk management system. In this
regard, the impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of the corporate customers of
Societe Generale remains one of the major climate risks for the Group.
As at 31 December 2023, the determination of the expected credit losses includes the possible impact of
climate risks considered when assessing individual risks and sectoral risks, provided it is compatible with
the provisioning horizon. The impact of the Group’s commitments in favour of the energy and environmental
transition and the development of the territories are still taken into account in the estimated budgets to
determine the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units (CGU) and the recoverability of the deferred
tax assets.
Furthermore, the Group is currently analysing the provisions in the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS) adopted by the European Commission on 31 July 2023, notably those related to the
connections between the future sustainability reports and the consolidated financial statements.



6. GEOPOLITICAL CRISES AND MACROECONOMIC CONTEXT

2023 was a year of cumulative uncertainties with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine but also
tensions in the banking sector in the United States of America and Europe at the beginning of the year, as


21
well as the situation in the Middle-East at the end of the year. Monetary policies were clearly restrictive.
Focusing on inflation control, central banks increased interest rates rapidly and significantly.
In the euro area:
− the slowdown in economic activity observed during the first half of 2023 continued and was accentuated
during the second half of the year;
− inflation remained high in 2023; it is expected to drop down to around 3% in 2024 and fall back to the
target in the mid-term.
In the U.S.A., the economy performed better than expected by most forecasters. Warning signs point to a
sharper slowdown already apparent towards the end of the year.

In this context, the Group updated the macroeconomic scenarios chosen for the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements.

These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the credit loss measurement models including
forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) and are also used in some goodwill impairment tests (see Note 2.2) and
tests of the recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 6).

6.1 Macroeconomic scenarios

As at 31 December 2023, the Group has selected three macroeconomic scenarios to help understand the
uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.
The assumptions selected to build these scenarios are described below:
▪ The central scenario (“SG Central”) predicts a continuing economic slowdown in the euro area in 2024
with only a modest rebound in 2025. The fall in inflation, around 2.5%, will be accompanied by an
increase in the unemployment rate. The ECB would lower its interest rates starting in Spring 2024, but
would continue scaling down its balance sheet at least until 2025 (reducing its direct purchases on the
market). It is expected that in the U.S.A, too, economic growth shall decelerate in 2024, interest rates
should decrease and inflation shall remain on a downward trend while the unemployment rate increases;
▪ the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”) describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the
trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing
to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases,
stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
▪ the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”) corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in
GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, euro
area crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.
These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Division of Societe Generale for all
the entities in the Group based, in particular, on the information published by the statistical institutes in
each country.
Forecasts of institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists
serve as a reference to challenge the Group’s forecasts.


6.2 Financial instruments: expected credit losses

The scenarios provided by the Group economists are incorporated into the expected credit loss provisioning
models over a 3-year horizon, followed by a two-year period to gradually return by the fifth year to the
average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group
with a view to developing these macroeconomic scenarios have been updated during the fourth quarter
2023 to account for uncertainties about the macroeconomic context.




22
VARIABLES
The GDP growth rate, the profit margin of companies in France, the unemployment rates, the inflation rate
in France and the yield on France 10-year government bonds are the main variables used in the expected
credit losses measurement models.

The variables with the stronger impact on the determination of expected credit losses (GDP growth
percentage for the major countries in which the Group operates and corporate profit margin in France) for
each scenario are detailed hereinafter:


“SG Favourable” scenario 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
France GDP 1.5 2.7 2.1 2.3 1.5
Corporate profit margin in France 33.0 32.7 32.9 32.9 32.4
Euro area GDP 1.5 2.8 2.1 2.3 1.4
United States GDP 1.9 3.5 2.8 3.0 2.2
China GDP 5.4 6.0 4.8 4.8 3.8
Czech Republic GDP 3.0 4.0 3.1 3.3 2.3
Romania GDP 3.8 4.8 3.8 4.2 3.2

“SG Central” scenario 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
France GDP 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.3 1.5
Corporate profit margin in France 32.4 32.4 32.4 32.3 32.4
Euro area GDP 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.4
United States GDP 0.9 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2
China GDP 4.4 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.8
Czech Republic GDP 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.3
Romania GDP 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.2 3.2

“SG Stress” scenario 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028
France GDP (4.5) (2.3) (0.4) 0.8 1.5
Corporate profit margin in France 30.2 30.2 30.2 30.1 32.4
Euro area GDP (4.5) (2.2) (0.4) 0.8 1.4
United States GDP (4.1) (1.5) 0.3 1.5 2.2
China GDP (0.6) 1.0 2.3 3.3 3.8
Czech Republic GDP (3.0) (1.0) 0.6 1.8 2.3
Romania GDP (2.2) (0.2) 1.3 2.7 3.2

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk
parameters remain unchanged. In reality, these correlations may be impacted by geopolitical or climatic
events, or changes in behaviour, legal environment or credit granting policy.




23
The graph below compares the GDP forecasts in the euro area used by the Group for each scenario with
the scenarios published by the ECB in December 2023.


GDP forecast by scenario, in percentage
4
3
2
1
0
2024 2025 2026 2027
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5

SG Favourable SG Central SG Stress ECB Baseline


WEIGHTING OF THE MACROECONOMIC SCENARIOS
The probabilities used are based on the differences observed over the past 25 years between the forecasts
made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast
similar to the actual scenario, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).
In order to better account for a possible reversal in the cycle, the Group applies to its scenarios a weighting
methodology (mainly based on the observed output gaps for the USA and the euro area) and assigns a
higher weight to the SG Central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology
provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the SG Stress scenario when the economy moves towards
the peak of the cycle. Accordingly, the weighting applied to the SG Central scenario is set at 62% as at 31
December 2023.



Presentation of the changes in weights:

31.12.2023 30.06.2023 31.12.2022
SG Central 62% 62% 60%
SG Stress 28% 28% 30%
SG Favourable 10% 10% 10%

CALCULATION OF EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Credit risk costs as at 31 December 2023, insurance subsidiaries excluded, amount to a net expense of
EUR 1,025 million, decreasing by EUR 622 million (38%) compared to 31 December 2022
(EUR 1,647 million).
Sensitivity tests have been performed to measure the impact of the changes in weights on the models.
The sectoral adjustments (see Note 3.8) have been taken into account in these sensitivity tests.
The scope of these tests includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 outstanding loans subject to a statistical
modelling of the impacts of the macroeconomic variables (which accounts for 88% of the expected credit
losses on the outstanding loans concerned compared to 72% as at 31 December 2022).




24
The results of these tests, taking into account of the effect on the classification of 67% of the total outstanding
loans concerned, show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:
▪ of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of EUR 570 million;
▪ of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 378 million;
▪ of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 248 million.

COVID-19 CRISIS: STATE GUARANTEED LOANS (PGE)
Until 30 June 2022, the Group offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate
customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE). Within the framework of the 2020
French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020, these are
financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount
between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months
after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins).
With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these
loans came with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of that year, the customer could either repay
the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the
repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministre de
l’Economie, des Finances et de la Relance on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the
loan. The remuneration conditions of the guarantee have been set by the State and applied by all French
banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower
(the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the
risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and
30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company). A French decree published on
19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit,
under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from 6 to 10 years.
The contractual characteristics of the PGE are those of basic loans (SPPI criterion) and these loans are held
by the Group within the framework of a business model whose objective is to collect their contractual cash
flows until their maturity; as a result, these loans have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet
under Customer loans at amortised cost.
As at 31 December 2023, after the first repayments made in 2022 and in 2023 at the end of the moratorium
period, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by the Group
is approximately EUR 10.6 billion (of which EUR 2.3 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 1 billion as
Stage 3). The portion of PGE granted by the French Retail networks amounts, as at 31 December 2023, to
EUR 7.8 billion (of which EUR 1.6 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 0.9 billion as Stage 3); the State
guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount.
The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2023 for PGE (French State Guaranteed Loans)
amount to some EUR 240 million of which EUR 171 million booked by the French retail networks (including
EUR 28 million in Stage 2 and EUR 124 million in Stage 3).
.




25
CONSEQUENCES OF THE WAR IN UKRAINE
The table below shows the changes in balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures (measured at
amortised cost or at fair value through OCI) booked by the Group’s entities in Russia, on one side, and by
the Group’s entities outside Russia for Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups, on the
other side.


31.12.2023 30.06.2023 31.12.2022

Gross Gross Gross
Exposure at outstanding / Exposure at outstanding / Exposure at outstanding /
(In EUR billion) default commitments default commitments default commitments
Onshore
exposures on
0 0 0 0 0.3 0.3
consolidated
subsidiaries
Offshore
0.9 1 1.6 1.7 1.8 2
exposures (1)
Rosbank
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
residual exposures
Total 1 1.1 1.7 1.8 2.2 2.4
(1) Offshore exposures (exc. Private Banking and residual exposures linked to the disposal of Rosbank) correspond to
the exposures on Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups booked outside Russia.


Exposures in Russia and Ukraine

On 11 April 2022, ALD had announced that it would not engage in any new commercial transactions in
Russia, Kazakhstan and Belarus without challenging the going concern status over the next twelve months
of ALD AUTOMOTIVE OOO in Russia and ALD AUTOMOTIVE LLC in Belarus; the two entities continuing
to serve their clients and manage the existing vehicle fleet without encountering any specific difficulties in
relation to business activities.
On 27 April 2023, ALD announced the completion of the sale of its ALD AUTOMOTIVE OOO subsidiary in
Russia.
ALD AUTOMOTIVE LLC in Belarus was sold on 30 October 2023.
As at 31 December 2023, the Group operates in Russia through its LeasePlan subsidiary with very low
residual exposures.
The Group also operates in Ukraine through its ALD AUTOMOTIVE UKRAINE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY subsidiary the total balance sheet of which amounts to EUR 82 million as at 31 December 2023.

Offshore exposures

The Group also holds assets on Russian counterparties the volume of which dropped significantly between
31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 (owing in particular to the disposal of assets but also to
customer reimbursements completed without incident). These outstanding loans including the residual
exposures on Rosbank (EUR 1.1 billion against EUR 2.1 billion in 2022) have been classified as “sensitive”
from the very beginning of the conflict (see Note 3.8) and declassified to Stage 2 of impairment for credit
risk or to Stage 3 when necessary.
The consequences of these classifications, as well as the account taken of the new macroeconomic
scenarios to determine expected credit losses as at 31 December 2023 are described in Note 3.8.
Furthermore, to take account of these specific risk exposures the Group supplemented the expected credit
losses through a post-model adjustment, as described in Note 3.8.




26
7. HYPERINFLATION IN TURKEY AND GHANA


Publications from the Center for Audit Quality's International Practices Task Force, the usual reference for
identifying countries in hyperinflation, show that Turkey and Ghana have been considered hyperinflationary
economies since 2022 and 2023 respectively.
Accordingly, the Group applies the provisions of IAS 29 ("Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary
Economies") to prepare the individual financial statements presented in Turkish liras of the ALD Group
entities located in Turkey (including the Turkish subsidiary LEASEPLAN OTOMOTIV SERVIS VE TICARET
A.S acquired in the first half of 2023) and the individual financial statements in cedis of the entity SOCIETE
GENERALE GHANA PLC located in Ghana (before their conversion into euro in the frame of the
consolidation process) since 1st January 2022 and 1st January 2023 respectively.
The accounts of the SG ISTANBUL branch have, however, not been restated, their impact being non-
material.
Under IAS 29, the accounting value of some balance sheet items measured at cost is adjusted, on the
closing date, for the inflation effects observed over the period. In the financial statements of the entities
concerned, these adjustments are mainly applied to the tangible assets (including in particular the rented
car fleet, buildings), as well as to the different components of equity.
On the date of first application of this hyperinflation treatment, the consideration for these adjustments is
recognised in the Group retains earnings and Non-Controlling Investments; on that date, the translation
differences on the entities concerned are reclassified to the same balance sheets items. At subsequent
closing dates, inflation adjustments for the assets concerned and equity items, as well as for income and
expenses for the period, are recognised as income or expenses on foreign exchange transactions under
Net gains and losses on financial transactions.
Thus restated, the financial statements are converted to euro based on the exchange rate applicable on the
closing date.
On 1 January 2023, in the context of the first implementation of the accounting requirements of IAS 29 for
the SOCIETE GENERALE GHANA PLC entity, the total consolidated shareholders’ equity was increased
by EUR 21 million, including a reduction in the consolidated reserves of EUR -121.5 million before tax for
the different adjustments and the reclassification of the translation differences recorded at that date.
On 31 December 2023, a gain of EUR 122.1 million was recognised in the Net gains and losses on financial
transactions from financial adjustments for the period. After taking into account the adjustments of the other
income and expense lines of the period, the impact of the restatements for hyperinflation of the consolidated
accounting result before tax is EUR 76.9 million.

.




27
NOTE 2 – CONSOLIDATION
The various activities of the Societe Generale group in France and abroad are carried out
by Societe Generale – Parent company (which includes the Societe Generale foreign
branches) and by all of the entities that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries
and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates). All of
MAKING these entities make up the scope of the Group consolidation.
IT
SIMPLE Consolidation uses a standardised accounting process to give an aggregated presentation
of the accounts of Societe Generale – Parent company and its subsidiaries, joint
arrangements and associates, presented as if they were a single entity.
To do so, the individual accounts of the entities that make up the Group are restated so that
they are in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, in order to present
consistent information in the consolidated financial statements.
In addition, the accounting balances (assets, liabilities, income and expense) generated by
transactions between Group entities are eliminated through the consolidation process so
that the consolidated financial statements present only the transactions and results made
with third parties outside of the Group.



ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The consolidated accounts bring together the accounts of Societe Generale, its foreign branches and the
French and foreign entities over which the Group exercises control, joint control or significant influence.

CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

▪ Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are the entities over which the Group has exclusive control. The Group controls an entity if and
only if the three following conditions are met:
▪ the Group has power over the entity (ability to direct its relevant activities, i.e. the activities that
significantly affect the entity’s returns), through the holding of voting rights or other rights; and
▪ the Group has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity; and
▪ the Group has the ability to use its power over the entity to affect the amount of the Group’s returns.

Power
When determining voting rights for the purpose of establishing the Group’s degree of control over an entity
and the appropriate consolidation method, potential voting rights are taken into account where they can be
freely exercised at the time the assessment is made or at the latest when decisions about the direction of
the relevant activities need to be made. Potential voting rights are instruments such as call options on
ordinary shares outstanding on the market or rights to convert bonds into new ordinary shares.
Some rights are designed to protect the interests of their holder (protective rights) without giving that party
power over the investee to which those rights relate.
If there are several investors, each with substantive rights that give them the unilateral ability to direct
different relevant activities, the investor with that has the current ability to direct the activities that most
significantly affect the variable returns of the investee is presumed to have power over the investee.




28
Exposure to variable returns
Control exists only if the Group is significantly exposed to the variability of variable returns generated by its
investment or its involvement in the entity. These returns, which could be dividends, interest, fees, etc.,
can be only positive, only negative or both positive and negative.

Link between power and variable returns
To assess the link between power and variable returns, if the Group has been delegated decision-making
rights that it exercises on behalf and for the benefit of third parties (the principals), it is presumed to act as
an agent for these principals, and therefore it does not control the entity when it exercises its decision-
making power. In asset management activities, an analysis shall be performed in order to determine whether
the asset manager is acting as agent or principal when managing the net assets of a fund; the fund is
presumed to be controlled by the asset manager if the latter is considered as a principal.

Special case of structured entities
A structured entity is an entity designed so that voting rights are not the determining factor in identifying who
controls the entity. Such is the case, for example, when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only
and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.
A structured entity often presents certain characteristics such as a limited business activity, a specific and
carefully defined purpose, or insufficient capital to fund its activities without the use of subordinated
financing. Structured entities may assume different legal forms: stock companies, partnerships,
securitisation vehicles, mutual funds, unincorporated entities, etc.
When assessing the existence of control over a structured entity, all facts and circumstances shall be
considered among which:
▪ the purpose and design of the entity;
▪ the structuring of the entity;
▪ risks to which the entity is exposed by way of its design and the Group’s exposure to some or all of these
risks;
▪ potential returns and benefits for the Group.
Unconsolidated structured entities are those that are not exclusively controlled by the Group.

▪ Joint arrangements
Through a joint arrangement (either a joint operation or a joint venture) the Group exercises joint control
over an entity if decisions about the direction of its relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the
parties that collectively control the entity. Assessing joint control requires an analysis of the rights and
obligations of all the parties. In the case of a joint operation, the parties to the arrangement have rights to
the assets and obligations for the liabilities.
In the case of a joint venture, the parties have rights to the net assets of the entity.


▪ Associates
Associates are companies over which the Group exercises significant influence and are accounted for using
the equity method in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Significant influence is the power to
participate in the financial and operating policies of an entity without exercising control. In particular,
significant influence can result from Societe Generale being represented on the Board of Directors or
Supervisory Board, from its involvement in strategic decisions, from the existence of significant
intercompany transactions, from the exchange of management staff, or from the company’s technical
dependency on Societe Generale. The Group is assumed to exercise significant influence over the financial
and operating policies of an entity when it directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the voting rights in this
entity.




29
CONSOLIDATION RULES AND METHODS
The consolidated financial statements are built up from the financial statements of the entities that are
included in the consolidation scope. Companies with a fiscal year ending more than three months before or
after that of Societe Generale prepare pro-forma statements for a twelve-month period ended 31 December.
All significant balances, profits and transactions between Group companies are eliminated.
The results of newly acquired subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from their
effective acquisition date while the results of subsidiaries disposed of during the fiscal year are included up
to the date where the Group relinquished control.

▪ Consolidation methods
The subsidiaries, including the structured entities over which the Group has exclusive control, are fully
consolidated.
In the consolidated balance sheet, full consolidation consists in replacing the value of the subsidiary’s equity
securities held by the Group with each of the subsidiary’s assets and liabilities, in addition to the goodwill
recognised when the Group assumed control over the entity (see Note 2.2). In the income statement and
the statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses, the subsidiary’s expense and
income items are aggregated with those of the Group.
The portion of non-controlling interests in the subsidiary is presented separately in the consolidated balance
sheet and income statement. However, in consolidated structured entities that are controlled by the Group,
the portions of these entities not owned by the Group are recognised as Debt in the balance sheet.
In the case of a joint operation, the Group distinctly recognises in its consolidated financial statements its
share in the assets and liabilities as well as its share in the related revenue and expense.
Associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated financial
statements of the Group. Under the equity method, the investment in an associate is recognised, on initial
recognition, under Investments accounted for using the equity method at the cost of the Group’s investment
in the joint venture or associate, including goodwill and after the date of acquisition the carrying amount is
increased or decreased to recognise the changes in the investor’s share in the net asset value of the
investee.
These investments are tested for impairment if there is objective evidence of impairment. If the recoverable
amount of the investment (value in use or market value net of selling costs, whichever is higher) is lower
than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recorded on the balance sheet at the carrying amount of the
investment. Impairment allowances and reversals are recorded under Net income from investments
accounted for using the equity method.
The Group’s share in the entity’s net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses is presented on
separate lines in the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of net income and
unrealised or deferred gains and losses. If the Group’s share in the losses of an entity consolidated using
the equity method becomes greater than or equal to its ownership interest in the company, the Group ceases
to recognise its share in subsequent losses unless it is required to do so by legal or implied obligations,
in which case it records a provision for said losses. Capital gains and losses generated on the disposal of
companies accounted for using the equity method are recorded under Net income/expense from other
assets.

▪ Translation of foreign entity financial statements
The balance sheet items of consolidated companies reporting in foreign currencies are translated into euro
at the official exchange rates prevailing at the closing date. Income statement items of these companies are
translated into euros, at the average month-end exchange rates. Gains and losses arising from the
translation of capital, reserves, retained earnings and income are recognised under Unrealised or deferred
gains and losses – Translation differences. Gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital
contribution of foreign branches of Group banks are also included in changes in consolidated shareholders’
equity under the same heading.
In accordance with the option allowed under IFRS 1, the Group allocated all differences arising on translation
of foreign entity financial statements at 1 January 2004 to consolidated reserves. As a result, if any of these
entities are sold, the proceeds from the sale will only include write-backs of those translation differences
arising since 1 January 2004.



30
▪ Changes in Group’s ownership interest in a consolidated entity
In the event of an increase in Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary over which it already exercises
control, the differences between the price paid for the additional stake and the assessed fair value of the
proportion of net assets acquired at this date is recorded under Retained earnings, Group share.
Also, in the event of a reduction in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary over which it keeps control,
the difference between the selling price and the carrying amount of the share of interests sold is recorded
under Retained earnings, Group share.
The costs related to these transactions are recognised directly in equity.
When the Group losses control of a consolidated subsidiary, any investment retained in the former
subsidiary is remeasured at fair value through profit or loss, at the same time the capital gain or loss is
recorded under Net income/expense from assets in the consolidated income statement. The gains or losses
on disposals include a share of goodwill previously allocated to the cash-generating units to which the
subsidiary belongs. This share’s determination is based on a normative capital allocated to the subsidiary
that is sold and to the portion of cash-generating unit that is retained.

COMMITMENTS TO BUY OUT MINORITY SHAREHOLDERS IN FULLY CONSOLIDATED
SUBSIDIARIES
In some fully consolidated Group subsidiaries, the Group has awarded minority shareholders commitments
to buy out their stakes. For the Group, these buyout commitments are put option sales (put options without
transfer of the risks and advantages associated with the ownership interest before the option’s exercise).
The exercise price for these options can be established using a formula agreed upon at the time of the
acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that takes into account its future performance. It can also be set
as the fair value of these shares at the exercise date of the options.
The commitments are recorded as follows:
▪ in accordance with IAS 32, the Group records a financial liability for the put options granted to minority
shareholders of the subsidiaries over which it exercises control. This liability is initially recognised at the
present value of the estimated exercise price of the put options under Other liabilities;
▪ the obligation to recognise a liability even though the put options have not been exercised means that,
in order to be consistent, the Group must use the same accounting treatment as the one applied to
transactions in Non-controlling interests. As a result, the counterpart of this liability is a write-down in
value of non-controlling interests underlying the options, with any balance deducted from Retained
earnings, Group share;
▪ subsequent variations in this liability (linked to changes in the estimated exercise price of the options and
the carrying value of Non-controlling interests) are recorded in full in Retained earnings, Group share;
▪ if the buy-out takes place, the liability is settled by the cash payment linked to the acquisition of non-
controlling interests in the subsidiary. However if, when the commitment reaches its term, the buy-out
has not occurred, the liability is written off against Non-controlling interests and Retained earnings, Group
share for their respective portions;
▪ as long as the options have not been exercised, the results linked to Non-controlling interests with a put
option are recorded under Non-controlling interests on the Group’s consolidated income statement.




31
NOTE 2.1 - CONSOLIDATION SCOPE

The consolidation scope includes subsidiaries and structured entities under the Group’s exclusive control,
joint arrangements (joint ventures and joint operations) and associates whose financial statements are
significant relative to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, notably regarding Group consolidated
total assets and gross operating income.
The main changes to the consolidation scope as at 31 December 2023, compared with the scope applicable
at the closing date of 31 December 2022, are as follow:

SALE OF SOCIETE GENERALE CONGO
The Group sold the totality of its holding in SG Congo, its Congolese subsidiary. This sale led to a reduction
of EUR 0.3 billion in the total Group’s balance sheet.

LEASEPLAN ACQUISTION BY ALD
On 22 May 2023, following the approval of ALD’s Board of Directors and relevant regulatory
authorities’ approvals, ALD acquired 100% of LeasePlan for a consideration of EUR 4,897 million.
This amount is subject to a contingent additional consideration of an amount up to EUR 235 million in cash,
according to the achievements of objectives related to LeasePlan’s regulatory ratios particularly.
The consideration includes:
▪ A cash component: EUR 1,828 million mainly financed via a capital increase of EUR 1,212 million
in 2022. Societe Generale held 79.82% of ALD’s capital prior to this increase. In accordance with its
commitment to remain ALD’s majority shareholder in the long term, Societe Generale subscribed to new
shares for an amount of EUR 803 million representing 66.26% of the capital increase and held, at the
end of 2022, 75.94% of ALD;
▪ A share component: 251,215,332 new ALD shares have been issued, representing 30.75% of ALD
capital after the completion of the acquisition, and before the exercise of the attached warrants.
The value of this share component amounts to EUR 2,871 million, based on the fair value of ALD's
shares of EUR 11.43 at the completion date;
▪ A warrant component: ALD has issued 26,310,039 warrants attached to ALD’s share for the benefit of
LeasePlan’s selling shareholders, so that their total shareholding could reach 32.91% in case of full
exercise of warrants. Their main characteristics are as follows: exercise price of EUR 2.00 per share;
parity of 1 warrant for 1 share; and exercisable 1 to 3 years after their issuance, if the ALD share price
reaches EUR 14.07 per share in the exercise period. The fair value of these warrants’ amounted, as at
22 May 2023, EUR 128 million. This value was determined based on a Black & Scholes mathematical
valuation model, taking as main assumptions the exercise possible at any time between 1 and 3 years;
a euro area risk-free interest rate and an assumed historical volatility of the observed ALD share of
around 30%. In the Group’s financial statements, the warrants attached to shares are recorded in
Retained earnings;
▪ A contingent consideration: estimated by the Group at its fair value of EUR 70 million, as at
31 December 2023. The earn-out mechanism will last until 31 December 2024, subject to an additional
6-month period in certain limited circumstances, with potential payments every quarter. In the Group’s
financial statements, the contingent consideration is recorded as Other liabilities.

After the completion of the LeasePlan acquisition, Societe Generale remains the majority shareholder of the
new combined entity, named Ayvens since October 16, 2023, with a stake of 52.59% (the Group voting
interest is 68.97% as at 31 December 2023 due to double voting rights). This stake may be reduced to
50.95% in the event of the exercise of the shares with warrants attached that have been granted to
LeasePlan shareholders to allow them to increase their stake up to 32.91% of Ayvens’ social capital. As of
31 December 2023, the former LeasePlan shareholders consortium led by TDR Capital holds 30.75% of the
combined entity, while the free float represents 16.6%.




32
Following the completion of the whole transaction, the Ayvens group will remain fully consolidated by the
Group.


Details of the purchase price are set out in the table below:

(In EUR m)
Purchase price paid in ALD shares (1) 2,871
Fair value of warrants attached to shares 128
Acquisition price paid in ALD equity instruments 2,999
Acquisition price paid in cash 1,828
Total acquisition price 4,827
Contingent consideration 70
Total acquisition price including contingent consideration 4,897
(1) o/w 26,310,039 shares with warrants attached.


As at 31 December 2023, subject to any purchase price allocation and/or acquisition price adjustment within
one year from closing, the Group has recognised a goodwill of EUR 1,396 million (see Note 2.2).
As a result of the allocation of LeasePlan’s purchase price, the assessment of the entity’s identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value led the Group to revise upwards the value of LeasePlan’s net
assets by EUR 230 million.



Certified Allocation as
balance sheet Fair value at 31
at acquisition adjustment December
(In EUR m) date 2023
Cash, due from central banks 3,812 - 3,812
Customer loans at amortised cost 615 - 615
Net non-current assets and liabilities held for sale (1) 617 33 650
Tangible and intangible fixed assets 23,891 330 24,221
o/w Assets under operating leases 20,983 429 21,412
Debts securities issued (9,327) 7 (9,320)
Due to bank (2,687) (7) (2,694)
Customer deposits (11,334) 33 (11,301)
Net tax assets/liabilities (505) (64) (569)
Net other assets and liabilities (1,298) (102) (1,400)
FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ACQUIRED (C) 3,784 230 4,014
NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (2) (B) 513 - 513
TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE (A) 4,897 - 4,897
GOODWILL (A) + (B) - (C) 1,626 (230) 1,396
(1) Amount after elimination of intragroup transactions.
(2) Other equity instruments issued.




33
As part of the purchase price allocation update, the table above includes mainly the following adjustments
to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed disclosed as at 31 December 2023:

Assets and liabilities of LeasePlan Description of the valuation approach
Asset under operating leases – rental fleet Fair value of the fleet is obtained by adding the sum
of the future discounted cash flows of lease and
additional services with the discounted terminal
value (residual value of the vehicle which is its
expected sales price). The implemented valuation
relies on DCF model for each contract and
considers regional parameters such as specific tax
rates and country risk premia.
Intangible assets – customer relationships of Customer relationships intangible asset has been
Business to Business segment of LeasePlan recognised separately from goodwill and it
materialises the loyalty of Business to Business
fleet customers to LeasePlan.
The valuation is based on Multi-period excess
earnings method (M.P.E.E.M.).
Intangibles assets – softwares In the framework of the valuation, the Group has
estimated the cost that would be incurred to
develop each domains needed to have a fully
functional technology multiplied by a completion
rate by domain.

The combined entity is well-positioned to deliver profitable growth drawing on a fleet of around 3.4 million
vehicles, including worldwide biggest multi-brand electric vehicle fleet, and a direct presence in 44 countries
covering all customers categories.
ALD and LeasePlan serve the same three client segments (large corporates, SMEs, individual consumers),
but each of them has specific areas of leadership. LeasePlan has a network of large and very large blue‑chip
international and national corporate clients and has been particularly strong in this segment in which a
customer overlap with ALD is limited. ALD has developed a strong network of partnerships with more than
200 partners across a large spectrum of sectors. It allowed the Company to rapidly develop its presence in
the SME and individual consumers segments. This complementarity must offer to the combined entity the
best footprint across all segments.
ALD benefits a financing structure and strong credit ratings facilitating efficient access to external funding.
LeasePlan relies on its deposit collection platforms in Germany and the Netherlands. The combined entity
would therefore have an enlarged funding source base.
The consolidated income of the Group includes the income of LeasePlan’s activities from 22 May 2023.
As at 31 December 2023, the contribution of LeasePlan’s activities amounts to EUR 693 million in Net
banking income and EUR 24 million in Consolidated net income.
On 22 March 2023, the Group announced that ALD entered into a share agreement to sell its subsidiaries
in Ireland, Portugal and Norway, as well as LeasePlan’s subsidiaries in Luxembourg, Finland and
Czech Republic. These disposals have been initiated to fulfil the commitments made by ALD in the context
of the clearance by the European Commission of the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD, to address
concentration risk in the involved countries. As at 31 December 2023, the Group has completed these
disposals.




34
CREATION OF A JOINT VENTURE BY SOCIETE GENERALE ET ALLIANCEBERSTEIN
On 6 February 2023, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein signed a Memorandum of Understanding for
the creation of a joint venture combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.
On the date of completion of the transaction, scheduled in the first half of 2024 the joint venture will be
organised under two separate legal entities, one focusing on North America and the other on Europe
and Asia.
The Group asseses that, in the consolidated statements, the entity responsible for the Europe and Asia
activities should be fully consolidated and the entity responsible for the North America activities should be
accounted for using the equity method.
Subject to the relevant regulatory approvals, some options might allow Societe Generale to eventually reach
100% ownership in both entities.




35
NOTE 2.2 - GOODWILL
When the Group acquires a company, it integrates in its consolidated balance sheet all of
the new subsidiary’s assets and liabilities at fair value.
But the acquisition price of a company is generally higher than the net revalued amount of
MAKING its assets and liabilities. The excess value, called goodwill, can represent part of the
IT company’s intangible capital (reputation, quality of its personnel, market shares, etc.) which
SIMPLE contributes to its overall value, or the value of the future synergies that the Group hopes to
develop by integrating the new subsidiary in its existing activities.
In the consolidated balance sheet, the goodwill is recognised as an intangible asset, the
useful life of which is presumed to be unlimited; it is not amortised and therefore does not
generate any recurring expense in the Group’s future results.
However, every year, the Group assesses whether the value of its goodwill has not
depreciated. If it has, an irreversible expense is immediately recognised in the Group
results, which indicates that the profitability of the intangible capital of the acquired entity is
inferior to initial expectations, or that the anticipated synergies have not been fulfilled.



ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The Group uses the acquisition method to recognise its business combinations in accordance with IFRS 3
“Business Combinations”.
On the acquisition date, the acquisition cost is calculated as the total fair value of all assets given, liabilities
incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued in exchange for the control of the acquired entity.
The costs directly linked to business combinations are recognised in profit or loss for the period except those
related to the issuance of equity or debt instruments.
Any contingent consideration is included in the acquisition cost at its fair value on the acquisition date, even
if its occurrence is only potential. It is recognised under equity or debt in the balance sheet depending on
the settlement alternatives. If recognised as debt, any subsequent adjustment is recorded under income for
financial liabilities in accordance with IFRS 9 and within the scope of the appropriate standards for other
debts. If recognised as equity instruments, these subsequent adjustments are not recorded.
On the acquisition date, as required by IFRS 3, all assets, liabilities, off-balance sheet items and contingent
liabilities of this new subsidiary (even if they were not recognised before the combination) are measured
individually at their fair value regardless of their purpose. At the same time, non-controlling interests are
valued according to their share of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired entity.
However, for each business combination, the Group may also choose to measure non-controlling interests
initially at their fair value, in which case a fraction of goodwill is allocated.
Any excess of the price paid over the assessed fair value of the proportion of net assets acquired is recorded
on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet under Goodwill. Any deficit is immediately recognised
in profit or loss.
On the acquisition date, any stake in this entity already held by the Group is remeasured at fair value through
profit or loss. In the case of a step acquisition, goodwill is therefore determined by referring to the fair value
on the acquisition date.
The analyses and professional appraisals required for this initial valuation must be carried out within
12 months as from the acquisition date, as must any corrections to the value based on new information
related to facts and circumstances existing at the acquisition date. Goodwill and non-controlling interests
initially recorded are consequently adjusted. On the acquisition date, each item of goodwill is allocated to
one or more cash-generating units expected to derive benefits from the acquisition. When the Group
reorganises its reporting structure in a way that changes the composition of one or more cash-generating
units, goodwill previously allocated to modified units is reallocated to the units affected (new or existing).
This reallocation is generally performed using a relative approach based on the normative capital
requirements of each cash-generating unit (CGU) affected.
Goodwill is reviewed regularly by the Group and tested for impairment whenever there is any indication that
its value may have diminished, and at least once a year. Any impairment of goodwill is calculated based on
the recoverable value of the relevant cash-generating unit(s).


36
If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit(s) is less than its (their) carrying amount, an
irreversible impairment is recorded in the consolidated income statement for the period under Value
adjustment on goodwill.

As at 31 December 2023, goodwill is split into the following 9 CGUs:

Table 2.2.A
Pillars Activities

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurances

Societe Generale’s retail banking network, Boursorama online
French Retail and Private Banking
banking activities, wealth Management Solutions


Life and non-life insurance activities in France and abroad
Insurances
(including Sogecap, Sogessur, Oradéa Vie and Antarius)

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Market solutions for businesses, financial institutions, the public
Global Markets and Investor Services sector, family offices and a full range of securities services, clearing
services, execution, prime brokerage and custody

Advisory and financing services for businesses, financial
Financing and Advisory institutions, the public sector and transaction and payment
management services

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Retail banking in Europe, notably in Czech Republic (KB) and
Europe
Romania (BRD)

Retail banking and consumer finance in Africa, the Mediterranean
Basin and Overseas, including in Morocco (SGMA), Algeria (SGA),
Africa, Mediterranean Basin and Overseas
Tunisia (UIB), Cameroon (SGBC), Côte d’Ivoire (SGBCI) and
Senegal (SGBS)

Financing of sales and professional equipment by Societe Generale
Equipment and Vendor Finance
Equipment Finance

Operational vehicle leasing and fleet management services
Auto Leasing Financial Services
(Ayvens)

Consumer finance in Europe including Germany (Hanseatic Bank,
Consumer finance
BDK), Italy (Fiditalia), and France (CGL)




37
Perimeter of CGUs as of 31/12/2023
As part of the change in the Group's governance in the second half of 2023, the organisation of the
perimeter of CGUs has evolved:
▪ The CGU Insurances is now attached to the RPBI Pillar (Retail and Private Banking and Insurance).
▪ The former CGU Europe consisted of the retail banking activities in Europe (KB and BRD) and the
consumer finance activities in France (CGL), Germany (Hanseatic Bank and BDK) and Italy (Fiditalia).
From now on, two separate CGUs are presented:
− The CGU Consumer Finance brings together consumer credit activities in France, Germany and
Italy. This CGU is now part of the Mobility and Leasing Services operating segment.
− And the residual CGU Europe including KB and BRD. This CGU remains integrated in the
International Retail Banking operating segment.

The table below shows by CGU and by operating segment (Note 8.1) the changes over the year 2023 in
the values of goodwill:

Table 2.2.B

Acquisitions Disposals
Value as at and other and other Value as at
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 increases decreases Transfers Impairment 31.12.2023
French Retail and Private
1,068 81 - - - 1,149
Banking
French Retail and Private Banking 1,068 81 - - - 1,149
Insurances 334 14 - - - 348
Insurances 334 14 - - - 348
International Banking 1,473 - (4) (528) (110) 831
Europe 1,359 - - (528) - 831
Africa, Mediterranean Basin and
114 - (4) - (110) -
Overseas
Mobility and Leasing Services 849 1,415 - 528 (228) 2,564
Equipment and Vendor Finance 228 - - - (228) -
(1)
Auto Leasing Financial Services 621 1,398 - - - 2,019
Consumer finance - 17 - 528 - 545
Global Markets and Investor
- - - - - -
Services
Global Markets and Investor
- - - - - -
Services
Financing and Advisory 57 - - - - 57
Financing and Advisory 57 - - - - 57
Total 3,781 1,510 (4) - (338) 4,949
(1) The increase is almost completely related to the acquisition of LeasePlan (see Note 2.1).




38
IMPAIRMENT TEST OF CGU
The Group performed an annual impairment test on 31 December 2023 for each CGU to which goodwill
had been allocated.
A CGU is defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows, which are largely
independent of the cash inflows from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Impairment tests consist
into assessing the recoverable value of each CGU and comparing it with its carrying value. An irreversible
impairment loss is recorded in the income statement if the carrying value of a CGU, including goodwill,
exceeds its recoverable value. This loss is booked under value adjustment on goodwill.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is calculated using the discounted cash flow (DCF) method applied to
the entire CGU.
The key principles retained for the implementation of annual tests for the assessment of the recoverable
value of CGUs are as follows:
▪ For each CGU, estimates of future distributable dividends are determined over a five-year period, based
on a four-year budget trajectory (2024 – 2027) extrapolated to 2028, the latter year being used as a
“normative” year to calculate the terminal value.
▪ These estimates consider the equity target allocated to each CGU, in increase compared to
31 December 2022 (12% of the risk-weighted assets of each CGU versus 11% for 2022).
▪ The growth rates used to calculate the terminal value are determined using forecasts on sustainable
long-term economic growth and inflation. These rates are estimated using two main sources, namely the
International Monetary Fund and the economic analyses produced by SG Cross Asset Research which
provide 2027 or 2028 forecasts.
▪ The projected dividends are then discounted based on a rate equal to the risk-free rate grossed up by a
risk premium based on the CGU’s underlying activities. This risk premium, specific to each activity, is
calculated from a series of equity risk premiums published by SG Cross Asset Research and from its
specific estimated volatility (beta). Where appropriate, the risk-free rate is also grossed up by a sovereign
risk premium, representing the difference between the risk-free rate available around monetary
assignment (mainly US dollar area or Euro area) and the interest rate observed on liquid long-term
treasury bonds issued (mainly US dollar area or Euro area), in proportion with risk-weighted assets for
CGUs covering several countries.

As of December 31, 2023, the specific discount rates and long-term growth rates to the CGUs of the Group's
3 pillars are as follows:

Table 2.2.C
Long-term
Assumptions as at 31 December 2023 Discount rate growth rate
French Retail and Private Banking 9.6% 2.0%
Insurances 10.2% 2.5%
Global Markets and Investor Services 11.7% 2.0%
Financial Services 10,3% 2.0%
International Banking 11.9% to 13.7% 2.0% to 3.0%
Mobility and Leasing Services 10.5% to 10.6% 2.0%



The budget trajectories take into account in particular the impacts of the commitments in favor of
the energy and environmental transition and the development of the territories detailed in the
Declaration of Non-Financial Performance.




39
These budgets are based on the following main business and macro-economic assumptions:

Table 2.2.D

Pillars
French Retail, Private Banking and Insurances

▪ Ongoing efforts to shift operations and relationship banking at Societe Generale towards a
digital model

▪ Consolidation of commercial and operational efficiency in Wealth Management and continued
French Retail and Private Banking development of synergies with retail banking network

▪ Confirmation of Boursorama's customer acquisition plan to reach more than 8 millions clients
in 2026

▪ Reinforcement of integrated bank insurance model and continued dynamic growth in France
Insurances and abroad in synergy with the retail banking network, Private Banking and financial services to
businesses

Global Banking and Investor Solutions
▪ Thanks to the restructuring initiated, better balance of the portfolio of businesses securing
future revenues and enabling an optimisation of the use of ressources in a standardised market
context
Global Markets and Investor
Services ▪ Consolidation of market-leading franchises (equities) and growth mainly supported by
financing and investment solutions activities
▪ Continued of optimisation measures and investments in information systems

▪ Consolidation of origination momentum of financing activities oriented towards capital
consumption optimisation
Financing and Advisory
▪ Consolidation of market-leading franchises (commodity and structured financing) and
continued RSE business development

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

▪ Continued adaptation of our models to capture growth potential in the region and consolidate
Europe the competitive positions of our operations
▪ Strict discipline applied to operating expenses and normalisation of cost of risk

▪ Continued development of Societe Generale’s sales network
Africa, Mediterranean Basin
and Overseas ▪ Continued focus on operating efficiency (automatisation, dematerialisation, digitalisation and
mutualisation initiatives) and gradual reduction cost of risk
▪ Consolidation of leadership in these corporate financing businesses
Equipment and Vendor Finance
▪ Strict discipline applied to operating expenses and scare ressources

▪ Creation of a leading global player in mobility with the integration of LeasePlan
Auto Leasing Financial Services
▪ New strategic plan articulated around 4 priorities: clients, operational efficiency, responsibility
and profitability
▪ Continued adaptation of our models to capture growth potential in the region and consolidate
the competitive positions of our operations
Consumer Finance
▪ Strict discipline applied to operating expenses and normalisation of cost of risk



The goodwill on Africa, Mediterranean Basin and Overseas and Equipment and Vendor Finance CGUs was
fully written down on 30 September 2023 as a result of the appearance of indications of impairment.

As of 31 December 2023, the CGU impairment tests were carried out on both the old and the new CGUs,
to neutralise any structural effect related to the splitting of the CGU Europe into two CGUs (Europe: KB and
BRD and Consumer Credit: Fiditalia, Hanseatic Bank, BDK and CGL).




40
The tests carried out in this way show that the recoverable amount of these CGUs remains higher than their
carrying value.

For CGUs, the tests carried out on 31 December 2023 show that the recoverable amount remains higher
than the book value.
Sensitivity tests were performed to measure the impact of the change in the discount rate and in the long-
term growth rate on the recoverable amount of each CGU. The results of these tests show that:
▪ A 50 basis point increase applied to all CGU discount rates shown in the table above would result in a
decrease in the total recoverable amount of 6.5% without requiring additional impairment of any CGU;
▪ A 50 basis point reduction in long-term growth rates would result in a 2.4% decrease in the total
recoverable amount without requiring additional depreciation of any CGU.
▪ By combining these two sensitivity cases, the total recoverable amount would result in a 8.4% decrease
without requiring additional depreciation of any CGU.




41
NOTE 2.3 - UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES

The information provided hereafter concerns entities structured but not controlled by the Group.
This information is grouped by main type of similar entities, such as Financing activities, Asset management
and Others (including Securitisation and Issuing vehicles).
Asset financing includes lease finance partnerships and similar vehicles that provide aircraft, rail, shipping
or real estate finance facilities.
Asset management includes mutual funds managed by the Group’s asset management subsidiaries.
Securitisation includes securitisation funds or similar vehicles issuing financial instruments that can be
subscribed for by investors and that generate credit risks inherent in an exposure or basket of exposures
which can be divided into tranches.
The Group’s interests in unconsolidated entities that have been structured by third parties are classified
among financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheet according to their nature.



1. INTERESTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES


The Group’s interests in an unconsolidated structured entity refer to contractual and non-contractual
involvements that expose the Group to the variability of returns from the performance of this structured
entity.
Such interests can be evidenced by:
▪ the holding of equity or debt instruments regardless of their rank of subordination;
▪ other funding (loans, cash facilities, loan commitments, liquidity facilities);
▪ credit enhancement (guarantees, subordinated instruments, credit derivatives…);
▪ issuance of guarantees (guarantee commitments);
▪ derivatives that absorb all or part of the risk of variability of the structured entity’s returns, except Credit
Default Swap (CDS) and options purchased by the Group;
▪ contracts remunerated by fees indexed to the structured entity’s performance;
▪ tax consolidation agreements.




42
Table 2.3.A
Asset financing Asset management Others

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
(1)
Total balance sheet of
4,799 5,898 19,509 18,090 11,740 23,085
the entity
Net carrying amount of
Group interests in
unconsolidated
structured entities
Assets 2,664 2,646 769 2,579 8,044 8,719

Financial assets at fair
156 138 647 2,377 557 1,181
value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair
value through other - - - - - 51
comprehensive income
Financial assets at
2,505 2,503 122 43 7,487 7,486
amortised cost
Others 3 5 - 159 - 1
Liabilities 1,356 1,419 784 2,941 2,147 1,410

Financial liabilities at fair
105 99 422 2,530 456 175
value through profit or loss

Due to banks and
1,159 1,257 294 384 1,635 1,235
customer deposits
Others 92 63 68 27 56 -
(1) For Asset management: NAV (Net Asset Value) of funds.


The Group may grant to these entities repayable advances related to the establishment of working capital,
which remain insignificant.
However, this year, the Group has not provided any financial support to these entities, except if bound to by
contract, and, as of 31 December 2023, does not intend to provide such support.




43
The maximum exposure to loss related to interests in unconsolidated structured entities is measured as:


Table 2.3.B
Asset financing Asset management Others

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Amortised cost or fair value
(according to the
measurement of the financial
2,633 2,538 2,395 4,340 514 1,932
instrument) of non-derivative
financial assets entered into
with the structured entity
Fair value of derivative
financial assets recognised 42 59 484 620 69 346
in the balance sheet
Notional amount of CDS sold
(maximum amount to be - - - - - -
paid)
Notional amount of loan or
guarantee commitments 574 367 734 112 1,382 1,498
granted
Maximum exposure to loss 3,249 2,964 3,613 5,072 1,965 3,776



The amount of maximum exposure to loss can be mitigated by:
▪ the notional amount of guarantee commitments received;
▪ the fair value of collateral received;
▪ the carrying amount of surety deposits received.

These mitigating amounts must be capped in case of legal or contractual limitation of their realisable or
recoverable amounts. They amounted to EUR 1,006 million and mainly concern Asset financing.



2. INFORMATION ON UNCONSOLIDATED STRUCTURED ENTITIES SPONSORED BY THE GROUP

The Group may have no ownership interest in a structured entity, but still be considered as a sponsor of this
structured entity if it acts or has acted as:
▪ a structurer;
▪ an originator for potential investors;
▪ an asset manager;
▪ an implicit or explicit guarantor of the entity’s performance (in particular via capital or return guarantees
granted to mutual fund unit holders).

A structured entity is also considered to be sponsored by the Group if its name includes the name of the
Group or the name of one of its subsidiaries.
Conversely, entities that are structured by the Group according to specific needs expressed by one or more
customers or investors are considered to be sponsored by said customers or investors.
As at 31 December 2023, the total amount of the balance sheet of these unconsolidated structured entities,
sponsored by the Group, and in which the Group does not have any interest, was EUR 4,356 million.
In 2023, no significant revenue has been recognised for theses structured entities




44
NOTE 2.4 - NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND RELATED
DEBT

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
A non-current asset or group of assets and liabilities is deemed to be “held for sale” if its carrying value will
primarily be recovered through a sale and not through its continuing use. For this classification to apply, the
asset or group of assets and liabilities must then be immediately available-for-sale in its present condition
and it must be highly probable that the sale will occur within twelve months.
For this to be the case, the Group must be committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group of assets
and liabilities) and have begun actively searching for a buyer. Furthermore, the asset or group of assets and
liabilities must be measured at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value.
Assets and liabilities into this category are classified as Non-current assets held for sale and Non-current
liabilities held for sale, with no netting.
If the fair value less selling costs of non-current assets and groups of assets and liabilities held for sale is
less that their net carrying value, an impairment is then recognised in profit or loss. Moreover, Non-current
assets held for sale are no longer amortised or depreciated.

Table 2.4.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Assets 1,763 1,081
Fixed assets and Goodwill 122 839
Financial assets 1,335 95
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 4 -
Securities at the amortised cost 350 -
Due from banks 20 93
Customer loans 961 2
Other assets 306 147
Liabilities 1,703 220
Allowances 44 -
Financial liabilities 1,609 57
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss - 1
Due to banks 42 56
Customer deposits 1,542 -
Subordinated debt 25 -
Other liabilities 50 163


As on 31 December 2023, the Non-current assets held for sale and Non-current liabilities held for sale items
encompass the assets and liabilities related to subsidiaries SOCIETE GENERALE DE BANQUES EN
GUINEE EQUATORIALE, SOCIETE GENERALE MAURITANIE, SOCIETE GENERALE TCHAD and
SOCIETE GENERALE BURKINA FASO.




45
NOTE 3 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The financial instruments represent the contractual rights or obligations to receive or to
pay cash or other financial assets. The Group’s banking activities generally take the
form of financial instruments covering a broad spectrum of assets and liabilities, such
as loans, investment portfolios (equity, bonds, etc.), deposits, regulated savings
accounts, debt securities issued and derivative instruments (swaps, options, forward
MAKING contracts, credit derivatives, etc.).
IT
In the financial statements, the classification and valuation of financial assets and
SIMPLE
liabilities depend on their contractual characteristics and the way the entity manages
those financial instruments.
However, this distinction is not applicable to derivative instruments, which are always
measured at fair value in the balance sheet, no matter what their purpose is (market
activities or hedging transactions).



ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

CLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
At initial recognition, financial instruments are classified in the Group balance sheet in one of three
categories (amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive
income) that determine their accounting treatment and subsequent measurement method. Classification is
based on their contractual cash flow characteristics and the entity’s business model for managing the assets.


Cash flow Accounting
characteristics Business model
classification



SPPI Collecting contractual Amortised cost
cash flows
(Solely Payments of
Principal and
Interest) Fair value through OCI
Collecting contractual
with subsequent recycling in
• Basic debt cash flows and selling
profit or loss
financial assets

Trading portfolio Fair value through profit
or loss

+ Fair value option
Fair value through profit
(to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch)
or loss

NON SPPI
• Complex debt
financial assets Fair value through
Regardless of the
• Equity financial business model profit or loss
assets
• Derivatives
instruments


+ Fair value through OCI option Fair value through OCI
without subsequent recycling in profit or loss without subsequent recycling in
(non-trading equity financial assets) profit or loss




46
The accounting principles for classifying the financial assets require the entity to analyse the contractual
cash flows generated by the financial instruments and to analyse the business model for managing the
financial instruments.

Analysis of contractual cash flow characteristics
The aim of the analysis of contractual cash flow characteristics is to limit the option of recognising revenues
from financial assets using the effective interest method exclusively to the instruments whose characteristics
are similar to those of a basic lending arrangement, meaning their associated cash flows are highly
predictable. All other financial instruments that do not share these characteristics are measured at fair value
through profit or loss, regardless of the business model used to manage them.
The contractual inflows that represent Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) on the principal
amount outstanding are consistent with a basic lending arrangement.
In a basic lending arrangement, interest predominantly consists of a consideration for the time value of
money and for credit risk. Interest may also include a consideration for liquidity risk, administrative costs,
and a commercial profit margin. Negative interest is not inconsistent with this definition.
All financial assets that are not basic will be mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss,
regardless of the business model for managing them.
Derivatives qualifying as hedging instruments for accounting purposes are recorded on a separate line in
the balance sheet (see Note 3.2).
The Group can make the irrevocable decision on a security-by-security basis, to classify and measure any
equity instrument (shares and other equity securities) that is not held for trading purposes at fair value
through other comprehensive income. Subsequently, the profit or loss accumulated in other comprehensive
income will never be reclassified to profit or loss (only dividends on these instruments will be recognised as
income).

Analysis of the business model
The business model represents how the financial instruments are managed in order to generate cash flows
and income.
The Group uses several business models in the course of exercising its different business lines.
Business models are assessed on how groups of financial instruments are managed together to achieve a
particular business objective. The business model is not assessed on an instrument-by-instrument basis,
but at a portfolio level, considering relevant evidence such as:
▪ how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Group’s Management;
▪ how risks related to financial instruments within that business model are managed;
▪ how managers of the business are compensated;
▪ sales of assets realised or expected (value, frequency, purpose).
To determine the classification and measurement of financial assets, three different business models shall
be distinguished:
▪ a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows (“Collect” business model);
▪ a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows on financial
assets and selling these financial assets (“Collect and Sell” business model);
▪ a separate business model for other financial assets, especially those that are held for trading purposes,
where collecting contractual cash flows is only incidental.

Fair value option
SPPI financial assets that are not held for trading purposes can be designated, at initial recognition, at fair
value through profit or loss if such designation eliminates or significantly reduces discrepancies in the
accounting treatment of the related financial assets and liabilities (accounting mismatch).




47
CLASSIFICATION OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Financial liabilities are classified into one of the following two categories:
▪ Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: these are financial liabilities held for trading
purposes, which by default include derivative financial liabilities not qualifying as hedging instruments
and non-derivative financial liabilities designated by the Group upon initial recognition to be measured at
fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option;
▪ Debts: these include the other non-derivative financial liabilities and are measured at amortised cost.
Derivative financial liabilities qualifying as hedging instruments are presented on separate lines of the
balance sheet (see Note 3.2).

RECLASSIFICATIONS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
Reclassifications of financial assets are only required in the exceptional event that the Group changes the
business model used to manage these assets.
These reclassifications are applied prospectively (no restatement of previously recognised profits, losses or
interests).

FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The valuation methods used by the
Group to establish the fair value of financial instruments are detailed in Note 3.4.

INITIAL RECOGNITION
Financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet:
▪ as at the settlement/delivery date for securities;
▪ as at the trade date for derivatives;
▪ as at the disbursement date for loans.
For instruments measured at fair value, changes in fair value between the trade date and the settlement-
delivery date are recorded in net income or in other comprehensive income, depending on the accounting
classification of the financial assets in question. The trade date is the date on which the contractual
commitment becomes binding and irrevocable for the Group.
Upon initial recognition, the financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value including the
transaction costs directly attributable to their acquisition or issuance, except for the financial instruments
recognised at fair value through profit or loss, for which these costs are booked directly to the income
statement.
If the initial fair value is exclusively based on observable market data, any difference between the fair value
and the transaction price, i.e. the sales margin, is immediately recognised in profit or loss. However, if one
of the valuation inputs is not observable or if the used valuation model is not recognised by the market,
the recognition of the sales margin is then generally deferred in profit or loss. For some instruments, due to
their complexity, this margin is recognised at their maturity or upon disposal in the event of an early sale.
When valuation inputs become observable, any portion of the sales margin that has not yet been recorded
is then recognised in profit or loss (see Note 3.4.7).

DERECOGNITION OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The Group derecognises all or part of a financial asset (or group of similar assets) when the contractual
rights to the cash flows on the asset expire or when the Group has transferred the contractual rights to
receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risks and rewards linked to ownership of the asset.
The Group also derecognises financial assets over which it has retained the contractual rights to the
associated cash flows but is contractually obligated to pass these same cash flows through to a third party
(“pass-through agreement”) and for which it has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards.




48
Where the Group has transferred the cash flows of a financial asset but has neither transferred nor retained
substantially all of the risks and rewards of its ownership and has effectively not retained control of the
financial asset, the Group derecognises it and, where necessary, recognises a separate asset or liability to
cover any rights and obligations created or retained as a result of the transfer of the asset. If the Group has
retained control of the asset, it continues to recognise it in the balance sheet to the extent of its continuing
involvement in said asset.
When a financial asset is derecognised in its entirety, a gain or loss on disposal is recorded in the income
statement for an amount equal to the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the payment
received for it, adjusted where necessary for any unrealised profit or loss previously recognised directly in
equity and for the value of any servicing asset or servicing liability. Indemnities billed to borrowers following
the prepayment of their loan are recorded in profit or loss on the prepayment date in Interest and similar
income.
The Group derecognises all or part of a financial liability when it is extinguished, i.e. when the obligation
specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.
A financial liability may also be derecognised in the event of a substantial amendment to its contractual
conditions or where an exchange is made with the lender for an instrument whose contractual conditions
are substantially different.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS
At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated
into the entity’s functional currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate. Realised or unrealised foreign
exchange losses or gains are recognised under Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value
through profit or loss.
Forward foreign exchange transactions are recognised at fair value based on the forward exchange rate for
the remaining maturity. Spot foreign exchange positions are valued using the official spot rates prevailing at
the end of the period. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in the income statement under Net gains
and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (see Note 3.1), except when hedge
accounting is applied to a cash-flow hedge transaction or to a hedge of a net investment in a foreign currency
operation (see Note 3.2).
At the balance sheet date, non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies measured
at fair value (in particular, shares and other equity instruments) are translated into the entity’s functional
currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate. Foreign exchanges losses or gains are recognised either in
profit or loss under Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, or under
other comprehensive income (Unrealised and deferred gains and losses), depending on the accounting of
the gains or losses relative to these assets/liabilities.
At the balance sheet date, non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies measured
at historical cost are translated into the entity’s functional currency at the historical exchange rate on initial
recognition.


TREATMENTS OF THE CHANGES IN THE BASIS FOR DETERMINING THE CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOWS OF
FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES – IBOR REFORM
In the context of the reference interest rates reform (IBOR reform) the basis for determining the contractual
cash flows of a financial asset or liability may be modified:
▪ either by amending the contractual terms and conditions set during the initial recognition of the financial
instrument (example: when the agreement is renegotiated, the contractual terms and conditions are
amended to replace the initial reference interest rate by an alternative one),
▪ either by applying the appropriate external disposals without requiring a change in contractual terms
(example: the adoption of European regulations requiring the migration of all contracts still indexed to
Libor CHF and Eonia in the European Union respectively on 1 January and 3 January 2022),
▪ or as a result of the activation of an existing contractual term or condition (example: application of the
contractual rate replacement provision, or “Fallback”).




49
If, in the context of the reference interest rates reform (IBOR reform), there is a change in the basis for
determining the contractual cash flows of a financial asset or liability at amortised cost or of a financial asset
at fair value through other comprehensive income, the modification is considered a simple forward-looking
update of the interest rate applied to determine the interest income or expense and does not generate a
gain or loss in the income statement.
This treatment depends on compliance with the following conditions:
▪ a change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required and results directly from the
IBOR reform; and
▪ the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the former basis
used before the change.

The cases giving rise to a new basis for determining the contractual cash flows considered economically
equivalent to the former basis are, for example:
▪ the replacement of an existing reference interest rate used to determine the contractual cash flows of a
financial asset or liability by an alternative reference interest rate (or by changing the method used to
determine the reference interest rate in question) and the addition of a fixed spread necessary to
compensate for the difference in basis between the existing reference interest rate and the alternative
one;
▪ the addition of a Fallback provision to the contractual terms and conditions of a financial asset or liability
to allow for the implementation of the changes described above;
▪ changes in the determination of the amount of interest resulting from the use of a new reference interest
rate (rate revision procedure, number of days between interest payment dates …).

Changes to a financial asset or liability, in addition to those deriving directly from the application of the
IBOR reform, are treated according to the principles usually applicable to changes in financial instruments.

METHOD OF ANALYSIS OF CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOWS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group has established procedures for determining if financial assets pass the SPPI test at initial
recognition (loans granting, acquisition of securities, etc.).

All contractual terms shall be analysed, particularly those that could change the timing or amount of
contractual cash flows. A contractual term that permits the borrower or the lender to prepay or to return the
debt instrument to the issuer before maturity remains consistent with SPPI cash flows, provided the
prepayment amount primarily represents the principal remaining due and accrued but unpaid contractual
interest, which may include a reasonable compensation. The fact that such compensation can be either
positive or negative is not inconsistent with the SPPI nature of cash flows.
The prepayment compensation is considered as reasonable especially when:
▪ the amount is calculated as a percentage of the outstanding amount of the loan and is capped by
regulations (in France, for example, compensation for the prepayment of mortgage loans by individuals
is legally capped at an amount equal to six months of interest or 3% of the principal outstanding), or is
limited by competitive market practices;
▪ the amount is equal to the difference between contractual interest that should have been received until
the maturity of the loan and the interest that would be obtained by the reinvestment of the prepaid
amount at a rate that reflects the relevant benchmark interest rate.
Some loans are prepayable at their current fair value, while others can be prepayable at an amount that
includes the fair value cost to terminate an associated hedging swap. It is possible to consider such
prepayment amounts as SPPI provided that they reflect the effect of changes in the relevant benchmark
interest rate.




50
Basic financial assets (SPPI) are debt instruments which mainly include:
▪ fixed-rate loans,
▪ variable-rate loans that can include caps or floors,
▪ fixed or variable-rate debt securities (government or corporate bonds, other negotiable debt
securities),
▪ securities purchased under resale agreements (reverse repos),
▪ guarantee deposits paid,
▪ trade receivables.

Contractual terms that would introduce exposure to risks or volatility in the contractual cash flows, unrelated
to a basic lending arrangement (such as exposure to changes in equity prices or stock indexes for instance,
or leverage features), could not be considered as being SPPI, except if their effect on the contractual cash
flows remains minimum (de minimis character of their variability).
.


Non-basic financial assets (non-SPPI) mainly include:
▪ derivative instruments,
▪ shares and other equity instruments held by the entity,
▪ equity instruments issued by mutual funds,
▪ debt financial assets that can be converted or redeemed into a fixed number of shares
(convertible bonds, equity-linked securities, etc.),
▪ Structured instruments whose cash flows are indexed, in part or in whole, to a benchmark
index.

The Basic financial assets (SPPI) held by the Group include the financing of sustainable
development projects (labelled Environment Social and Governance) in the form of
Sustainability-linked bonds, social bonds and Green bonds with SPPI-compliant contractual
cash flows.
Non-basic financial assets (non-SPPI) include the structured instruments whose cash flows are indexed, in
whole or in part, to an index that is not specific to the issuer, such as an ESG market index.
Impact loans have been granted by the Group to support enterprises in their sustainability approach through
an incentive mechanism that reviews the margin according to ESG criteria specific to the borrower or to the
achievement by the latter of sustainable development goals (Sustainability-linked loans). At the end of 2023,
the outstanding amount of impact loans valued at amortised cost reached approximately EUR 6 billion and
came jointly with financing commitments of EUR 24 billion. The sustainability objectives set can be, for
example, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the development of cultivated areas with alternatives
to synthetic plant protection products, the increase in the representation of women in management bodies,
the reduction of water use. As a result of their analysis, these loans have been classified as basic financial
assets (SPPI) provided that their flows meet the SPPI criteria and the ESG component fulfills the de minimis
criterion.
During the second half of 2022, the IASB decided to propose amendments to the IFRS 9 Implementation
Guidance regarding classification as SPPI as well as new information to be disclosed for the financial
instruments whose contractual conditions may change the timetable or the amount of contractual cash flows
depending on a potential event. The objective of the project is to clarify how the SPPI qualification criteria
apply to financial assets with ESG factors or similar characteristics. Societe Generale followed the IASB
proposals included in the exposure draft published in 2023. To date, these proposals will not significantly
change the classification of the assets concerned.

When the time value component of interest can be modified according to the contractual term of the
instrument, it may be necessary to compare the contractual cash flow with the cash flow that would arise
from a benchmark instrument. For instance, that is the case when an interest rate is periodically reset, but


51
the frequency of that reset does not match the tenor of the interest rate (such as an interest rate reset every
month to a one-year rate), or when the interest rate is periodically reset to an average of short- and long-
term interest rates.
If the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted benchmark cash
flows is or may become significant, then the instrument is not considered basic.
Depending on the contractual terms, the comparison with benchmark cash flow may be performed through
a qualitative assessment; but in other cases, a quantitative test is required. The difference between
contractual and benchmark cash flows has to be considered in each reporting period and cumulatively over
the life of the instrument. When performing this benchmark test, the entity considers factors that could affect
future undiscounted contractual cash flows: using the yield curve at the date of the initial assessment is not
enough, and the entity also has to consider whether the curve could change over the life of the instrument
according to reasonably possible scenarios.
Within the Group, the financial instruments concerned by a benchmark test include, for instance, variable-
rate housing loans for which interest rates are reset every year based on the twelve-month Euribor average
observed over the two months previous to the reset. Another example is loans granted to real estate
professionals for which interest is revised quarterly based on the one-month Euribor average observed over
the three months previous to the reset. Following the benchmark analysis performed by the Group, it has
been concluded that these loans are basic.
Furthermore, a specific analysis of contractual cash flow is required when financial assets are instruments
issued by a securitisation vehicle or a similar entity that prioritises payments to holders using multiple
contractually-linked instruments that create concentrations of credit risk (tranches). When assessing
whether contractual cash flows are SPPI or not, the entity must analyse the contractual terms, as well as
the credit risk of each tranche and the exposure to credit risk in the underlying pool of financial instruments.
To that end, the entity must apply a “look-through approach” to identify the underlying instruments that are
creating the cash flows.


Following the initial application of IFRS 9 by insurance subsidiaries (see. Note 1). the data shown in Note 3
include those relating to the financial instruments entered into by these subsidiaries.




52
NOTE 3.1 - FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE
THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
IMPACT ON GROUP FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF THE FIRST IFRS 9 APPLICATION BY
INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES (SEE NOTE 1)

Adjustment of
Reclassified
31.12.2021 Reclassifications book value related 01.01.2022 R 31.12.2022 R
balances
to investments
of available of financial
for-sale of non-SPPI liabilities of
financial loans and insurance Reclassification
(In EUR m) assets receivables others activities effects
Financial assets at
fair value through
profit or loss

Trading portfolio 319,789 211 320,000 61 320,061 310,945

Financial assets
measured
mandatory at fair 21,356 15,879 2,085 70,550 109,870 152 110,022 101,602
value through profit
or loss

Financial
instruments
measured at fair
1,569 15,065 16,634 16,634 14,604
value through profit
or loss using the fair
value option

Total 342,714 15,879 2,085 83,826 - 446,504 213 446,717 427,151

Financial liabilities
at fair value
through profit or
loss

Trading portfolio 243,112 520 243,632 243,632 235,433

Financial liabilities
measured
mandatory at fair 64,451 3,620 68,071 68,071 68,742
value through profit
or loss

Total 307,563 - - - 4,140 311,703 - 311,703 304,175



OVERVIEW


Table 3.1.A
31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

(In EUR m) Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Trading portfolio 366,087 281,335 310,945 235,433
Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value
114,651 101,602
through profit or loss
Financial instruments measured at fair value through
15,144 94,249 14,604 68,742
profit or loss using the fair value option
Total 495,882 375,584 427,151 304,175
o/w securities purchased/sold under
159,119 139,145 122,786 103,365
resale/repurchase agreements




53
1. TRADING PORTFOLIO

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The trading book contains the financial assets and liabilities held or accrued for the purpose of capital
markets activities.
This portfolio also includes, among other trading assets, the physical stocks of raw materials that the Group
might hold a market-maker on commodity derivatives.
Derivative financial instruments are classified into the trading portfolio, unless they qualify as hedging
instruments (see Note 3.2).
The financial instruments recorded in the trading portfolio are measured at fair value as at the closing date
and recognised in the balance sheet under Financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
The changes in fair value and revenues associated to those instruments are recorded in profit or loss under
Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.

TRADING ACTIVITIES
Financial assets held for trading are:
▪ acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term; or
▪ held for market-making purposes; or
▪ acquired for the purposes of the specialised management of a trading portfolio, including derivative
financial instruments, securities or other financial instruments that are managed together and for which
there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking.

Global market activities
The trading business model is applied by Global Banking and Investor Solutions to manage
its global market activities.
It is also applied for managing syndicated loan commitments and loans that are not intended
to be kept by the Group and that have been identified since their origination as to be sold in
the short term (within 6 to 12 months) on the secondary market, as well as for loans originated
by the Group through originate-to-distribute activities and that are expected to be sold shortly.

Financial assets held in run-off portfolios are also monitored based on their fair value. Although those
portfolios are not related to market activities, those assets are presented amongst trading portfolio and are
measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Trading portfolio includes all the financial assets held for trading purpose regardless of the characteristics
of their contractual cash flows. Only non-SPPI financial assets that are not held for trading are classified
amongst Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss (see section 3.1.2).

ASSETS


Table 3.1.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Bonds and other debt securities 39,427 26,022
Shares and other equity securities 71,694 74,404
Securities purchased under resale agreements 159,073 122,752
(1)
Trading derivatives 83,535 76,775
Loans, receivables and other trading assets 12,358 10,992
Total 366,087 310,945
o/w securities lent 14,509 12,455
(1) See Note 3.2 Financial derivatives.


54
LIABILITIES


Table 3.1.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Amounts payable on borrowed securities 42,483 51,101
Bonds and other debt instruments sold short 7,306 5,186
Shares and other equity instruments sold short 2,091 1,244
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 137,019 102,673
(1)
Trading derivatives 89,803 72,656
Borrowings and other trading liabilities 2,633 2,573
Total 281,335 235,433

(1) See Note 3.2 Financial derivatives.




2. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MANDATORILY AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss include:
▪ loans, bonds and bond equivalents that are not held for trading purposes and do not pass the SPPI test
(non-basic or non-SPPI instruments);
▪ shares and share equivalents that are not classified in any other sub-category: trading book at fair value
through profit or loss, instruments designated by the Group at fair value through other comprehensive
income without subsequent reclassification to profit or loss.
These assets are recorded at fair value in the balance sheet under Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss and changes in the fair value of these instruments (excluding interest income) are recorded in
profit or loss under Net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.


Table 3.1.D

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Bonds and other debt securities 30,677 22,413
Shares and other equity securities 68,691 62,756
Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements 15,283 16,433
Total 114,651 101,602


BREAKDOWN OF LOANS AND RECEIVABLES AND SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENTS


Table 3.1.E

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Short-term loans 1,360 1,897
Equipment loans 10,052 11,338
Other loans 3,871 3,198
Total 15,283 16,433




55
The loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements recorded in the balance sheet
under Financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss are mainly:
▪ loans that include prepayment features with compensation that do not reflect the effect of changes in the
benchmark interest rate;
▪ loans with indexation clauses that do not qualify them as basic loans (SPPI).



3. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS USING FAIR VALUE
OPTION

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In addition to the financial assets and liabilities held for trading, and the financial assets measured
mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, the same items in the financial statements include the non-
derivative financial assets and liabilities that the Group has designated at fair value through profit or loss.
Changes in the fair value of these instruments (including interest) are recorded in profit or loss under Net
gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, except the share related to the
Group’s own credit risk on financial liabilities which is booked under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses.
Furthermore, in case of derecognition of a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss using the fair
value option before its contractual maturity, any gains and losses, related to the Group’s own credit risk are
booked under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses and then reclassified under Retained earnings at the
beginning of the subsequent financial year.
For financial assets, this option may only be used to eliminate or significantly reduce accounting mismatches
that would otherwise arise from applying different accounting treatments to certain related financial assets
and liabilities.
For financial liabilities, this option may only be used in the following cases:
▪ to eliminate or reduce discrepancies in the accounting treatment of certain related financial assets and
liabilities;
▪ when it applies to a hybrid financial instrument with one or more embedded derivatives, which should be
recognised separately;
▪ when a group of financial assets and/or liabilities is managed together and its performance is measured
at fair value.
The Group thus recognises structured bonds issued by Societe Generale Corporate and Investment
Banking at fair value through profit or loss. These issuances are purely commercial and the associated risks
are hedged on the market using financial instruments managed in trading portfolios. By using the fair value
option, the Group can ensure consistency between the accounting treatment of these bonds and that of the
derivatives hedging the associated market risks, which have to be carried at fair value.

ASSETS


Table 3.1.F


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Bonds and other debt securities 13,821 13,369
Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements 68 55
Separate assets for employee benefits plans (1) 1,255 1,180
Total 15,144 14,604
(1) Including, as at 31 December 2023, EUR 1,076 million of separate assets for defined post-employment benefits
compared to EUR 1,002 million as at 31 December 2022 (see Note 5.1.2).




56
LIABILITIES


Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with the fair value option
predominantly consist of structured bonds issued by the Societe Generale group.

Table 3.1.G


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Amount redeemable Amount redeemable
(In EUR m) Fair value at maturity Fair value at maturity
Financial instruments measured using fair
94,249 99,500 68,742 70,288
value option through profit or loss


The revaluation differences attributable to the Group’s issuer credit risk are determined using valuation
models taking into account the Societe Generale group’s most recent financing terms and conditions on the
markets and the residual maturity of the related liabilities.
Changes in fair value attributable to own credit risk generated an equity loss of EUR 257 million before tax.
As at 31 December 2023, the total amount of changes in fair value attributable to own credit risk represents
a total gain of EUR 68 million before tax.




57
4. NET GAINS AND LOSSES ON FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR
LOSS

Table 3.1.H


(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Net gain/loss on trading portfolio (excluding derivatives) 8,844 (5,644)
Net gain/loss on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (1) 6,272 (9,135)
Net gain/loss on financial instruments measured using fair value option (4,793) 3,715
Net gain/loss on derivative instruments (1,310) 12,353
(2)
Net gains/loss on hedging instruments 169 (237)
Net gain/loss on fair value hedging derivatives 3,141 (16,246)
Revaluation of hedged items attributable to hedged risks (3) (2,973) 16,019
Ineffective cut of the cash flow hedges 1 (10)
Net gain/loss on foreign exchange transactions 1,145 (8)
(4)
Total 10,327 1,044
o/w gains on financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive
1,148 1,181
income
(1) This item includes realised and unrealised gains and losses on debt and equity instruments, with the exception of
the income component of debt instruments representative of an interest rate, which is recorded under net interest
margin (see Note 3.7).
(2) This item includes only the net gain/loss on hedging transactions related to financial instruments. For the hedging
transactions related to non-financial assets and liabilities, the net gain/loss on hedging transactions is included
under the income statement of the hedged item.
(3) This item includes the revaluation of fair value hedged items, including the change in revaluation differences in
portfolios hedged against interest rate risk.
(4) Including EUR +5,638 million for insurance subsidiaries in 2023 (EUR -5,683 million in 2022). This amount shall be
understood taking into account the financial income and expenses of the insurance contracts (see Note 4.3,
table 4.3.D).


Insofar as income and expenses recorded in the income statement are classified by type of instrument
rather than by purpose, the net income generated by activities in financial instruments at fair value through
profit or loss must be assessed as a whole. It should be noted that the income shown here does not include
the refinancing cost of these financial instruments, which is shown under interest expense and
interest income.




58
NOTE 3.2 - FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

Derivative instruments are financial instruments for which the value changes according
to that of an underlying item and can be accompanied by a leverage effect. The items
underlying these instruments are various (interest rates, exchange rates, equity,
indexes, commodities, credit rating…), as are their forms (forward contracts, swaps,
MAKING calls and puts…).
IT
SIMPLE The Group may use these derivative instruments for their market activities to provide
to its customers solutions to meet their risk management or revenue optimisation
needs. In that case, they are accounted for as trading derivatives.
The Group may also use derivative instruments to manage and hedge its own risks.
In which case, they are qualified as hedging derivatives. Hedging transactions can
concern individual items or transactions (micro-hedging relationships) or portfolios of
financial assets and liabilities that can generate a structural interest-rate risk (macro-
hedging relationships).
Contrary to other financial instruments, derivative instruments are always measured at
fair value in the balance sheet, regardless their purpose (market activities or hedging
transactions). The fair value adjustments of trading derivatives are directly recognised
in the income statement. However, the hedge accounting method allows for the linking
of the fair value adjustment of hedging derivatives with the accounting treatment of the
transactions and hedged instruments in order to eliminate or reduce volatility in the
income statement.


ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Derivatives are financial instruments meeting the following three criteria:
▪ their value changes in response to a change in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate, share
price, index of prices, commodity price, credit rating, etc.;
▪ they require little to no initial investment;
▪ they are settled at a future date.
All financial derivatives are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet as financial assets or financial
liabilities. They are considered to be trading derivatives, unless they are designated as hedging instruments
for accounting purposes.

SPECIAL CASE - DERIVATIVES HAVING SOCIETE GENERALE SHARES AS THEIR UNDERLYING
INSTRUMENT
Financial derivatives having Societe Generale shares as their underlying instrument or shares in Group
subsidiaries and whose liquidation entails the payment of a fixed amount in cash (or another financial asset)
against a fixed number of Societe Generale shares (other than derivatives) are equity instruments.
These instruments, and any related premiums paid or received, are recognised directly in equity, and any
changes in the fair value of these derivatives are not recorded. For sales of put options on Societe Generale
shares and forward purchases of Societe Generale shares, a debt is recognised for the value of the notional
amount with a contra entry in equity.
Other financial derivatives having Societe Generale shares as their underlying instrument are recorded in
the balance sheet at fair value in the same manner as derivatives with other underlying instruments.

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES
An embedded derivative is a component of a hybrid contract that also includes a non-derivative host
instrument.
Where the host contract is a financial asset, the entire hybrid contract is measured at fair value through
profit or loss because its contractual cash flows do not pass the SPPI test.



59
Where the host contract is a financial liability and is not measured at fair value through profit or loss,
the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract if:
▪ at acquisition, the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related
to the economic characteristics and risks of the host; and
▪ it would meet the definition of a derivative.
Once separated, the derivative is recognised at fair value in the balance sheet under Financial assets or
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss under the aforementioned conditions. The host contract
is classified under one of the financial liability categories measured at amortised cost.



1. TRADING DERIVATIVES

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Trading derivatives are recorded in the balance sheet under Financial assets or liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss. Changes in fair value are recorded in the income statement under Net gains and
losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.
Changes in the fair value of financial derivatives involving counterparties that subsequently proved to be in
default are recorded under Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
until the termination date of these instruments. On this termination date, the receivables and debts on these
counterparties are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. Any further impairment of these receivables
is recognised under Cost of credit risk in the income statement.

FAIR VALUE


Table 3.2.A


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

(In EUR m) Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Interest rate instruments 42,479 38,681 35,004 23,784
Foreign exchange instruments 18,805 20,025 24,272 25,324
Equities and index Instruments 19,772 28,612 15,517 21,209
Commodities Instruments 84 208 199 154
Credit derivatives 1,986 963 1,756 1,404
Other forward financial instruments 409 1,314 27 781
Total 83,535 89,803 76,775 72,656


The Group uses credit derivatives in the management of its corporate credit portfolio, primarily to reduce
individual, sectorial and geographical concentration and to implement a proactive risk and capital
management approach. All credit derivatives, regardless of their purpose, are measured at fair value through
profit or loss and cannot be qualified as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Accordingly, they are
recognised at fair value among trading derivatives.




60
COMMITMENTS (NOTIONAL AMOUNTS)


Table 3.2.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Interest rate instruments 10,688,510 9,804,009
Firm instruments 8,733,370 8,002,813
Swaps 6,927,744 6,416,536
FRAs 1,805,626 1,586,277
Options 1,955,140 1,801,196
Foreign exchange instruments 4,515,280 4,163,080
Firm instruments 3,389,444 3,047,062
Options 1,125,836 1,116,018
Equity and index instruments 924,940 794,584
Firm instruments 143,886 138,533
Options 781,054 656,051
Commodities instruments 19,471 20,714
Firm instruments 13,723 20,472
Options 5,748 242
Credit derivatives 133,748 170,225
Other forward financial instruments 25,456 28,066
Total 16,307,405 14,980,678



2. HEDGING DERIVATIVES

According to the transitional provisions of IFRS 9, the Group made the choice to maintain the IAS 39
provisions related to hedge accounting. Consequently, equity instruments held (shares and other equity
securities) do not qualify for hedge accounting regardless of their accounting category.

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In order to be hedged against certain market risks, the Group sets up hedging derivatives. From an
accounting standpoint, the Group designates the hedging transaction as a fair value hedge, a cash flow
hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, depending on the risk and on the instruments
to be hedged.
To designate an instrument as a hedging derivative, the Group documents the hedging relationship in detail,
from inception. This documentation specifies the asset, liability, or future transaction hedged, the risk to be
hedged and the associated risk management strategy, the type of financial derivative used and the valuation
method that will be used to measure its effectiveness.
The derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be highly effective in offsetting the change in fair
value or cash flows arising from the hedged risk. This effectiveness is verified when changes in the fair value
or cash flows of the hedged instrument are almost entirely offset by changes in the fair value or cash flows
of the hedging instrument, with the expected ratio between the two changes ranging from 80% to 125%.
Effectiveness shall be assessed both when the hedge is first set up and throughout its life. Effectiveness is
measured each quarter prospectively (expected effectiveness over the future periods) and retrospectively
(effectiveness measured on past periods). Where the effectiveness falls outside the range specified above,
hedge accounting is discontinued.
Hedging derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet under Hedging derivatives.


61
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
The purpose of these hedges is to protect the Group against an adverse fluctuation in the fair value of an
instrument which could affect profit or loss if the instrument were derecognised from the balance sheet.
Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are recorded in the income statement under Net gains
and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss; for interest rate derivatives, however,
accrued interest income and expenses on the derivative are recorded in the income statement under Interest
and similar income / Interest and similar expense – Hedging derivatives symmetrically to the accrued interest
income and expenses related to the hedged item.
In the balance sheet, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for the gains and losses attributable
to the hedged risk, which are reported in the income statement under Net gains and losses on financial
instruments at fair value through profit or loss. To the extent that the hedge is highly effective, changes in
the fair value of the hedged item and changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are accurately offset
through profit or loss, the difference corresponding to an ineffectiveness gain or loss.
Prospective effectiveness is assessed via a sensitivity analysis based on probable market trends or via a
regression analysis of the statistical relationship (correlation) between the hedged risk component and the
hedging instrument. Retrospective effectiveness is assessed by comparing any changes in the fair value of
the hedging instrument with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item.
If it becomes apparent that the derivative has ceased to meet the effectiveness criteria for hedge accounting
or if it is terminated or sold, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. Thereafter, the carrying amount
of the hedged asset or liability ceases to be adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk
and the cumulative adjustments previously recognised under hedge accounting are amortised over its
remaining life. Hedge accounting is also discontinued if the hedged item is sold prior to maturity or early-
redeemed, the valuation adjustments are then immediately recognised in the income statement.


CASH FLOW HEDGES
The purpose of interest rate cash flow hedges is to protect against changes in future cash flows associated
with a financial instrument on the balance sheet (loans, securities or floating-rate notes) or with a highly
probable future transaction (future fixed interest rates, future exchange rates, future prices, etc.).
The purpose of these hedges is to protect the Group against adverse fluctuations in the future cash-flows
of an instrument or transaction that could affect profit or loss.
The prospective effectiveness of the hedge is assessed via a sensitivity analysis based on probable market
input trends or via a regression analysis of the statistical relationship (correlation) between the hedged risk
component and the hedging instrument. The effectiveness of the hedge is assessed using the hypothetical
derivative method, which consists in i) creating a hypothetical derivative which bears exactly the same
characteristics as the instrument being hedged (in terms of notional amounts, date on which the rates are
reset, interest rate, exchange rate, etc.), but moves in the opposite direction and whose fair value is nil when
the hedge is set up, then ii) comparing the expected changes in the fair value of the hypothetical derivative
with those of the hedging instrument (sensitivity analysis) or performing a regression analysis on the
prospective effectiveness of the hedge.
The changes in fair value of the hedging financial instruments are recorded directly as Unrealised or deferred
gains and losses for their effective portion, while the ineffective portion is recognised under Net gains and
losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss. With regard to interest rate derivatives,
the portion corresponding to the rediscount of the derivative financial instrument is recorded in the income
statement under Interest and similar income / Interest and similar expense symmetrically to the interest
income or expense related to the hedged item.
The gains or losses, realised or unrealised, accumulated directly in equity for the effective portion of these
changes in value, are carried in equity to be recycled in the income statement when the expected hedged
cash flows impact the income statement. With regard to the hedging flows related to a variable-rate financial
instrument recorded on the balance sheet, recycling is done as and when the hedged interest income or
expenses are recognised in the income statement. In the case of hedging of future transactions, if it is the
future sale of a financial instrument, recycling takes place on the date when the sold instrument is
derecognised; if the transaction is settled through the recognition on the balance sheet of a financial
instrument, the gains or losses accumulated in equity are carried in it, before being recycled in the income
statement at the same pace as the hedged cash flows generated by the instrument then recognised on the
balance sheet.



62
Whenever the hedging derivative ceases to meet the effectiveness criteria for hedge accounting or is
terminated or sold or if the future transaction hedged is no more probable, hedge accounting is discontinued
prospectively. The amounts previously recognised directly in equity are reclassified in the income statement
over the periods during which interest income is affected by the cash flows from the hedged item. If the
hedged item is sold or redeemed earlier than expected or if the hedged forecast transaction ceases to be
expected, the unrealised gains and losses recognised in equity are immediately reclassified in the income
statement.

HEDGING OF A NET INVESTMENT IN A FOREIGN OPERATION
The purpose of a hedging of a net investment in a foreign company is to protect against exchange rate risk.
The hedged item is an investment in a country whose currency differs from the Group’s functional currency.
The hedge therefore serves to protect the net position of a foreign subsidiary or branch against an exchange
rate risk linked to the entity’s functional currency.
The hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation follows the same accounting principles as the cashflow
hedge relationships. Thus, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of a hedging derivative
designated for accounting purposes as the hedge of a net investment is recognised in equity under
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement
under Gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.

PORTFOLIO HEDGES (MACRO-HEDGE)
In this type of hedge, interest rate derivatives are used to globally hedge the structural interest rate risk
resulting mainly from Retail Banking activities.
In accounting for these transactions, are either documented as fair value hedges or as cash flow hedges,
depending on the Group entities.
Group entities documenting a macro fair value hedge of fixed rate assets and liabilities portfolios, apply the
IAS 39 “carve-out” standard as adopted by the European Union, which facilitates:
▪ the application of fair value hedge accounting to the macro-hedges used for asset-liability management,
including customer demand deposits in the fixed-rate positions being hedged;
▪ the performance of the effectiveness tests.
The accounting treatment of the financial derivatives designated as macro fair value hedges is similar to
that of other fair value hedging instruments. Changes in the fair value of the portfolio of macro-hedged
instruments measured based on the modelled synthetic instrument are reported on a separate line in the
balance sheet under Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk through profit or
loss.
Group entities documenting a macro cash flow hedge apply the same accounting principles as those
presented above for cash flow hedge. Thus, macro-hedged assets or liabilities portfolios are not measured
at fair value for the hedged risk.
In the case of macro cash flow hedge, hedged portfolios include assets or liabilities at variable rate.
Finally, regardless of the documentation used for these macro-hedges, they require the implementation of
three tests to measure the effectiveness of the relationship:
▪ a non-over-coverage test to ensure, prospectively and retrospectively, that the nominal amount of the
portfolios covered is higher than the notional amount of the hedging instruments for each future maturity
band and each rate generation;
▪ a test of non-disappearance of the hedged item, which consists in prospectively and retrospectively
ensuring that the historically covered maximum position is less than the notional amount of the hedging
instruments on the closing date considered for each maturity band and each generation of rates;
▪ a quantitative test to retrospectively ensure that the fair value changes in the modelled synthetic
instrument offset the changes in fair value of the hedging instruments.
The sources of ineffectiveness of the macro-hedges implemented in the Group result from the latest fixing
of the variable leg of the hedging swaps, the two-curve valuation of the collateralised hedging instruments,
the possible mismatches of interests between the hedged item and the hedging instrument and the
consideration of counterparty risk on the hedging instruments.




63
TREATMENT OF THE CHANGES IN THE BASIS USED FOR DETERMINING THE CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOWS
OF THE COMPONENTS OF A HEDGING RELATIONSHIP – IBOR REFORM

Non-discontinuation of hedging relationships
The documentation of the existing hedging relationships shall be updated to reflect the changes brought
about by the reform of the reference interest rate (IBOR reform) on the basis for determining the contractual
cash flows of the hedged items and/or of the hedging instruments.
These updates resulting from the IBOR reform do not cause the discontinuation of the hedging relationship
nor the designation of a new accounting hedge as long as they meet the following conditions:
▪ the change in the basis for determining the contractual cash flows is required and results directly from
the IBOR reform; and
▪ the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows is economically equivalent to the former basis
used before the change.
When those conditions are met, the update of the hedging documentation only consist in:
▪ designate the alternative reference interest rate (contractually or non-contractually specified) as a
hedged risk;
▪ update the description of the hedged item, including a description of the hedged portion of cash flows or
of the fair value;
▪ update the description of the hedging instrument;
▪ update the description of the method used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge.

These updates are performed as and when changes are made to the hedged items or the hedging
instruments but before the end of the reporting period during which the change was made; an accounting
hedge may be updated several successive times.
Changes not directly resulting from the application of the IBOR reform and impacting the basis used for
determining the contractual cash flows of the hedging relationship components or the hedging
documentation are analysed beforehand in order to confirm compliance with the qualifying criteria for hedge
accounting.

Specific accounting treatments
Regarding fair value hedges and cash flow hedges, the applicable accounting requirements remain
unchanged for the recognition of gains and losses resulting from the reassessment of the hedged
component and the hedging instrument taking account of the changes described above.
For the purpose of the retrospective effectiveness assessment, the cumulative fair value changes may be
reset to zero on a case by case basis for each hedging relationship modified.
With regard to hedged cash flows, when the benchmark rate on which the future hedged cash flows were
based changes, the amounts of gains or losses recorded for the hedging instrument are carried in equity
until the recording in the income statement of the adjusted hedged cash flows as long as the transaction
remains highly probable.
An alternative reference interest rate used as a risk component not specified by an agreement
(example, a 3-month alternative reference interest rate used to determine the fixed rate of a loan and for
which the Group intends to hedge the changes in value) may be used, provided it is, as reasonably expected,
separately identifiable (i.e., quoted on a sufficiently liquid market) in the 24 months after its first use.




64
FAIR VALUE


Table 3.2.C


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

(In EUR m) Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Fair value hedge 10,113 18,182 32,272 45,539
Interest rate instruments 10,112 18,181 32,252 45,538
Foreign exchange instruments 1 1 20 1
Equity and index Instruments - - - -
Cash flow hedge 321 475 469 511
Interest rate instruments 309 394 420 443
Foreign exchange instruments 5 56 43 51
Equity and index Instruments 7 25 6 17
Net investment hedge 151 51 230 114
Foreign exchange instruments 151 51 230 114
Total 10,585 18,708 32,971 46,164


The Group sets up hedging relationships recognised for accounting purposes as fair value hedges in order
to protect its fixed-rate financial assets and liabilities (primarily loans / borrowings, securities issued and
fixed-rate securities) against changes in long-term interest rates. The hedging instruments used mainly
consist of interest rate swaps.
Furthermore, through some of its Corporate and Investment Banking operations, the Group is exposed to
future cash flow changes in its short and medium-term funding requirements and sets up hedging
relationships recognised for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges. Highly probable funding
requirements are determined using historic data established for each activity and representative of balance
sheet outstanding. These data may be increased or decreased by changes in management methods.
Finally, as part of their management of structural interest rate and exchange rate risks, the Group’s entities
set up fair value hedge for portfolios of assets or liabilities for interest rate risk as well as cash flow hedge
and net investment hedge for foreign exchange risk.
As part of its structural interest rate risk management, the Group has adjusted the level of hedging of the
fixed rate liabilities (i.e., customer deposits). While fixed-rate receiver swaps were contracted to hedge the
interest rate risk, fixed-rate payer swaps were used to reduce the hedge. Under IAS 39, these instruments
were designated as portfolio hedging instruments (macro hedge accounting). In 2023, the Group transferred
to a trading portfolio both the swaps taken out to reduce the macro-hedge and the corresponding initial
hedging swaps (receiver interest rate). The tables in this note include the effect of this reclassification.
The remaining negative cumulative remeasurement adjustment to be amortised over the residual life of the
hedged instruments as at 31 December 2023, resulting from discontinued hedges corresponding to the
swaps transferred to the trading portfolio, reduces liabilities by EUR 1,858 million.
As at 31 December 2023, the revaluation differences on macro-hedged fixed-rate assets portfolios and
fixed-rate liabilities portfolios are still negative as a result of the high interest rate environment. On the asset
side of the balance sheet, the revaluation difference on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk amounts
to EUR -433 million as at 31 December 2023 (compared to EUR -2,262 million as at 31 December 2022);
and on the liabilities side, the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk amounts
to EUR -5,857 million as at 31 December 2023 (against EUR -9,659 million as at 31 December 2022).




65
COMMITMENTS (NOTIONAL AMOUNTS)


Table 3.2.D


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Interest rate instruments 668,657 862,372
Firm instruments 668,657 862,030
Swaps 523,652 729,222
FRAs 145,005 132,808
Options - 342
Foreign exchange instruments 8,355 8,333
Firm instruments 8,355 8,333
Equity and index instruments 226 179
Firm instruments 226 179
Total 677,238 870,884


MATURITIES OF HEDGING FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES (NOTIONAL AMOUNTS)


These items are presented according to the contractual maturity of the financial instruments.

Table 3.2.E


From From
Up to 3 months 1 year Over 31.12.2023
(In EUR m) 3 months to 1 year to 5 years 5 years
Interest rate instruments 69,087 203,984 264,416 131,170 668,657
Foreign exchange instruments 1,865 5,148 1,328 14 8,355
Equity and index instruments 65 35 125 1 226
Total 71,017 209,167 265,869 131,185 677,238




66
NOTE 3.3 - FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

IMPACT ON GROUP FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF THE APPLICATION OF IFRS 9 BY INSURANCE
SUBSIDIARIES (SEE NOTE 1)

Adjustment of
Reclassified book value
31.12.2021 Reclassifications 01.01.2022 R 31.12.2022 R
balances related to
investments

of available of loans and
for-sale receivables
financial regarding their Reclassification
(In EUR m) assets business model effects
Debt instruments 43,180 67,632 1,454 112,266 159 112,425 92,696
Bonds and other debt
43,081 67,632 1,417 112,130 159 112,289 92,655
securities
Loans and receivables
and securities
99 37 136 136 41
purchased under resale
agreements
Shares and other equity
270 270 270 264
securities
Total financial assets at
fair value through other 43,450 67,632 1,454 112,536 159 112,695 92,960
comprehensive income



OVERVIEW


Table 3.3.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Debt instruments 90,630 92,696
Bonds and other debt securities 90,614 92,655
Loans and receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements 16 41
Shares and other equity securities 264 264
Total 90,894 92,960
o/w securities lent 228 249



1. DEBT INSTRUMENTS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Debt instruments (loans and receivables, bonds and bond equivalents) are classified as Financial assets at
fair value through other comprehensive income when their contractual cash flows are consistent with basic
lending arrangements (SPPI) and they are managed under a Collect and Sell business model. At the time
of original recognition, these financial assets are measured at fair value including the costs directly
attributable to their acquisition or subscription.
Accrued or earned income on debt instruments is recorded in profit or loss based on the effective interest
rate, under Interest and similar income.
At the reporting date, these instruments are measured at fair value and changes in fair value excluding
income, are recorded in equity under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses, except for foreign exchange


67
differences on money market instruments denominated in local currencies, which are recorded in profit or
loss. Furthermore, as these financial assets are subject to impairment for credit risk, the changes in
expected credit losses are recorded in profit or loss under Cost of credit risk with a corresponding entry
under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses. The applicable impairment rules are described in Note 3.8.

BUSINESS MODEL “HOLD TO COLLECT AND SELL”
The objective of this business model is to realise cash flows by both collecting contractual payments and
selling financial assets. In this type of business model, the sales of financial assets are not incidental or
exceptional, but they are integral to achieving the business’ objectives.

Cash management
Within the Group, except for the insurance activities, the “hold to collect and sell” business
model is mainly applied by cash management activities for managing HQLA securities (High
Quality Liquid Assets) included in the liquidity reserve. Only a few subsidiaries apply a “hold
to collect” business model for managing their HQLA securities.


CHANGES OF THE PERIOD


Table 3.3.B


(In EUR m) 2023
Balance as at 1 January 92,696
Acquisitions / disbursements 37,720
Disposals / redemptions (42,448)
Transfers towards (or from) another accounting category 30
Change in scope and others (132)
Changes in fair value during the period 3,607
Change in related receivables (60)
Translation differences (783)
Balance as at 31 December 90,630


CUMULATIVE UNREALISED GAINS AND LOSSES RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY


Table 3.3.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Unrealised gains 993 798
Unrealised losses (3,666) (5,873)
(1)
Total (2,673) (5,075)
(1) Including EUR -2,298 million for insurance sector subsidiaries as at 31 December 2023 (EUR -4,479 million as at
31 December 2022). This amount must be read together with the financial income and expenses recorded directly
in equity as part of the measurement of the associated insurance contracts for EUR +2,314 million as at
31 December 2023 (EUR +4,448 million as at 31 December 2022).




68
2. EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Equity instruments (shares and share equivalents), that are not held for trading purposes, can be initially
designated by the Group to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. This choice
made instrument by instrument, is irrevocable.
These equity instruments are then measured at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognised
under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses with no subsequent reclassification to profit or loss. If the
instruments are sold, the realised gains and losses are reclassified to Retained earnings at the opening of
the next financial year. Only dividend income, if it is considered as a return on investment, is recorded in
profit or loss under Net gains or losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

The Group chose only in few rare cases to designate equity instruments to be measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income.




69
NOTE 3.4 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT
FAIR VALUE

The financial assets and liabilities recognised in the Group balance sheet are measured
either at fair value or at amortised cost. In the latter case, the fair value of the instruments
is disclosed in the notes (see Note 3.9).
MAKING If an instrument is quoted on an active market, its fair value is equal to its market price.
IT
But many financial instruments are not listed (for example, most customer loans and
SIMPLE
deposits, interbank debts and claims, etc.), or are only negotiable on illiquid markets or
over-the-counter markets (which is the case for many derivative instruments).
In such situations, the fair value of the instruments is calculated using measurement
techniques or valuation models. Market parameters are included in these models and
must be observable; otherwise they are determined based on internal estimates.
The models and parameters used are subject to independent validations and internal
controls.


ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

DEFINITION OF FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
In the absence of observable prices for identical assets or liabilities, the fair value of financial instruments is
determined using another measurement technique which maximises the use of observable market input
based on assumptions that market operators would use to set the price of the instrument in question.

FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
For information purposes, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of the financial
instruments is classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the observability level of the inputs used.
The fair value hierarchy is composed of the following levels:

Level 1 (L1): instruments valued on the basis of quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities.
Level 1 instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet include in particular shares listed in an active
market, government or corporate bonds priced directly by external brokers/dealers, derivatives traded on
organised markets (futures, options), and units of funds (including UCITS) whose net asset value is available
on the balance sheet date.
A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly
available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and if they
reflect actual and regular market transactions on an arm’s length basis.
Determining whether a market is inactive requires the use of indicators such as a sharp decline in the trading
volume and the level of activity in the market, a sharp disparity in prices over time and among the various
above-mentioned market participants, or the fact that the latest transactions conducted on an arm’s length
basis did not take place recently enough.
Where a financial instrument is traded in several markets to which the Group has immediate access, its fair
value is represented by the market price at which volumes and activity levels are highest for the instrument
in question.
Transactions resulting from involuntary liquidations or distressed sales are usually not taken into account to
determine the market price.




70
Level 2 (L2): instruments valued using inputs other than the quoted prices included in Level 1 and
that are observable for the asset or liability concerned, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly
(i.e. derived from prices).
These are the instruments measured using a financial model based on market inputs. The inputs used shall
be observable in active markets; using some unobservable inputs is possible only if the latter have only a
minor impact on the fair value of the instrument. The prices published by an external source, derived from
the valuation of similar instruments are considered as data derived from prices.
Level 2 instruments include in particular the non-derivative financial instruments carried at fair value on the
balance sheet that are not directly quoted or do not have a quoted price on a sufficiently active market
(e.g. corporate bonds, repos transactions, mortgage-backed securities, units of funds), and the firm
derivatives and options traded over-the-counter: interest rate swaps, caps, floors, swaptions, equity options,
index options, foreign exchange options, commodity options and credit derivatives. The maturities of these
instruments are linked to ranges of terms commonly traded in the market, and the instruments themselves
can be simple or offer a more complex remuneration profile (e.g. barrier options, products with multiple
underlying instruments), with said complexity remaining however limited. The valuation techniques used in
this category are based on common methods shared by the main market participants.
This category also includes the fair value of loans and receivables at amortised cost granted to
counterparties whose credit risk is quoted via Credit Default Swap (see Note 3.9).

Level 3 (L3): instruments valued using inputs a significant part of which are not based on observable
market data (referred to as unobservable inputs).
Level 3 instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet are valued using financial models based on
market inputs among which those which are unobservable or observable on insufficiently active
markets, have a significant impact on the fair value of the financial instrument as a whole.
Accordingly, Level 3 financial instruments include derivatives and repo transactions with longer maturities
than those usually traded and/or with specifically-tailored return profiles, structured debts including
embedded derivatives valued based on a method using unobservable inputs or long-term equity
investments valued based on a corporate valuation method, which is the case for unlisted companies or
companies listed on an insufficiently liquid market.
The main L3 complex derivatives are:
− Equity derivatives: options with long maturities and/or incorporating bespoke remuneration mechanisms.
These instruments are sensitive to market inputs (volatility, dividend rates, correlations, etc.). In the
absence of market depth and an objective approach made possible by regularly observed prices,
their valuation is based on proprietary methods (e.g. extrapolation from observable data, historical
analysis). Hybrid equity instruments (i.e. having at least one non-equity underlying instrument) are also
classified as L3 insofar as the correlations between the different underlying assets are generally
unobservable;
− Interest rate derivatives: long-term and/or exotic options, products sensitive to correlation between
different interest rates, different exchange rates, or between interest rates and exchange rates,
for example for quanto products (in which the instrument is settled in a currency different from the
currency of the underlying asset); they are liable to be classified as L3 because the valuation inputs are
unobservable due to the liquidity of the correlated pair and the residual maturity of the transactions
(e.g. exchange rate correlations are deemed unobservable for the USD/JPY);




71
− Credit derivatives: L3 credit derivatives mainly include baskets of instruments exposed to time to default
correlation (“N to default” products in which the buyer of the hedge is compensated as of the N th default,
which are exposed to the credit quality of the issuers comprising the basket and to their correlation,
or CDO Bespoke products, which are Collateralised Debt Obligations created specifically for a group
of investors and structured according to their needs), as well as products subject to credit
spread volatility;
− Commodity derivatives: this category includes products involving unobservable volatility or correlation
inputs (i.e. options on commodity swaps or instruments based on baskets of underlyings).




72
1. FINANCIAL ASSETS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE


Table 3.4.A


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

(In EUR m) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Trading portfolio
104,493 171,245 6,814 282,552 96,221 131,547 6,402 234,170
(excluding derivatives)
Bonds and other debt securities * 32,843 6,275 308 39,426 22,857 3,007 158 26,022
Shares and other equity securities
71,524 170 - 71,694 73,362 1,042 - 74,404
*
Securities purchased under resale
- 152,944 6,130 159,074 - 116,586 6,166 122,752
agreements
Loans, receivables and other
126 11,856 376 12,358 2 10,912 78 10,992
trading assets
Trading derivatives 6 81,276 2,253 83,535 - 73,393 3,382 76,775
Interest rate instruments * 5 40,806 1,668 42,479 - 32,527 2,477 35,004
Foreign exchange instruments * - 18,575 230 18,805 - 23,826 446 24,272
Equity and index instruments 1 19,581 189 19,771 - 15,411 106 15,517
Commodity instruments - 84 - 84 - 199 - 199
Credit derivatives - 1,820 166 1,986 - 1,403 353 1,756
Other forward financial
- 410 - 410 - 27 - 27
instruments
Financial assets measured
mandatorily at fair value 72,451 27,128 15,072 114,651 60,538 27,681 13,383 101,602
through profit or loss
Bonds and other debt securities 26,750 2,579 1,347 30,676 19,645 1,904 864 22,413
Shares and other equity securities
45,701 10,705 12,286 68,692 40,893 11,934 9,929 62,756
*
Loans, receivables and securities
purchased under resale - 13,844 1,439 15,283 - 13,843 2,590 16,433
agreements
Financial assets measured
using fair value option through 13,732 1,412 - 15,144 13,277 1,327 - 14,604
profit or loss
Bonds and other debt securities 13,732 89 - 13,821 13,277 92 - 13,369
Loans, receivables and securities
purchased under resale - 68 - 68 - 55 - 55
agreements
Separate assets for employee
- 1,255 - 1,255 - 1,180 - 1,180
benefit plans
Hedging derivatives - 10,585 - 10,585 - 32,971 - 32,971
Interest rate instruments - 10,421 - 10,421 - 32,672 - 32,672
Foreign exchange instruments - 157 - 157 - 293 - 293
Equity and index instruments - 7 - 7 - 6 - 6
Financial assets measured
at fair value through other 88,231 2,384 279 90,894 91,430 1,250 280 92,960
comprehensive income
Bonds and other debt securities * 88,231 2,382 - 90,613 91,404 1,250 1 92,655
Shares and other equity securities - - 265 265 - - 264 264
Loans and receivables - 2 14 16 26 - 15 41
Total 278,913 294,030 24,418 597,361 261,466 268,169 23,447 553,082

* The restatement of amounts as at 31 December 2022 includes some adjustments of the classification among levels
in order to reflect the observability level of the inputs used to carry out the valuation of the considered financial
instruments. They mainly concern a transfer within Shares and other equity securities of the trading portfolio from
Level 2 to Level 1 (EUR 3,780 million).




73
2. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE

Table 3.4.B


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
(In EUR m)
Trading portfolio
9,396 177,622 4,514 191,532 6,424 152,967 3,386 162,777
(excluding derivatives)
Amounts payable on borrowed
- 42,461 22 42,483 8 51,037 56 51,101
securities
Bonds and other debt instruments
7,305 1 - 7,306 5,172 - 14 5,186
sold short
Shares and other equity
2,091 - - 2,091 1,244 - - 1,244
instruments sold short
Securities sold under repurchase
- 132,532 4,487 137,019 - 99,366 3,307 102,673
agreements
Borrowings and other trading
- 2,628 5 2,633 - 2,564 9 2,573
liabilities
Trading derivatives 12 85,741 4,050 89,803 14 68,701 3,941 72,656
Interest rate instruments * 11 36,343 2,327 38,681 - 21,122 2,662 23,784
Foreign exchange instruments * 1 19,563 461 20,025 6 25,046 272 25,324
Equity and index instruments - 27,555 1,056 28,611 7 20,464 738 21,209
Commodity instruments - 208 - 208 - 154 - 154
Credit derivatives - 757 206 963 - 1,135 269 1,404
Other forward financial
- 1,315 - 1,315 1 780 - 781
instruments
Financial liabilities measured
using fair value option through 657 56,503 37,089 94,249 - 32,071 36,671 68,742
profit or loss
Hedging derivatives - 18,708 - 18,708 - 46,164 - 46,164
Interest rate instruments - 18,575 - 18,575 - 45,981 - 45,981
Foreign exchange instruments - 108 - 108 - 166 - 166
Equity and index instruments - 25 - 25 - 17 - 17
Total 10,065 338,574 45,653 394,292 6,438 299,903 43,998 350,339

* The restatement of amounts as at 31 December 2022 includes some adjustments of the classification among levels
in accordance with the financial instruments observability. They mainly concern a transfer within Foreign exchange
instruments of the trading derivatives portfolio from Level 1 to Level 2 (EUR 336 million).




74
3. VARIATION IN LEVEL 3 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL ASSETS


Table 3.4.C


Balance as Disposals / Transfer Gains Change in
at 31.12.2022 redemp- Transfer to from and Translation scope and Balance as
(In EUR m) R Acquisitions tions Level 2 Level 2 losses differences others at 31.12.2023
Trading portfolio (excluding
6,402 5,829 (3,368) (1,451) 5 (589) (14) - 6,814
derivatives)

Bonds and other debt securities 158 724 (570) (65) 5 60 (4) - 308

Securities purchased under resale
6,166 4,802 (2,798) (1,386) - (653) (1) - 6,130
agreements

Loans, receivables and other
78 303 - - - 4 (9) - 376
trading assets

Trading derivatives 3,382 76 (4) (382) 84 (809) (94) - 2,253

Interest rate instruments 2,477 - - (348) 59 (451) (69) - 1,668

Foreign exchange instruments 446 - - - 3 (200) (19) - 230

Equity and index instruments 106 76 (4) (5) 1 16 (1) - 189

Credit derivatives 353 - - (29) 21 (174) (5) - 166

Financial assets measured
mandatorily at fair value through 13,383 5,843 (4,489) (1,256) 1,024 (293) (69) 929 15,072
profit or loss

Bonds and other debt securities 864 1,606 (1,523) - 38 14 - 348 1,347


Shares and other equity securities 9,929 4,237 (2,897) (472) 945 (37) - 581 12,286


Loans, receivables and securities
purchased under resale 2,590 - (69) (784) 41 (270) (69) - 1,439
agreements

Financial assets measured at
fair value through other 280 4 (5) - - - - - 279
comprehensive income

Debt instruments 1 4 (4) - - (1) - - -

Equity instruments 264 - - - - 1 - - 265

Loans and receivables 15 - (1) - - - - - 14

Total 23,447 11,752 (7,866) (3,089) 1,113 (1,691) (177) 929 24,418




75
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES


Table 3.4.D


Balance Change in Balance
as at Transfer to Transfer Gains and Translation scope and as at
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 R Issues Redemptions Level 2 from Level 2 losses differences others 31.12.2023
Trading portfolio (excluding
3,386 3,810 (1,488) (295) - (818) (81) - 4,514
derivatives)

Amounts payable on borrowed
56 - - - - (34) - - 22
securities

Bonds and other debt
14 - - - - (14) - - -
instruments sold short

Securities sold under repurchase
3,307 3,810 (1,488) (295) - (766) (81) - 4,487
agreements

Borrowings and other trading
9 - - - - (4) - - 5
liabilities

Trading derivatives 3,941 1,382 (458) (527) 274 (236) (326) - 4,050

Interest rate instruments 2,662 - - (399) 246 119 (301) - 2,327

Foreign exchange instruments 272 856 (403) (1) 1 (263) (1) - 461

Equity and index instruments 738 526 (55) (84) 18 (70) (17) - 1,056

Credit derivatives 269 - - (43) 9 (22) (7) - 206


Financial liabilities measured
using fair value option 36,671 13,184 (12,866) (1,793) 188 2,397 (692) - 37,089
through profit or loss


Total 43,998 18,376 (14,812) (2,615) 462 1,343 (1,099) - 45,653




76
4. VALUATION METHODS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE ON THE
BALANCE SHEET

For financial instruments recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, fair value is determined primarily on
the basis of the prices quoted in an active market. These prices may be adjusted, if they are not available
at the balance sheet date in order to incorporate the events that have an impact on prices and occurred
after the closing of the stock markets but before the measurement date or in the event of an inactive market.
However, due notably to the varied characteristics of financial instruments traded over-the-counter on the
financial markets, a large number of financial products traded by the Group does not have quoted prices in
the markets.
For these products, fair value is determined using models based on valuation techniques commonly used
by market participants to measure financial instruments, such as discounted future cash flows for swaps or
the Black & Scholes formula for certain options and using valuation parameters that reflect current market
conditions at the balance sheet date. These valuation models are validated independently by the experts
from the Market Risk Department of the Group’s Risk Division.
Furthermore, the inputs used in the valuation models, whether derived from observable market data or not,
are checked by the Finance Division of Market Activities, in accordance with the methodologies defined by
the Market Risk Department.
If necessary, these valuations are supplemented by additional reserves (such as bid-ask spreads or
liquidity) determined reasonably and appropriately after an analysis of available information.
Derivatives and security financing transactions are subject to a Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) or Debt
Valuation Adjustment (DVA). The Group includes all clients and clearing houses in this adjustment,
which also reflects the netting agreements existing for each counterparty.
The CVA is determined based on the Group entity’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty,
the counterparty’s probability of default and the amount of the loss given default. The DVA is determined
symmetrically based on the negative expected exposure. These calculations are carried out over the life of
the potential exposure, with a focus on the use of relevant and observable market data. Since 2021,
a system has been in place to identify the new transactions for which CVA/DVA adjustments are significant.
These transactions are then classified in Level 3.
Similarly, an adjustment to take into account the costs or profits linked to the financing of these transactions
(FVA, Funding Value Adjustment) is also performed.
Observable data must be: independent, available, publicly distributed, based on a narrow consensus and
backed up by transaction prices.
For example, consensus data provided by external counterparties are considered observable if the
underlying market is liquid and if the prices provided are confirmed by actual transactions. For long
maturities, these consensus data are not observable. This is the case for the implied volatility used for the
valuation of equity options with maturities of more than five years. However, when the residual maturity of
the instrument falls below five years, its fair value becomes sensitive to observable inputs.
In the event of unusual tensions on the markets, leading to a lack of the usual reference data used to
measure a financial instrument, the Risk Division may implement a new model in accordance with pertinent
available data, similar to methods used by other market players.




77
SHARES AND OTHER EQUITY SECURITIES
For listed shares, fair value is taken to be the quoted price on the balance sheet date.
The significant unlisted securities and the significant securities listed on an illiquid market will be valued
primarily by using a developed valuation method: Discounted Cash Flows (DCF) or Discounted Dividend
Model (DDM) and/or Market multiples.

For non-significant unlisted shares, fair value is determined depending on the type of financial instrument
and according to one of the following methods:
▪ proportion of net asset value held;
▪ valuation based on a recent transaction involving the issuing company (third party buying into the issuing
company’s capital, appraisal by a professional valuation agent, etc.);
▪ valuation based on a recent transaction in the same sector as the issuing company (income multiple,
asset multiple, etc.).

DEBT INSTRUMENTS HELD IN PORTFOLIO, ISSUES OF STRUCTURED SECURITIES MEASURED AT FAIR
VALUE AND FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of these financial instruments is determined based on the quoted price on the balance sheet
date or prices provided by brokers on the same date, when available. For unlisted financial instruments, fair
value is determined using valuation techniques. Concerning liabilities measured at fair value, the on-balance
sheet amounts include changes in the Group’s issuer credit risk.

OTHER DEBTS
For listed financial instruments, fair value is taken as their closing quoted price on the balance sheet date.
For unlisted financial instruments, fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows to present value
at market rates (including counterparty risks, non-performance and liquidity risks).

CUSTOMER LOANS
The fair value of loans and receivables is calculated, in the absence of an actively traded market for these
loans, by discounting the expected cash flows to present value at a discount rate based on interest rates
prevailing on the market at the reporting date for Ioans with broadly similar terms and maturities.
These discount rates are adjusted for borrower credit risk.




78
5. ESTIMATES OF MAIN UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS

The following table provides, for Level 3 instruments, the ranges of values of the most significant
unobservable inputs by main product type.

Table 3.4.E


(In EUR m)
Cash instruments Valuation Significant Range of inputs
and derivatives Main products techniques used unobservable inputs min. max.
Equity volatilities 1.00% 623.30%
Equity dividends 0.00% 16.00%
Simple and complex instruments Various option models on
Equities/funds or derivatives on funds, equities funds, equities or baskets Correlations -80.10% 99.90%
or baskets of stocks of stocks
Hedge fund volatilities 7.60% 7.60%
Mutual fund volatilities 1.70% 26.80%
Hybrid forex / interest Hybrid forex interest rate
rate or credit / interest rate or credit interest rate Correlations -80.00% 85.00%
derivatives option pricing models
Forex option pricing
Forex derivatives Forex volatilities 1.00% 31.00%
models
Interest rates and Interest rate derivatives whose
Forex notional is indexed to
Constant prepayment
prepayment behaviour in Prepayment modelling 0.00% 20.00%
rates
European
collateral pools
Inflation instruments
Inflation pricing models Correlations 72.00% 90.00%
and derivatives
Time to default
0.00% 100.00%
Recovery and base correlations
Collateralised Debt Obligations
correlation projection Recovery rate variance
and index tranches
models for single name 0.00% 100.00%
underlyings
Credit
Time to default
0.00% 100.00%
correlations
Other credit derivatives Credit default models Quanto correlations 0.00% 100.00%
Credit spreads 0,0 bps 82,4 bps
Derivatives on commodities Option models on
Commodities Correlations NA NA
baskets commodities
Long term equity Securities held for strategic Net Book Value / Recent
Not applicable - -
investments purposes transactions




79
The table below shows the valuation of cash and derivative instruments on the balance sheet. When it
comes to hybrid instruments, they are broken down according to the main unobservable inputs.

Table 3.4.F
31.12.2023

(In EUR m) Assets Liabilities
Equities/funds 11,298 22,771
Rates and Forex 11,121 22,676
Credit 166 206
Long term equity investments 1,833 -
Total 24,418 45,653



6. SENSITIVITY OF FAIR VALUE FOR LEVEL 3 INSTRUMENTS

Unobservable inputs are assessed carefully, particularly in this persistently uncertain economic environment
and market. However, by their very nature, unobservable inputs inject a degree of uncertainty into the
valuation of Level 3 instruments.
To quantify this, fair value sensitivity was estimated at 31 December 2023 on instruments whose valuation
requires certain unobservable inputs. This estimate was based either on a “standardised” variation in
unobservable inputs, calculated for each input on a net position, or on assumptions in line with the additional
valuation adjustment policies for the financial instruments in question.
The “standardised” variation corresponds to the standard deviation of consensus prices (TOTEM...) used to
measure an input nevertheless considered as unobservable. In cases of unavailability of these data, the
standard deviation of historical data is then used to assess the input.




80
SENSITIVITY OF LEVEL 3 FAIR VALUE TO A “STANDARDISED” VARIATION IN UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS


Table 3.4.G


31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Negative Positive Negative Positive
(In EUR m) impact impact impact impact
Shares and other equity instruments and derivatives (31) 52 (30) 82
Equity volatilities (16) 16 - 5
Dividends (10) 10 - 20
Correlations (5) 25 (30) 56
Hedge Fund volatilities - 0 - -
Mutual Fund volatilities (0) 1 (0) 1
Rates or Forex instruments and derivatives (13) 25 (15) 28
Correlations between exchange rates and/or interest rates (13) 24 (14) 27
Forex volatilities (0) 0 (1) 1
Constant prepayment rates - - - -
Inflation/inflation correlations (0) 0 (0) 0
Credit instruments and derivatives (4) 4 - 5
Time to default correlations (0) 0 - 0
Quanto correlations (0) 0 - 3
Credit spreads (3) 3 - 2
Commodity derivatives NA NA NA NA
Commodities correlations NA NA NA NA
Long term securities NA NA NA NA


It should be noted that, given the already conservative valuation levels, this sensitivity is higher for a
favourable impact on results than for an unfavourable impact. Moreover, the amounts shown above illustrate
the uncertainty of the valuation as at the computation date based on a “standardised” variation in inputs.
Future variations in fair value cannot be deduced or forecast from these estimates.




81
7. DEFERRED MARGIN RELATED TO MAIN UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS

At initial recognition, financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, that is to say the price that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date.
When this fair value differs from transaction price and the instrument’s valuation technique uses one or more
unobservable inputs, this difference representative of a commercial margin is deferred in time to be recorded
in the income statement, from case to case, at maturity of the instrument, at the time of sell or transfer, over
time, or when the inputs become observable.
The table below shows the amount remaining to be recognised in the income statement due to this
difference, less any amounts recorded in the income statement after initial recognition of the instrument.

Table 3.4.H


(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Deferred margin as at 1 January 1,248 1,191
Deferred margin on new transactions during the period 470 794
Margin recorded in the income statement during the period (638) (737)
o/w amortisation (390) (497)
o/w switch to observable inputs (20) (12)
o/w disposed, expired or terminated (228) (228)
Deferred margin as at 31 December 1,080 1,248




82
NOTE 3.5 - LOANS, RECEIVABLES AND SECURITIES AT AMORTISED
COST

IMPACT ON GROUP FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF THE APPLICATION OF IFRS 9 BY INSURANCE
SUBSIDIARIES (SEE NOTE 1)


Reclassified Adjustment of book value related to
31.12.2021 Reclassifications 01.01.2022 R 31.12.2022 R
balances investments
Impairment
of available and
for-sale provisions Total
financial Reclassification for credit
(In EUR m) assets others effects risk
Securities at
19,371 4,975 22 24,368 (218) (1) (219) 24,149 26,143
amortised cost

Due from banks at
55,972 1,232 57,204 - 57,204 68,171
amortised cost

Customer loans and
receivables at 497,164 69 497,233 - 497,233 506,635
amortised cost

Total 572,507 4,975 1,323 578,805 (218) (1) (219) 578,586 600,949



OVERVIEW


Table 3.5.A


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Carrying o/w Carrying o/w
(In EUR m) amount impairment amount impairment
Due from banks 77,879 (23) 68,171 (39)
Customer loans 485,449 (10,070) 506,635 (10,634)
Securities 28,147 (84) 26,143 (63)
Total 591,475 (10,177) 600,949 (10,736)


ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Loans, receivables and debt securities are measured at amortised cost where their contractual cash flows
are consistent with basic lending arrangements (SPPI) and they are managed under a “Hold to Collect”
business model.
Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method,
and their accrued or earned income are recorded in profit or loss under Interest and similar income.
Furthermore, as these financial assets are subject to impairment for credit risk, changes in the expected
credit losses are recorded in profit or loss under Cost of credit risk with a corresponding impairment of the
amortised cost on the asset side of the balance sheet. The applicable impairment rules are described in
Note 3.8. When a loan or a receivable is classified in Stage 3 for impairment (doubtful outstanding),
the subsequent accrued interest incremented to the carrying amount of the financial asset before
impairment is limited to the interest recognised in profit or loss. The amount of such interest is then
calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset
(see Note 3.7).
Loans granted by the Group may be subject to renegotiations for commercial reasons, while the borrowing
customer is not experiencing any financial difficulties or insolvency. Such efforts are undertaken for
customers for which the Group agrees to renegotiate their debt at the new market conditions in the interest
of preserving or developing a business relationship, in accordance with the credit approval procedures in


83
force and without relinquishing any principal or accrued interest. Except in specific cases where the
modification due to the renegotiation would not be considered significant, renegotiated loans are
derecognised as at the renegotiation date, and the new loans contracted under the renegotiated terms and
conditions replace the previous loans in the balance sheet as at this same date. The new loans are subject
to the SPPI test to determine how they are classified in the balance sheet. If a loan qualifies as a basic
instrument (SPPI), the handling and implementation fees associated with the new transaction received are
included in the effective interest rate of the new instrument.
Customer loans at amortised cost include lease receivables where they are classified as finance leases.
Leases granted by the Group are classified as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and
rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee. Otherwise, they are classified as operating
leases (see Note 4.2).
These finance lease receivables represent the Group’s net investment in the lease, calculated as the present
value of the minimum payments to be received from the lessee, plus any unguaranteed residual value,
discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease. In the event of a subsequent reduction in the estimated
unguaranteed residual value used to calculate the lessor’s investment in the finance lease, the present value
of this reduction is recognised as a loss under Expenses from other activities in the income statement and
as a reduction of the finance lease receivables on the asset side of the balance sheet.

BUSINESS MODEL “HOLD TO COLLECT”
Under this model, financial assets are managed to obtain cash flows by collecting contractual payments
over the life of the instrument.
To achieve the objective of this business model, it is not necessary for the entity to hold all the instruments
until maturity. Selling assets remains consistent with a business model whose objective is to collect
contractual cash flows in the following cases:
▪ the financial asset is sold following an increase in the asset’s credit risk; or
▪ the sale of the financial asset occurs close to its maturity and the proceeds from the sale are similar to
the amount to be collected from the remaining contractual cash flows.

Other sales can be consistent with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows, as well, provided they
are infrequent (even if significant in value) or insignificant in value, both individually and in aggregate terms
(even if frequent). Such other sales include sales made to manage credit concentration risk (without an
increase in the asset’s credit risk). The Group has set up procedures for reporting and analysing all
significant projected sales of financial assets held for collecting contractual cash flows, as well as a periodic
review of sales that have occurred.


Financing activities
Within the Group, the “hold to collect” business model is mainly applied by financing activities
managed by French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking and Financial Services and
by Global Banking and Investor Solutions, except for the part of syndicated loans that is
expected to be sold.




84
1. DUE FROM BANKS

Table 3.5.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Current accounts 39,798 34,672
Deposits and loans 12,939 15,053
Securities purchased under resale agreements 24,622 17,669
Subordinated and participating loans 200 237
Related receivables 383 655
(1)
Due from banks before impairments 77,942 68,286
Credit loss impairments (23) (39)
Revaluation of hedged items (40) (76)
Total 77,879 68,171
(1) As at 31 December 2023, the amount due from banks classified as Stage 3 impairment (credit impaired) is
EUR 37 million compared to EUR 68 million as at 31 December 2022. The accrued interests included in this amount
are limited to interests recognised in net income by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of
the financial asset (see Note 3.7).




2. CUSTOMER LOANS

Table 3.5.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Overdrafts 21,629 29,244
Other customer loans 428,614 444,612
Lease financing agreements 31,165 29,499
Securities purchased under resale agreements 9,413 10,159
Related receivables 4,845 4,071
(1)
Customer loans before impairments 495,666 517,585
Credit loss impairment (10,070) (10,634)
Revaluation of hedged items (147) (316)
Total 485,449 506,635
(1) As at 31 December 2023, the amount due from banks classified as Stage 3 impairment (credit impaired) is
EUR 15,711 million compared to EUR 15,687 million as at 31 December 2022. The accrued interests included in
this amount are limited to interests recognised in net income by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying
amount of the financial asset (see Note 3.7).




85
BREAKDOWN OF OTHER CUSTOMER LOANS


Table 3.5.D


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Trade notes 7,736 7,547
Short-term loans 138,568 146,274
Export loans 13,030 13,801
Equipment loans 74,205 70,293
Housing loans 145,076 152,282
Loans secured by notes and securities 84 246
Other loans 49,915 54,169
Total 428,614 444,612


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON LEASE FINANCING AND SIMILAR AGREEMENTS


Table 3.5.E


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Gross investments 33,438 31,339
Amount for the next five years 28,206 26,129
Less than one year 9,866 9,657
From one to two years 6,987 6,418
From two to three years 5,407 4,855
From three to four years 3,629 3,190
From four to five years 2,317 2,009
More than five years 5,232 5,210
Present value of minimum payments receivable 29,153 27,846
Rental receivables due for the next five years 25,231 23,799
Less than one year 9,098 8,982
From one to two years 6,361 5,926
From two to three years 4,780 4,403
From three to four years 3,140 2,831
From four to five years 1,852 1,657
Rental receivables due for more than five years 3,922 4,047
Unearned financial income 2,273 1,840
Unguaranteed residual values receivable by the lessor 2,012 1,653




86
3. SECURITIES

Table 3.5.F


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Government securities 14,303 13,480
Negotiable certificates, bonds and other debt securities 13,731 12,742
Related receivables 256 242
Securities before impairments 28,290 26,464
Impairment (84) (63)
Revaluation of hedged items (59) (258)
Total 28,147 26,143




87
NOTE 3.6 - DEBTS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Debts include the non-derivative financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss
(these instruments are described in Note 3.1.3).
They are recognised in the balance sheet, depending on the type of instrument and counterparty, under Due
to banks, Customer deposits, Debt securities issued or Subordinated debt.
Subordinated debts are all dated or undated borrowings, whether or not in the form of debt securities, which
in the event of the liquidation of the borrowing company may only be redeemed after all other creditors have
been paid.
Debts are initially recognised at cost, i.e. at the fair value of the amount borrowed net of transaction fees.
These liabilities are measured as at the reporting date at amortised cost using the effective interest rate
method. As a result, issue or redemption premiums on bonds are amortised over the lifetime of the
instruments concerned. Accrued or paid expenses are recorded in profit or loss under Interest and similar
expense.
The Group’s obligations arising from mortgage savings accounts and plans are recorded under Customer
deposits – Regulated savings accounts. A provision may be recorded in respect of such mortgage savings
instruments (see Note 8.3).



1. DUE TO BANKS

Table 3.6.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Demand deposits and current accounts 11,131 10,455
Overnight deposits and borrowings 1,049 392
Term deposits (1) 100,307 120,163
Related payables 1,464 301
Revaluation of hedged items (1,082) (1,933)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 4,978 3,633
Total 117,847 133,011
(1) Including term-deposits linked to central banks, and in particular long-term refinancing operations set up by the ECB
(Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations – TLTRO).


TLTRO
The European Central Bank (ECB) launched in 2019 a third series of Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing
Operations (TLTRO) with the aim of maintaining favourable credit conditions in the euro area. As in the two
previous systems, the return on these loans depended on the performance of the borrowing banking
institutions in terms of loans granted to their household customers (excluding real estate loans) and business
customers (excluding financial institutions); depending on these performances, it was possible for the
borrowing institutions to benefit from a reduced interest rate and an additional temporary bonus applicable
from 24 June 2020 to 23 June 2021 (reduction by 50 basis points of the average deposit facility rate with a
floor rate set at -1%). These TLTRO III operations were conducted on a quarterly basis between September
2019 and December 2021, for a possible total of 10 drawdowns. Each such operation has a three-year
maturity and includes an early repayment option.
Some terms and conditions were modified in March 2020, in particular the loan production objectives, rate
conditions and drawdown limit, in order to further support the granting of loans at the outset of the Covid-19
crisis. In January 2021, the ECB decided to extend the additional temporary bonus over the period from




88
24 June 2021 to 23 June 2022 subject to performance in terms of number of granted loans observed over
a new reference period from 1 October 2020 to 31 December 2021.
The Group, via Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord, subscribed to TLTRO III loans through quarterly
drawdowns staggered between December 2019 and December 2021. The residual amount of TLTRO loans
on the liability side of the balance sheet is 24 billion euros as at 31 December 2023, following the early
repayments made in the 2023 financial year for an amount of 28.7 billion euros.
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had already achieved the stability objectives for outstanding loans
allowing it to benefit from the reduced interest rate as well as from the two temporary additional bonuses
applied respectively over the periods from 24 June 2020 to 23 June 2021 and from 24 June 2021 to
23 June 2022. The additional bonuses were qualified for accounting purposes as subsidies according to
IAS 20 and the loans as liabilities at adjustable rates under IFRS 9.
On 27 October 2022, the ECB changed the methods for calculating the interest rate relating to the last
period of TLTRO III. These new calculation methods have been applied since 23 November 2022.
As at 31 December 2023, the total cost of TLTRO borrowings including interest and bonuses is therefore
between 2.80% and 3.10% depending on the drawdown dates. For the financial year 2023, the total amount
of interests and bonuses on the TLTRO borrowings recorded under Interest and similar expense is
EUR 1.2 billion.



2. CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

Table 3.6.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Regulated savings accounts 122,172 111,496
Demand 99,105 86,368
Term 23,067 25,128
Other demand deposits (1) 262,954 295,933
(1)
Other term deposits 146,878 115,651
Related payables 1,841 876
Revaluation of hedged items (3) (89)
Total customer deposits 533,842 523,867
Securities sold to customers under repurchase agreements 7,835 6,897
Total 541,677 530,764
(1) Including term-deposits linked to governments and central administrations.


BREAKDOWN OF OTHER DEMAND DEPOSITS BY CUSTOMER TYPE


Table 3.6.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Professionals and corporates 107,168 151,687
Individual customers 83,449 88,450
Financial customers 55,842 42,982
(1)
Others 16,495 12,814
Total 262,954 295,933
(1) Including term-deposits linked to governments and central administrations.



89
3. DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED

Table 3.6.D


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Term savings certificates 173 230
Bond borrowings 31,285 25,974
Interbank certificates and negotiable debt instruments 130,393 110,543
Related payables 1,321 635
Revaluation of hedged items (2,666) (4,206)
Total 160,506 133,176
o/w floating-rate securities 95,247 77,220




90
NOTE 3.7 - INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

Interest is compensation for a financial service, consisting in a lender making a certain
amount of cash available to a borrower for an agreed period of time. Such compensated
financing arrangements can be loans, deposits or securities (bonds, negotiable debt
securities…).
MAKING
IT This compensation is a consideration for the time value of money, and additionally for
SIMPLE credit risk, liquidity risk and administrative costs, all borne by the lender for the duration
of the financing agreement. The interest can also include a margin used by the lending
bank to remunerate equity instruments (such as ordinary shares) that are required by
prudential regulation to be issued in relation to the amount of financing granted, so as
to guarantee its own solvency.
Interest is recognised as expense or income over the life of the financing service
granted or received, proportionally to the principal amount outstanding.


ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Interest income and expense are recorded in the income statement under Interest and similar income and
Interest and similar expense for all financial instruments measured using the effective interest method
(instruments at amortised cost and debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income) and
for all financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit and loss and interest rate risk
hedging derivatives for the portion of income or expenses representative of the effective interest rate.
Negative interest incomes on financial assets are recorded under Interest and similar expense; negative
interest expenses on financial liabilities are recorded under Interest and similar income.
The effective interest rate is taken to be the rate used to net discount future cash inflows and outflows over
the expected life of the instrument in order to establish the net book value of the financial asset or liability.
The calculation of this rate considers the future cash flows estimated on the basis of the contractual
provisions of the financial instrument without taking account of possible future credit losses and also includes
commissions paid or received between the parties where these may be assimilated to interest, directly linked
transaction costs, and all types of premiums and discounts.
Where a financial asset is classified in Stage 3 for impairment, subsequent interest income is recognised in
profit or loss by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset with an
offsetting entry equal to the outstanding financial asset before impairment.
Moreover, except for those related to employee benefits, provisions recognised as balance sheet liabilities
generate interest expenses which are calculated using the same risk-free interest rate as that used to
discount the expected outflow of resources as soon as the effects of this update are significant.

SPECIFIC TREATMENT RELATED TO THE REPLACEMENT OF A REFERENCE INTEREST RATE BY AN
ALTERNATIVE REFERENCE INTEREST RATE (POSSIBLY INCLUDING A FINANCIAL COMPENSATION) – IBOR
REFORM
The replacement of a reference interest rate by an alternative reference interest rate (possibly including a
financial compensation in the form of a margin adjustment expressed in basis points and/or a cash amount)
is liable to change the basis for determining the contractual cash flows of a financial asset or liability
(i.e., the method for calculating the return on it).
The effective interest rate is then modified prospectively to reflect the change from the current reference
interest rate to an alternative reference interest rate. This last is adjusted for the new margin expressed in
basis points and, if needed, for the amortisation over the remaining term of the contract, of the cash amount
paid at the time of the modification.




91
Table 3.7.A

2023 2022 R

(In EUR m) Income Expense Net Income Expense Net
Financial instruments at amortised cost 32,266 (24,720) 7,546 17,546 (8,845) 8,701
Central banks 6,698 (368) 6,330 1,255 (306) 949
Bonds and other debt securities 1,188 (4,096) (2,908) 620 (1,690) (1,070)
Due from/to banks (1) 3,972 (6,375) (2,403) 1,935 (1,737) 198
Customer loans and deposits 17,997 (12,133) 5,864 12,172 (3,917) 8,255
Subordinated debt - (700) (700) - (641) (641)
Securities lending/borrowing 9 (13) (4) 42 (14) 28
Repo transactions 2,402 (1,035) 1,367 1,522 (540) 982
Hedging derivatives 15,919 (17,748) (1,829) 9,739 (8,737) 1,002
Financial instruments at fair value
(2) 2,779 (260) 2,519 2,208 (277) 1,931
through other comprehensive income
Lease agreements 1,258 (47) 1,211 852 (37) 815
Real estate lease agreements 295 (45) 250 181 (37) 144
Non-real estate lease agreements 963 (2) 961 671 - 671
Subtotal interest income/expense on
financial instruments using the 52,222 (42,775) 9,447 30,345 (17,896) 12,449
effective interest method
Financial instruments mandatorily at fair
865 (2) 863 393 (1) 392
value through profit or loss
Total Interest income and expense 53,087 (42,777) 10,310 30,738 (17,897) 12,841
o/w interest income from impaired
273 - 273 250 - 250
financial assets
(1) In 2022, the interest, then negative, on TLTRO loans was recorded among the products of Loans/borrowings from
credit institutions. In 2023, interest on TLTRO loans is recorded among the expenses of Due from/to banks. (see
Note 3.6).
(2) Including EUR 1,237 million for insurance subsidiaries in 2023 (EUR 1,411 million in 2022). This amount must be
read together with the financial income and expenses of insurance contracts (see Note 4.3, Detail of performance
of insurance activities).


These interest expenses include the refinancing cost of financial instruments at fair value through profit or
loss, the results of which are classified in net gains or losses on these instruments (see Note 3.1). Given that
income and expenses booked in the income statement are classified by type of instrument rather than by
purpose, the net income generated by activities in financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
must be assessed as a whole.




92
BREAKDOWN OF INCOME OF CUSTOMER LOANS AT AMORTISED COST


Table 3.7.B


(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Trade notes 852 507
Other customer loans 15,189 10,433
Short-term loans 7,132 4,490
Export loans 576 366
Equipment loans 2,647 1,751
Housing loans 2,878 2,694
Other customer loans 1,956 1,132
Overdrafts 1,692 989
Doubtful outstanding (stage 3) 264 243
Total 17,997 12,172




93
NOTE 3.8 - IMPAIRMENT AND PROVISIONS


Some financial assets (loans, debt securities) involve credit risk which exposes the
Group to a potential loss if the counterparty or the securities issuer were to be unable to
respect their financial commitments. To compensate for this risk, the bank receives a
portion of the contractual interest on those assets, called credit margin, compensates it.
MAKING For loans, receivables and debt securities measured at amortised cost or fair value
IT through other comprehensive income, this potential loss, or expected credit loss, as
SIMPLE estimated by the Group, is recognised in profit or loss without waiting for a payment
default individually impacting the counterparty; the expenses partly offset the interest
income and thus avoid overestimating the income during the periods prior to the
counterparty default. On balance sheet, this potential loss is recognised as an
impairment that reduces the carrying amount of assets measured at amortised cost.
Impairment are written-back in case of a subsequent decrease of credit risk.
Potential losses recognised in the income statement represent initially the credit losses
expected by the Group over the year to come. Subsequently, the amount is increased
by the expected loss at maturity of the instrument in case of significant increase of risk.
For financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (including instruments
held by global markets activities), their fair value includes already the expected credit
loss, as assessed by the market participants, on the residual lifetime of the instrument.



ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

RECOGNITION OF EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
Debt instruments (loans, debt securities and bonds and similar) classified as financial assets at amortised
cost or as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, operating lease receivables,
customer receivables and income to be received included amongst Other assets, as well as loan
commitments granted and guarantee commitments issued, are systematically subject to impairment or
provisions for expected credit losses. These impairments and provisions are recognised as the loans are
granted, the commitments undertaken, or the debt securities purchased, without waiting for the occurrence
of an objective evidence of impairment.
To determine the amount of impairment or provision to be recorded at each reporting date, these exposures
are split among three categories based on the increase in credit risk observed since initial recognition.
An impairment or provision shall be recognised for the exposures in each category as follows:




94
Observed deterioration in credit risk
since initial recognition of the financial asset


Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Credit risk category Performing assets Under-performing or Credit-impaired or
downgraded assets defaulted assets


Initial recognition of the Credit risk on the instrument Evidence that the
instrument in stage 1 has increased significantly instrument has become
Transfer criteria  Maintained if the credit risk since initial recognition / credit-impaired /
has not increased
significantly
30 days past due 90 days past due



Measurement of 12-month Lifetime Lifetime
credit risk expected credit losses expected credit losses expected credit losses



Gross carrying amount of Gross carrying amount of Net carrying amount of the
Interest income
the asset before the asset before asset after impairment
recognition basis
impairment impairment



EXPOSURES CLASSIFIED IN STAGE 1
At the initial recognition date, the exposures are systematically classified in Stage 1, unless they are
purchased or originated credit-impaired instruments.

EXPOSURES CLASSIFIED IN STAGE 2
To identify Stage 2 exposures, the significant increase in credit risk compared to the date of initial recognition
is assessed by the Group using all available past and forward-looking data (behavioural scores, loan to
value indicators, macroeconomic forecast scenarios, sector analyses, cash flow projections for some
counterparties, etc.).
The three criteria used to assess the significant changes in credit risk are detailed below. Once only one of
these three criteria is met, the relevant outstanding is transferred from Stage 1 to Stage 2 and related
impairment or provisions are adjusted accordingly. Furthermore, the Group does not apply the exemption
for low credit risk; it thus carries out an assessment of a significant increase in credit risk for all loans and
debt securities.

Criteria 1: the classification of the counterparty in “sensitive”
To determine the classification of the counterparty as “sensitive” (notion of watch list), the Group analyses:
− the counterparty’s credit rating (where it is the subject of an internal analysis); and
− the changes in its operating sector, in macroeconomic conditions and in the behaviours of the
counterparty which may also be indicative of a deterioration in credit risk.
If, after a review, a counterparty is deemed “sensitive” (notion of watch list), all existing contracts between
the Group and this counterparty are transferred into Stage 2 (to the extent that this approach does not lead
to a distortion compared with an analysis of the credit quality at the time of granting of each financial
instrument) and the related impairment and provisions are increased up to the lifetime expected credit
losses.
Once a counterparty has been placed on a watch list, all new transactions originated with that counterparty
are recorded in Stage 1.

Criteria 2: the magnitude of the change in a counterparty’s credit rating since the initial recognition
This magnitude is assessed from contract to contract, from the date of their initial recognition to the balance
sheet date.


95
To determine whether a deterioration or improvement in the credit rating between the date of initial
recognition and the balance sheet date is significant enough to prompt a change in the impairment Stage,
thresholds are set once a year by the Risk Division. These transfer thresholds between Stage 1 and Stage 2
are determined for each homogeneous portfolio of contracts (notion of risk segment based on the customer
typology and the credit quality) and are calculated based on their specific probability-of-default curves.
These thresholds may be expressed as an absolute or relative increase in the probability of default. For
example, the threshold is set at +50 bp for sovereign debt, +100 bp for the Very Large Enterprises (turnover
exceeding EUR 500 million), +200 bp for SME and +10 bp for the French mortgages of the Societe Generale
retail network.
In addition and in line with the recommendations issued by the EBA and the ECB, loans for which the
probability of default has been multiplied by 3 between the date of first recognition and the balance sheet
date are transferred to Stage 2.

Criteria 3: the existence of payments more than 30 days past due
There is a (rebuttable) presumption of a significant deterioration in credit risk when a payment on an asset
is more than 30 days past due.
The three criteria are symmetrical: thus, a removal from the watch list of sensitive counterparties, a sufficient
improvement in the debtor’s credit rating or a settlement of payments more than 30 days overdue results in
a return to Stage 1, without any probation period in Stage 2.

Particular case of exposures without credit rating
For exposures to counterparties for which no credit rating is available (retail customers and a limited portion
of the “small- and medium- sized companies” segment), the transfer into Stage 2 is based on:
− the Basel behavioural score or the existence of payments more than 30 days past due for retail
customers;
− the placement on the watch list or the existence of payments more than 30 days past due for Corporate.

EXPOSURES CLASSIFIED IN STAGE 3
To identify Stage 3 exposures (doubtful exposures), the Group has been applying to most of its entities,
since July 2020, the new definition of default as detailed in the guidelines published by the European
Banking Authority (EBA). This definition leads to applying the following criteria to classify exposures as
Stage 3:
− one or more unpaid payments of over 100 euros for Retail (500 euros for Non-retail) during 90
consecutive days, representing at least 1% of the total exposure of the customer. This unpaid amount
may or may not be accompanied by a recovery procedure except for restructured loans classified into
Stage 1 or 2 which are retransferred into Stage 3 from the first amount unpaid after 30 days during the
two-year probation period. In addition, only missed payments related to business litigations,
specific contractual features or IT failures may avoid automatic transfer into Stage 3 after 90 days.
− identification of other criteria that evidence, even in the absence of missed payments, that this is unlikely
that the counterparty could meet all its financial obligations:
− a significant deterioration in the counterparty’s financial situation creates a strong probability that it will
not be able to meet all of its commitments and thus represents a risk of loss for the Group;
− the granting of concessions to the clauses of the loan agreement, which would not have been granted if
the counterparty wasn’t experiencing financial difficulties (restructured loans) and which result in a
decrease in the present value of the loan cash flows of more than 1% of its initial value;
− the existence of litigious proceedings (ad hoc mandate, bankruptcy protection, court-ordered settlement
or compulsory liquidation or other similar proceedings in local jurisdictions).
The Group applies the impairment contagion principle to all of the defaulting counterparty’s exposures.
When a debtor belongs to a group, the impairment contagion principle may also be applied to all of the
group’s exposures.
The classification in Stage 3 is kept during the 3-month probation period after the disappearance of all
default indicators described above. The probation period in Stage 3 is extended to one year for the
restructured loans that have been transferred in Stage 3.


96
In the case of a return to Stage 2, the exposures are kept in Stage 2 during a probation period before
assessing whether they could be transferred to Stage 1. This probation period in Stage 2 is from 6 months
to two years according to the nature of the risk portfolio to which the exposures belong.

MEASUREMENT OF DEPRECIATION AND PROVISION
Stage 1 exposures are impaired for the amount of credit losses that the Group expects to incur within
12 months (12-month expected credit losses), based on past data and the current situation.
Accordingly, the amount of impairment is the difference between the gross carrying amount of the asset and
the present value of future cash flows deemed to be recoverable, taking into account the impact of collateral
called up or liable to be called up and the probability of a default event occurring within the next 12 months.
Stage 2 and 3 exposures are impaired for the amount of credit losses that the Group expects to incur over
the life of the exposures (lifetime expected credit losses), taking into consideration past data, the present
situation and reasonable forecast changes in economic conditions, and relevant macroeconomic factors
through to maturity. Accordingly, the amount of impairment is the difference between the gross carrying
amount of the asset and the present value of future cash flows deemed to be recoverable, taking into
account the impact of collateral called up or liable to be called up and the probability of a default event
occurring through to the instrument’s maturity.
Financial guarantees are taken into account in the estimation of the recoverable cash flows when they are
integral part of the contractual characteristics of the related loans and they are not recognised separately.
If the financial guarantees don’t meet these criteria and as a consequence their effects cannot be taken into
account in the calculation of impairment, a separate asset is recorded in the balance sheet under Other
Assets. The book value of this asset is representative of the expected credit losses, recorded in the balance
sheet within the impairment of assets, for which the Group is almost certain to receive a compensation.
Changes in the carrying amount of this asset are recorded in the income statement under Cost of credit risk.
Irrespective of the Stage in which the exposures are classified, cash flows are discounted using the initial
effective interest rate of the financial asset. The amount of impairment is included in the net carrying amount
of the credit impaired financial asset. Impairment allocations/reversals are recorded in the income statement
under Cost of credit risk.
The expected credit losses on the financing commitments and financial collateral given are determined using
a similar approach applied to the estimated amount of Group exposure in case of default (amount drawn
from the financing commitment as at the default date, amount of collateral called up as at the default date).
The credit loss amounts thus calculated at one year (Stage 1) or over the life of the commitments (Stages
2 and 3) are recognised as liabilities on the balance sheet under Provisions.
For operating leases and trade receivables, the Group uses the “simplified” approach, under which
impairments are calculated as lifetime expected credit losses since their initial recognition, regardless of any
subsequent changes in the counterparty’s credit risk. The assessment of depreciation is mainly based on
historical data on default rates and incurred losses in the event of default. Adjustments to take into account
forward-looking information on economic conditions and macro-economic factors are determined by an
expert.

RESTRUCTURED LOANS
Loans issued or acquired by the Group may be restructured due to financial difficulties. This takes the shape
of a contractual modification of the initial terms of the loan (e.g. lower interest rates, rescheduled loan
payments, partial debt forgiveness, or additional collateral). This adjustment of the contractual terms is
strictly linked to the borrower’s financial difficulties and/or insolvency (whether they have already become
insolvent or are certain to do so if the loan is not restructured).
Where they still pass the SPPI test, restructured loans are still recognised in the balance sheet and their
amortised cost before credit risk allowance is adjusted for a discount representing the restructuration loss.
This discount is equal to the difference between the present value of the new contractual cash flows resulting
from the restructuring of the loan and the amortised cost before credit risk allowance less any partial debt
forgiveness; it is booked to Cost of credit risk in the income statement. As a result, the amount of interest
income subsequently recognised into income is still computed using the initial effective interest rate of the
loan and based on the net carrying amount of the asset after impairment during at least the first year
following the restructuration.



97
Post-restructuring, these financial assets are classified in Stage 3 (credit-impaired exposures) whether the
present value of modified cash flows decreases by more than 1% compared with the carrying amount of
financial instruments before the restructuring or there is a high probability that the counterparty cannot meet
all its commitments involving a risk of loss for the Group. In these two cases, the restructuring of financial
assets leads to default. Stage 3 classification is maintained for at least one year, or longer if the Group is
uncertain that the borrowers will be able to meet their commitments. Once the loan is no longer classified in
Stage 3 or the loans which the present value does not decrease more than 1%, the assessment of the
significant increase of credit risk will be performed by comparing the characteristics of the instrument at the
closing date and the characteristics at the initial recognition date of the loan before restructuring, applying
the transfer rules to Stage 1 and 2 previously mentioned in this note with specific conditions during the
probation period (during the first two-years following the restructuration, loans are retransferred into Stage 3
as of payments more than 30 days past due).
The criteria to return to Stage 1 for the restructured loans are similar to those of all the other exposures,
after a probation period in Stage 3 of a minimum of one year.
Given the new contractual terms arising from the restructuring where they no longer pass the SPPI test,
restructured loans are derecognised and replaced by new loans recognised according to the restructured
terms and conditions. These new assets are recognised as Financial assets measured at fair value through
profit or loss; On the date of recognition, the difference between the present value of the new cash flows
and the net carrying amount of the initial asset is recorded under Cost of credit Risk in the income statement.
These new loans are then classified as Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Restructured loans do not include loans and receivables subject to commercial renegotiations that are loans
to customers for which the Group has agreed to renegotiate the debt with the aim of maintaining or
developing a commercial relationship, in accordance with the credit approval procedures in force and without
relinquishing any principal or accrued interest. The accounting treatment of renegotiations is detailed in
Note 3.5.

TOTAL OR PARTIAL RECOVERY BY ACTIVATING THE GUARANTEE
A claim may be recovered in the form of an asset (financial or tangible) that passes into the ownership of
the Group as a result of the activation of a guarantee. This asset substitutes for the guaranteed claim on
the date when the Group becomes its owner and is initially recognised at fair value as an asset on the
balance sheet. Its classification and subsequent valuation method depend on the management intent.




METHOD FOR ESTIMATING EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES
The calculation method for the impairments and provisions for expected credit losses in Stage 1 and Stage
2 was developed in the Basel framework which served as a basis for selecting the assessment methods for
the calculation parameters (probability of default and credit loss rate on the outstanding loans under an
advanced Basel approach - IRBA and IRBF - and provisioning rate for the outstanding loans under the
standardised Basel approach).
The Group’s portfolios have been segmented in order to ensure homogeneousness of the risk
characteristics and a better correlation with the macroeconomic variables, both global and local.
This segmentation allows for all the specificities of the Group to be addressed. It is consistent with or similar
to the one specified in the Basel framework in order to ensure the uniqueness of the historical records of
defaults and losses.
The measurement of expected credit losses is performed based on the parameters mentioned below,
supplemented with the internal analyses relating to the credit quality of each counterparty, individually or
statistically.

GEOPOLITICAL CRISES AND MACROECONOMIC CONTEXT
In 2023, the Group revised the parameters used in the models based on the based on the updated
macroeconomic scenarios which take account of the recent economic developments and macroeconomic
impacts related to the current geopolitical environment (see Note 1).




98
To account for the uncertainties related to the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, the Group
updated the model and post-model adjustments in 2023.
The effects of these adjustments in the determination of expected credit losses are described hereinafter.

UPDATE OF THE MODELS AND IMPACT ON THE ESTIMATION OF EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

As at 31 December 2023, the updates of macroeconomic variables and probabilities of default as well as
the updated weighting of the scenarios have resulted in a EUR 77 million decrease in the amount of
impairment and provisions for credit risk:
− the impact of the revision of the macroeconomic variables and probabilities of default is a EUR 62 million
decrease,
− the impact of the updated weighting of the macroeconomic scenarios described in Note 1 is a
EUR 15 million decrease.

Furthermore, owing to the geopolitical context related to the war in Ukraine, all our Russian counterparties
including residual exposures on Rosbank (EUR 2.1 billion as at 31 December 2022) have been classified
as “sensitive” (concept of watch list) from the beginning of the conflict and the associated outstanding loans
have been transferred to Stage 2. As at 31 December 2023, they amount to EUR 1.1 billion. Further analysis
has resulted in the identification amidst this population of the outstanding loans that have to be transferred
to Stage 3, and this from the beginning of the war in Ukraine (EUR 0.3 billion for 2023). The impact of these
transfers on the calculation of the expected credit losses amounts to EUR 167 million as at 31 December
2023 (including the additional adjustment detailed in the “Other adjustments” sub-section).


Adjustments supplementing the application of the models

As at 31 December 2023, the adjustment regarding the additional criterion for classification in Stage 2 set
in 2020 following the Covid-19 crisis, has been removed (EUR 17 million as at 31 December 2022).

Sectoral adjustments
The Group may supplement the models with sectoral adjustments relating to the possible revision of the
expected credit loss estimates (with no impact on the classification of the outstanding loans) for some
sectors.
These adjustments allow for better anticipation of the default/recovery cycle in some sectors that have a
cyclical business, have been subject to peaks of default in the past or are most exposed to the current crises
and on which the Group’s exposure exceeds a threshold that is annually reviewed and set by the
Risk Division.
These sectoral adjustments are examined and updated quarterly by the Risk Division and validated
according to materiality thresholds by the General Management.

Along the revision of these adjustments, whenever compatible with the provisioning horizon, a
qualitative analysis of the possible impact of climate risks on the calculation of expected credit
losses has been introduced (see the “Incorporating the environment in the risk management
framework” section of chapter 4 in the Universal Registration Document).

The main sectors concerned as at 31 December 2023 are commercial real-estate, non-food retail,
construction and the hotel, restaurant and leisure industry.

The total sectoral adjustments (excluding the additional sectoral adjustments described in the “Other
adjustments” paragraph below) thus amount to EUR 667 million as at 31 December 2023 (EUR 570 million
as at 31 December 2022). This increase is mainly due to an increase on the commercial real-estate and
non-food retail sectors, the future circumstances of which are deteriorating owing to multiple factors, such
as the difficult situation on the real estate market, the effects of inflation and the changes in purchasing


99
behaviours. An increase of lesser magnitude has been observed on the construction sector. These
increases are partly offset by a decrease on the oil and gas sector, and to a lesser extent on the hotel sector
the situation of which has improved.



Other adjustments

Adjustments based on expert opinion and with no impact on the classification, have also been made to
reflect the deterioration in credit risk on some portfolios when this deterioration has not been observed
through a line-by-line analysis of the outstanding stock:
▪ for the scope of entities that have not developed models enabling them to estimate the correlations
between macroeconomic variables and default rate; and
▪ for the scopes on which models have been developed but cannot reflect future risks not observed in the
past.

These adjustments amount to EUR 699 million as at 31 December 2023 (EUR 967 million as at
31 December 2022). This change results from the account taken of:
▪ the specific risk on the portfolio of offshore loans to Russian corporate customers resulting from the
geopolitical situation; this adjustment is estimated by applying to the expected credit losses of this
portfolio degraded scenarios (weighted by a probability of occurrence) for which probabilities of default
and recovery prospects take account of the uncertainty relating to this environment;
▪ the risks arising from the specific economic environment, such as the higher inflation and interest rates,
regarding fragile customers and the more specifically exposed portfolios, as such risks are not taken into
account in the models.
The Group uses two main methods to estimate these adjustments:
- application, to the parameters of the expected credit loss models, of more severe probabilities of
default reflecting the economic shock expected according to the Group’s economic scenarios;
- application of sectoral adjustments according to the methodology described above to the sectors
identified by the Group’s department of Economic and sectoral studies as particularly exposed in
case of occurrence of a lasting stagflation scenario.



1. OVERVIEW

In accordance with the application of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” by the insurance subsidiaries
(see Note 1), the impairments and provisions of these subsidiaries are included in the tables below.




100
PRESENTATION OF BALANCE SHEET AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS


Table 3.8.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income Note 3.3 90,630 92,696
Securities at amortised cost Note 3.5 28,147 26,143
Due from banks at amortised cost Note 3.5 77,879 68,171
(1)
Due from central banks 220,725 204,553
Customer loans at amortised cost Note 3.5 485,449 506,635
Guarantee deposits paid Note 4.4 51,611 67,768
Others 6,239 4,175
o/w other miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk Note 4.4 6,076 3,913
o/w due from clearing houses bearing credit risk Note 4.4 163 262
Net value of accounting outstanding amounts (balance sheet) 960,680 970,141
Impairment of loans at amortised cost Note 3.8 10,505 11,031
Gross value of accounting outstanding amounts (balance sheet) 971,185 981,172
Financing commitments 210,511 216,573
Guarantee commitments 80,560 94,727
Gross value of off balance-sheet accounting amounts 291,071 311,300

Total of accounting amounts (balance-sheet and off balance-sheet) 1,262,256 1,292,472

(1) Included in line Cash, due from central banks.




101
OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS SUBJECT TO IMPAIRMENT AND PROVISIONS BY IMPAIRMENT STAGE AND BY
ACCOUNTING CATEGORY


Table 3.8.B


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

Group without Insurance Group without Insurance
activities Insurance activities Insurance

Outstanding Impairment Outstanding Impairment Outstanding Impairment Outstanding Impairment
(In EUR m) amounts /provisions amounts /provisions amounts /provisions amounts /provisions
Financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive 37,729 3 52,901 13 37,199 8 55,497 20
income

Performing assets outstanding
37,727 1 51,704 4 37,192 1 54,445 5
(Stage 1)

Underperforming assets
2 2 1,197 9 1 1 1,046 15
outstanding (Stage 2)

Doubtful assets outstanding
- - - - 6 6 6 -
(Stage 3)

Financial assets at amortised
873,390 10,505 7,165 - 881,771 11,031 6,705 -
cost (1)

Performing assets outstanding
812,925 1,048 7,085 - 820,736 1,042 6,634 -
(Stage 1)

Underperforming assets
44,063 1,973 80 - 44,689 2,134 71 -
outstanding (Stage 2)

Doubtful assets outstanding
16,402 7,484 - - 16,346 7,855 - -
(Stage 3)

o/w lease financing 31,165 883 - - 29,500 896 - -

Performing assets outstanding
24,798 127 - - 24,340 110 - -
(Stage 1)

Underperforming assets
4,668 163 - - 3,536 169 - -
outstanding (Stage 2)

Doubtful assets outstanding
1,699 593 - - 1,624 617 - -
(Stage 3)

Financing commitments 210,511 447 - - 216,571 467 2 -

Performing assets outstanding
195,733 154 - - 204,724 166 2 -
(Stage 1)

Underperforming assets
14,540 235 - - 11,564 251 - -
outstanding (Stage 2)

Doubtful assets outstanding
238 58 - - 283 50 - -
(Stage 3)

Guarantee commitments 80,560 372 - - 94,727 431 - -

Performing assets outstanding
76,503 59 - - 90,332 57 - -
(Stage 1)

Underperforming assets
3,370 84 - - 3,716 116 - -
outstanding (Stage 2)

Doubtful assets outstanding
687 229 - - 679 258 - -
(Stage 3)

Total of accounting amounts
(balance-sheet and off 1,202,190 11,327 60,066 13 1,230,268 11,937 62,204 20
balance-sheet)

(1) Including Central Banks for EUR 220,725 million as at 31 December 2023 (versus EUR 204,553 million as at
31 December 2022).




102
In order to disclose its exposure to credit risk, the Group has decided to tabulate its assets outstanding and
impairment by stage of impairment of the financial assets at amortised cost by Basel category,
by geographical area, and by rating of the counterparty. Due to the absence of significant exposure to credit
risk for insurance activities, assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income as well as
for financing and guarantee commitments, this information is not presented below.

GROUP ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES: OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS AND
IMPAIRMENTS BY BASEL PORTFOLIO


Table 3.8.C


31.12.2023
Assets at amortised cost Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Sovereign 255,852 4,492 73 260,417 5 3 59 67
Institutions 142,862 542 88 143,492 7 1 21 29
Corporates 227,438 20,608 8,663 256,709 622 1,312 3,709 5,643
o/w SME 41,869 6,212 3,560 51,641 213 364 1,825 2,402
Retail 185,088 18,373 7,564 211,025 411 655 3,688 4,754
o/w VSB 24,447 2,911 2,690 30,048 104 236 1,412 1,752
Others 1,685 48 14 1,747 3 2 7 12
Total 812,925 44,063 16,402 873,390 1,048 1,973 7,484 10,505


Table 3.8.D


31.12.2022
Assets at amortised cost Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Sovereign * 232,527 291 215 233,033 6 2 77 85
Institutions * 161,523 592 53 162,168 8 2 24 34
Corporates * 234,572 20,367 9,221 264,160 619 1,399 4,260 6,278
o/w SME * 42,271 5,666 3,581 51,518 226 318 1,829 2,373
Retail 190,709 23,391 6,841 220,941 406 728 3,488 4,622
o/w VSB 23,972 4,746 2,343 31,061 95 271 1,306 1,672
Others * 1,405 48 16 1,469 3 3 6 12
Total 820,736 44,689 16,346 881,771 1,042 2,134 7,855 11,031

* Amounts restated compared to the financial statements published for 2022.


The financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income mainly correspond to cash
management for own account and to the management of the portfolio of HQLA (High Quality Liquid Assets)
securities included in the liquidity reserves. These assets mainly correspond to Sovereigns classified in
Stage 1.
The financing and guarantee commitments mainly correspond to outstanding amounts not drawn by
Corporate customers. These assets are mainly classified in Stage 1.




103
GROUP ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES: OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS AND
IMPAIRMENTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL ZONE
The geographic area chosen corresponds to the country of the counterparty. When this information is
unavailable, it is the country of the issuing entity that is used.

Table 3.8.E


31.12.2023
Assets at amortised cost Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
France 443,958 20,646 9,026 473,630 511 1,042 3,431 4,984
Western European
countries (excl. 134,142 10,521 1,717 146,380 201 259 754 1,214
France)
Eastern European
62,572 6,670 919 70,161 154 276 518 948
countries EU
Eastern Europe
3,503 1,173 206 4,882 2 103 32 137
excluding EU
North America 93,778 1,775 537 96,090 18 106 127 251
Latin America and
5,582 468 367 6,417 2 8 106 116
Caribbean
Asia-Pacific 33,894 301 288 34,483 13 3 125 141
Africa and Middle
35,496 2,509 3,342 41,347 147 176 2,391 2,714
East
Total 812,925 44,063 16,402 873,390 1,048 1,973 7,484 10,505


Over 80% of all financing and guarantee commitments have Western Europe, North America or France as
their country of counterparty.

Table 3.8.F


31.12.2022
Assets at amortised cost Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
France 442,513 26,042 8,054 476,609 480 1,166 3,240 4,886
Western European
countries (excl. 157,496 5,569 1,695 164,760 220 273 767 1,260
France)
Eastern European
51,781 6,455 1,088 59,324 144 256 640 1,040
countries EU
Eastern Europe
2,945 2,032 524 5,501 2 149 121 272
excluding EU
North America 82,014 1,479 165 83,658 21 113 43 177
Latin America and
5,757 472 319 6,548 5 11 88 104
Caribbean
Asia-Pacific 37,999 616 572 39,187 14 6 258 278
Africa and Middle
40,231 2,024 3,929 46,184 156 160 2,698 3,014
East
Total 820,736 44,689 16,346 881,771 1,042 2,134 7,855 11,031




104
GROUP ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES: SUBJECT TO IMPAIRMENT AND
PROVISIONS BY RATING OF COUNTERPARTY (1)
Classification in Stage 1 or Stage 2 does not depend on the absolute probability of default but on the
elements that make it possible to assess the significant increase in credit risk (see accounting principles),
including the relative change in the probability of default since initial recognition. Therefore, there is no direct
relationship between the counterparty rating, presented in the table below, and the classification by stage
of impairment.

Table 3.8.G


31.12.2023
Assets at amortised cost Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
1 67,873 888 - 68,761 1 3 - 4
2 189,026 3,834 - 192,860 2 1 - 3
3 53,862 1,409 - 55,271 9 6 - 15
4 85,123 505 - 85,628 68 7 - 75
5 85,404 4,486 - 89,890 282 103 - 385
6 23,247 9,546 - 32,793 195 536 - 731
7 3,162 5,432 - 8,594 20 477 - 497
Default (8, 9, 10) - - 8,522 8,522 - - 3,646 3,646
Other method 305,228 17,963 7,880 331,071 471 840 3,838 5,149
Total 812,925 44,063 16,402 873,390 1,048 1,973 7,484 10,505

(1) The indicative corresponding between the Societe Generale’s internal rating scale and the scales of rating agencies
is presented in chapter 4 of Universal Registration Document.




Table 3.8.H


31.12.2022
Outstanding amounts Impairment

(In EUR m) Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
1 59,826 874 - 60,700 1 3 - 4
2 186,818 889 - 187,707 4 5 - 9
3 50,465 622 - 51,087 8 5 - 13
4 85,773 1,431 - 87,204 69 15 - 84
5 84,343 4,322 - 88,665 246 146 - 392
6 22,694 10,044 - 32,738 186 532 - 718
7 2,832 7,082 - 9,914 21 445 - 466
Default (8, 9, 10) - - 9,378 9,378 - - 4,071 4,071
Other method 327,985 19,425 6,968 354,378 507 983 3,784 5,274
Total 820,736 44,689 16,346 881,771 1,042 2,134 7,855 11,031

(1) The indicative corresponding between the Societe Generale’s internal rating scale and the scales of rating agencies
is presented in chapter 4 of Universal Registration Document.




105
ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST (INSURANCE ACTIVITIES EXCLUDED): SECTORAL BREAKDOWN OF
CORPORATE EXPOSURES ON THE TOTAL GROUP EXPOSURE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST
(ALL BASEL CATEGORIES)
The graphs below show the sectoral breakdown of the “Corporate” Basel portfolio (see Table 3.8.C and
Table 3.8.D). The percentages presented correspond to the net amounts (gross amounts reduced by the
corresponding impairment).




106
2. IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

BREAKDOWN
In accordance with the application of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” by the insurance subsidiaries
(see Note 1), the impairment booked in these subsidiaries is presented below.

Table 3.8.I


Amount Write- Net Write- Currency Amount
as at backs impairment backs and scope as at
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 R Allocations available losses used effects 31.12.2023
Financial assets at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
Impairment on performing
6 45 (46) (1) - 5
outstanding (Stage 1)
Impairment on underperforming
16 1 (6) (5) - 11
outstanding (Stage 2)
Impairment on doubtful
6 - (6) (6) - - -
outstanding (Stage 3)
Total 28 46 (58) (12) - - 16


Financial assets measured at
- - - - - - -
amortised cost
Impairment on performing
1,042 719 (715) 4 2 1,048
assets outstanding (Stage 1)
Impairment on underperforming
2,134 1,372 (1,510) (138) (23) 1,973
assets outstanding (Stage 2)
Impairment on doubtful
7,855 3,389 (2,303) 1,086 (1,188) (269) 7,484
assets outstanding (Stage 3)
Total 11,031 5,480 (4,528) 952 (1,188) (290) 10,505
o/w lease financing and
896 377 (315) 62 (101) 26 883
similar agreements
Impairment on performing
110 64 (51) 13 4 127
assets outstanding (Stage 1)
Impairment on
underperforming assets 169 90 (106) (16) 10 163
outstanding (Stage 2)
Impairment on doubtful
617 223 (158) 65 (101) 12 593
assets outstanding (Stage 3)




107
GROUP VARIATIONS OF DEPRECIATION WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES ACCORDING TO CHANGES IN
THE AMOUNT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST
Due to lack of significant variations of depreciations on financial assets measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income and on financial assets at amortised cost of insurance activities, this information is
not presented in the table below.

Table 3.8.J


Of which Of which Of which
lease lease lease
financing financing financing
(In EUR m) Stage 1 receivables Stage 2 receivables Stage 3 receivables Total
Amount as at 31.12.2022 1,042 110 2,134 169 7,855 617 11,031
Production and
353 39 149 15 180 14 682
Acquisition (1)
Derecognition (2) (175) (12) (160) - (807) (106) (1,142)
Transfer from stage 1
(48) (6) 519 47 - - 471
to stage 2 (3)
Transfer from stage 2
29 3 (329) (30) - - (300)
to stage 1 (3)
Transfer to stage 3 (3) (16) (2) (154) (16) 988 110 818
(3)
Transfer from stage 3 2 - 41 3 (190) (19) (147)
Allocations and Write-backs
(114) (5) (209) (25) (219) (33) (542)
without stage transfer (3)
Currency effect (4) - (11) - (13) 4 (28)
Scope effect (17) - (9) - (318) - (344)
Other variations (4) - 2 - 8 6 6
Amount as at 31.12.2023 1,048 127 1,973 163 7,484 593 10,505

(1) The amounts of impairment presented in the line Production and Acquisition in Stage 2/Stage 3 could include
contracts originated in Stage 1 and reclassified in Stage 2/Stage 3 during the period.
(2) Including repayments, disposals and debt waivers.
(3) The amounts presented in the transfers include variations due to amortisation. Transfers to Stage 3 correspond to
outstanding amounts initially classified as Stage 1 which, during the period, were downgraded directly to Stage 3,
or to Stage 2 and later to Stage 3.




108
BREAKDOWN OF TRANSFERS BETWEEN STAGES FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST OF THE
GROUP WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES AS AT 30 JUNE 2023
The amounts presented in the transfers below include variations due to amortisation and new drawdowns
on the contracts active during the financial year.
To describe the transfers between steps:
▪ The starting stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance as at 31 December of the
previous year.
▪ The end stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance at the end of the financial year
(even in the event of several changes during the financial year).

Table 3.8.K


Stock of
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stock of impairment
outstanding associated with
amounts transferred
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding transferred as at outstanding
(In EUR m) amounts Impairment amounts Impairment amounts Impairment 31 December amounts
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(17,225) (48) 13,051 519 - - 13,051 519
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 2 to
11,315 29 (13,872) (329) - - 11,315 29
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
240 2 - - (314) (52) 240 2
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
- - 726 41 (863) (138) 726 41
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(2,355) (16) - - 2,214 554 2,214 554
Stage 3
Transfer from Stage 2 to
- - (2,167) (154) 1,928 434 1,928 434
Stage 3
Currency effect on
contracts that change (114) - (48) (2) (5) - (167) (2)
Stage




109
3. CREDIT RISK PROVISIONS

BREAKDOWN
In accordance with the application of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” by the insurance subsidiaries
(see Note 1), the provisions of these subsidiaries are presented below.

Table 3.8.L


Amount Write- Net Currency Amount
as at backs impairment and scope as at
(In EUR m) 31.21.2022 Allocations available losses effects 31.12.2023
Financing commitments
Provisions on performing
166 133 (147) (14) 2 154
assets outstanding (Stage 1)
Provisions on underperforming
251 159 (173) (14) (2) 235
assets outstanding (Stage 2)
Provisions on doubtful
50 54 (86) (32) 40 58
assets outstanding (Stage 3)
Total 467 346 (406) (60) 40 447

Guarantee commitments
Provisions on performing
57 47 (41) 6 (4) 59
assets outstanding (Stage 1)
Provisions on underperforming
116 43 (72) (29) (3) 84
assets outstanding (Stage 2)
Provisions on doubtful
258 92 (66) 26 (55) 229
assets outstanding (Stage 3)
Total 431 182 (179) 3 (62) 372




110
GROUP VARIATIONS OF PROVISIONS WITHOUT INSURANCE ACTIVITIES ACCORDING TO CHANGES IN THE
AMOUNT OF FINANCING AND GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS
Due to the absence of significant variations in the provisions on financing and guarantee commitments for
insurance activities, this information is not presented in the table below.

Table 3.8.M

Provisions

On financing commitments On guarantee commitments Total

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
(In EUR m)
Amount as at 31.12.2022 166 251 50 467 57 116 258 431 898
(1)
Production and Acquisition 51 14 10 75 23 17 36 76 151

Derecognition (2) (50) (59) (3) (112) (19) (20) (67) (106) (218)

Transfer from stage 1 to stage 2 (3) (7) 56 - 49 (1) 11 - 10 59
(3)
Transfer from stage 2 to stage 1 5 (29) - (24) 3 (14) - (11) (35)
(3)
Transfer to stage 3 (1) (2) 8 5 - (2) 18 16 21

Transfer from stage 3 (3) - - (1) (1) - 1 (6) (5) (6)

Allocations and Write-backs without stage transfer (3) (9) 6 (11) (14) (3) (22) (10) (35) (49)

Currency effect (1) (2) - (3) - - (1) (1) (4)

Scope effect - - - - (1) - (1) (2) (2)

Other variations - - 5 5 - (3) 2 (1) 4

Amount as at 31.12.2023 154 235 58 447 59 84 229 372 819

(1) The amounts of impairment presented in the Production and Acquisition line in Stage 2/Stage 3 may include
originated contracts in Stage 1 reclassified in Stage 2/Stage 3 during the period.
(2) Including repayments, disposals and debt waivers.
(3) The amounts presented in transfers include variations due to amortisation. Transfers to Stage 3 correspond to
outstanding amounts initially classified as Stage 1 which, during the period, were downgraded directly to Stage 3,
or to Stage 2 and later to Stage 3.




111
DETAILS OF TRANSFERS BETWEEN STAGES FOR THE GROUP'S OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
EXCLUDING INSURANCE ACTIVITIES FOR THE PERIOD
The amounts presented in the transfers hereinafter include the variations due to amortisation and new
drawdowns on the contracts active during the financial year.
To describe the transfers between steps:
▪ The starting stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance as on 31 December of the
previous year.
▪ The end stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance at the end of the financial year
(even in the event of several changes during the financial year).

Table 3.8.N


Financing commitments

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stock of
Stock of provisions
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding outstanding associated with
amounts subject amounts subject amounts subject commitments transferred
to impairment and to impairment and to impairment and transferred as outstanding
(In EUR m) provisions Provisions provisions Provisions provisions Provisions at 31 December amounts
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(2,856) (7) 1,794 56 - - 1,794 56
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 2 to
775 5 (892) (29) - - 775 5
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
5 - - - (6) - 5 -
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
- - 24 - (26) (1) 24 -
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(110) (1) - - 61 6 61 6
Stage 3
Transfer from Stage 2 to
- - (36) (2) 23 2 23 2
Stage 3
Currency effect on
contracts that change (37) - (19) - - - (56) -
Stage



Table 3.8.O


Guarantee commitments

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stock of
Stock of provisions
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding outstanding associated with
amounts subject amounts subject amounts subject commitments transferred
to impairment and to impairment and to impairment and transferred as outstanding
(In EUR m) provisions Provisions provisions Provisions provisions Provisions at 31 December amounts
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(1,583) (1) 1,261 11 - - 1,261 11
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 2 to
1,472 3 (1,711) (14) - - 1,472 3
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
5 - - - (8) (1) 5 -
Stage 1
Transfer from Stage 3 to
- - 18 1 (26) (5) 18 1
Stage 2
Transfer from Stage 1 to
(82) - - - 65 8 65 8
Stage 3
Transfer from Stage 2 to
- - (62) (2) 53 10 53 10
Stage 3
Currency effect on
contracts that change (13) - (10) - - - (23) -
Stage




112
4. QUALITATIVE INFORMATION OF CHANGES IN IMPAIRMENT/PROVISIONS ON CREDIT RISK


The variation in credit risk impairment and provisions since 31 December 2022 is mainly linked to:
− Covered losses on Stage 3 loans (EUR 1 181 million) included in the line derecognition.
This is in line with the Group's strategy for managing non-performing loans (NPL), through write-offs
and disposals of its defaulted exposure portfolios.
Uncovered losses amount to EUR 333 million.
− Transfer of loans to Stage 3 due to default for EUR 4.3 billion of outstanding amounts. This transfer
resulted in an increase in impairment and provisions of EUR 840 million.
Particularly, this variation concerns:
▪ EUR 2.3 billion of outstanding amounts for which the impairment and provisions amount to
EUR 553 million as at 31 December 2023. These contracts were in Stage 1 as at 31 December 2022;
▪ EUR 2.0 billion of outstanding amounts for which the impairment and provisions amount to
EUR 287 million as at 31 December 2023. These contracts were in Stage 2 as at 31 December 2022.
− Transfer of loans to Stage 2 due to downgraded ratings, transfer to “sensitive” or 30 days overdue for
EUR 16.1 billion. This transfer resulted in an increase in impairment and provisions of EUR 530 million.
− The acquisition of LeasePlan resulted an increase in impairment and provisions of EUR 51 million,
included in the line Scope effect.
− IFRS 5 entities classified as held for sale. This classification resulted a decrease in impairment and
provisions of EUR 346 million, included in the line Scope effect.



5. COST OF RISK

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Cost of credit risk only includes net reversals of impairments and loss allowances for credit risk, losses on
irrecoverable loans and amounts recovered on amortised receivables.
The Group proceed to a write off by recognising a loss on the bad loan and a reversal of impairment in Cost
of credit risk when a debt is forgiven or when there are no longer any hopes of future recovery. The lack of
future hopes of recovery is documented when a certificate issued as proof that the debt is uncollectible is
delivered by the relevant authority or when strong circumstantial evidences are identified (years in default,
provisions at 100%, lack of recent recoveries, specificities of the case).
However, a write-off in accounting terms does not imply debt forgiveness in the legal sense as recovery
actions on cash due by the counterparty are pursued particularly if the latter’s fortune improve. In case of
recoveries on an exposure previously written-off, such recoveries are recognised as Amounts recovered on
irrecovrables loans on the year of collection.




113
SYNTHESIS


Table 3.8.P


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Cost of credit risk of financial assets from insurance activities 7 1
Cost of credit risk (1,025) (1,647)
Total (1,018) (1,646)



Following the application of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” by the insurance subsidiaries (see Note 1), the
cost of credit risk for these subsidiaries is also presented below.

Table 3.8.Q


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Net allocation to impairment losses (940) (1,464)
On financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 12 -
On financial assets at amortised cost (952) (1,464)
Net allocations to provisions 57 (23)
On financing commitments 60 (10)
On guarantee commitments (3) (13)
Losses not covered on irrecoverable loans (333) (318)
Amounts recovered on irrecoverable loans 200 132
Effect from guarantee not taken into account for the calculation of impairment (2) 27
Total (1,018) (1,646)
o/w cost of risk on sound outstanding classified in Stage 1 0 (58)
o/w cost of risk on doubtful loans classified in Stage 2 176 (618)
o/w cost of risk on doubtful loans classified in Stage 3 (1,194) (970)




114
NOTE 3.9 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT
AMORTISED COST

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

DEFINITION OF FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In the absence of observable prices for identical assets or liabilities, the fair value of financial instruments is
determined using another measurement technique that maximises the use of observable market inputs
based on assumptions that market operators would use to set the price of the instrument in question.
The fair value of financial instruments includes accrued interest if applicable.

For financial instruments that are not recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, the figures disclosed in
this note are estimates of their fair value broken down according to the fair value hierarchy as described in
Note 3.4.
These estimates are disclosed for information purpose only, they are not used for the management of the
Group’s activities, and should not be taken as an estimate of the amount that would be realised if all such
financial instruments were to be settled immediately.



1. FINANCIAL ASSETS MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST

Table 3.9.A


31.12.2023
Carrying
(In EUR m) amount (2) Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Due from banks 77,879 77,853 - 60,577 17,276
Customer loans (1) 485,449 466,421 - 171,898 294,523
Debt securities 28,147 27,801 12,477 12,010 3,314
Total 591,475 572,075 12,477 244,485 315,113
(1) Carrying amount consists of EUR 158,237 million of assets floating rate and EUR 327,212 million of assets fixed
rate (including EUR 69,811 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
(2) Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an
amount of EUR -433 million.




115
Table 3.9.B


31.12.2022 R
Carrying
(In EUR m) amount (2) Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Due from banks 68,171 67,964 - 54,582 13,382
Customer loans (1) 506,635 480,914 - 196,255 284,659
Debt Securities 26,143 25,285 10,572 10,581 4,132
Total 600,949 574,163 10,572 261,418 302,173

(1) Carrying amount consists of EUR 157,180 million of assets floating rate and EUR 349,455 million of assets fixed
rate (including EUR 101,969 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
(2) Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an
amount of EUR -2,262 million.




2. FINANCIAL LIABILITIES MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST

Table 3.9.C


31.12.2023
Carrying
(In EUR m) amount (2) Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Due to banks 117,847 117,793 189 114,909 2,695
Customer deposits (1) 541,677 540,624 - 524,565 16,059
Debt securities issued 160,506 159,282 31,590 124,590 3,102
Subordinated debt 15,894 15,129 1,014 14,115 -
Total 835,924 832,828 32,793 778,179 21,856

(1) Carrying amount consists of EUR 148,887 million of liabilities floating rate and EUR 392,790 million of liabilities
fixed rate (including EUR 359,618 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
(2) Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an
amount of EUR -5,857 million.




116
Table 3.9.D


31.12.2022 R
Carrying
(In EUR m) amount (2) Fair value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Due to banks 133,011 133,009 255 118,331 14,423
Customer deposits (1) 530,764 529,099 - 457,003 72,096
Debt securities issued 133,176 131,290 22,838 106,619 1,833
Subordinated debt 15,948 15,949 - 15,949 -
Total 812,899 809,347 23,093 697,902 88,352
(1) Carrying amount consists of EUR 188,638 million of liabilities floating rate and EUR 342,126 million of liabilities
fixed rate (including EUR 304,070 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
(2) Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an
amount of EUR -9,659 million.


In a context of rising interest rates, financial assets, unlike financial liabilities, have a fair value significantly
lower than their book value. This asymmetry can be explained in particular by the fact that debts to
customers are mainly composed of demand deposits whose fair value is equal to their nominal value due
to their immediate contractual maturity. This asymmetry is partially reduced by taking into account the
interest rate hedges applicable to these deposits.
Since the contractual maturity of these deposits is immediate, the discounting effect is nil and their fair value
is equal to their nominal amount.




117
3. VALUATION METHODS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT AMORTISED COST

LOANS, RECEIVABLES AND LEASE FINANCING AGREEMENTS
The fair value of loans, receivables and lease financing transactions for large corporates and banks is
calculated, in the absence of an actively traded market for these loans, by discounting expected cash flows
to present value based on the market rates (the benchmark actuarial rate published by Banque de France
and the zero-coupon yield) prevailing on the balance sheet date for loans with broadly similar terms and
maturities. These discount rates are adjusted for borrower credit risk.
The fair value of loans, receivables and lease financing transactions for retail banking customers, essentially
comprised of individuals and small or medium-sized companies, is determined, in the absence of an actively
traded market for these loans, by discounting the associated expected cash flows to present value at the
market rates prevailing on the balance sheet date for similar types of loans with similar maturities.
For fixed-rate loans with an initial maturity less than or equal to one year and for variable-rate financial
assets (loans, receivables, finance lease agreements), the fair value is assumed equal to the net book value
of the impairments, assuming there has been no significant change in credit spreads on the counterparties
in question since they were recognised in the balance sheet.

DEBTS
In the absence of an active debt market, the fair value of debts is assumed to be equal to the value of the
future flows discounted according to the available market rates applicable to the product concerned on the
closing date.
When the debt is a listed instrument, its fair value is its market value.
For debts with a floating-rate and debts with an initial maturity of less than or equal to one year, fair value is
taken to be the same as the carrying amount. Similarly, the individual fair value of demand deposit accounts
is equal to their carrying amount.

SECURITIES
Provided that the security is an instrument traded on an active market, its fair value is equal to the
market price.
In the absence of an active market, the fair value of the securities is calculated taking into account the value
of future cash flows discounted according to the interest rate parameters available on the market and
applicable to the product concerned as at closing date. For variable-rate debt securities and fixed-rate debt
securities with an agreed duration of up to one year, the fair value is assumed to be the gross carrying
amount adjusted for any allowance provided there have been no significant change in credit spreads on the
counterparties in question since they were recognised in the balance sheet.




118
NOTE 3.10 - COMMITMENTS AND ASSETS PLEDGED AND RECEIVED
AS SECURITIES

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

LOAN COMMITMENTS
The nominal amount of loan commitments is detailed in the table below. Loan commitments that are not
considered as financial derivatives or that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss for trading
purpose are initially recognised at fair value int the balance sheet. Thereafter, they are provisioned as
necessary in accordance with the accounting principles for impairment and provisions (see Note 3.8).

GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS
The nominal amount of guarantee commitments is detailed in the table below. When considered as non-
derivative financial instruments, the financial guarantees issued by the Group are initially recognised in the
balance sheet at fair value. Thereafter, they are measured at either the amount of the obligation or the
amount initially recognised (whichever is higher) less, when appropriate, the cumulative amortisation of a
guarantee commission. Where there is objective evidence of impairment, a provision for financial
guarantees given is recognised on the liabilities side of the balance sheet (see Note 3.8).

SECURITIES COMMITMENTS
Securities bought and sold, which are booked to Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, Financial
assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and Financial assets at amortised cost are
recognised on the balance sheet at the settlement-delivery date. Between the trade date and the settlement-
delivery date, securities receivable or deliverable are not recognised on the balance sheet. Changes in the
fair value of the securities measured at fair value through profit or loss and the securities measured at fair
value through other comprehensive income between the trade date and the settlement-delivery date are
booked to profit or loss or to equity, depending on the accounting classification of the securities in question.

ASSETS PLEDGED AS AND RECEIVED AS COLLATERAL
The financial assets pledged as collateral are carried in the balance sheet whenever the Group has not
transferred to the recipients of collateral the contractual rights to receive asset cash flows or substantially
all the risks inherent to their ownership.
Likewise, the Group does not recognise on its balance sheet the assets received as collateral if the
contractual rights to receive these asset cash flows and substantially all the risks and rewards inherent to
their ownership have not been transferred to it.




119
1. COMMITMENTS

COMMITMENTS GRANTED


Table 3.10.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Loan commitments
To banks 97,092 84,882
To customers 224,548 228,036
Issuance facilities 83 83
Confirmed credit lines 210,499 202,401
Others 13,966 25,552
Guarantee commitments
On behalf of banks 5,733 6,598
(1)
On behalf of customers 75,685 88,779
Securities commitments
Securities to be delivered 41,083 38,199
Acquisition of tangible assets commitments
Purchase of vehicles and underlying assets subject to an operating lease 9,191 6,344

(1) Including capital and performance guarantees given to the holders of UCITS managed by entities of the Group.


COMMITMENTS RECEIVED


Table 3.10.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Loan commitments
From banks 66,312 86,440
Guarantee commitments
From banks 117,694 127,233
Other commitments (1) 199,747 178,486
Securities commitments
Securities to be received 38,522 38,563

(1) These commitments include the guarantee granted by French government related to the State Guaranteed Loans
(see Note 1.6).




120
2. FINANCIAL ASSETS PLEDGED AND RECEIVED AS SECURITY

FINANCIAL ASSETS PLEDGED


Table 3.10.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
(1)
Book value of assets pledged as security for liabilities 337,037 357,694
(2)
Book value of assets pledged as security for transactions in financial instruments 69,447 85,717
Book value of assets pledged as security for off-balance sheet commitments 2,209 2,547
Total 408,693 445,958

(1) Assets pledged as security for liabilities mainly include loans given as guarantees for liabilities (guarantees notably
provided to the central banks).
(2) Assets pledged as security for transactions in financial instruments mainly include security deposit.


FINANCIAL ASSETS RECEIVED AS SECURITY AND AVAILABLE FOR THE ENTITY


Table 3.10.D


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Fair value of securities purchased under resale agreements 193,154 150,614


The Group generally purchases securities under resale agreements under normal market terms and
conditions. It may re-use the securities received under resale agreement by selling them outright, selling
them under repurchase agreements or pledging them as security, provided that it returns these or equivalent
securities to the counterparty to the resale agreement at its term. Securities purchased under resale
agreements are not recognised on the balance sheet. Their fair value, as shown above, includes securities
sold or pledged as collateral.




121
NOTE 3.11 - TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Transferred financial assets that are not derecognised include securities lending transactions and
repurchase agreements as well as certain loans transferred to consolidated securitisation vehicles.
The tables below show securities lending and repurchase agreements that only concern securities
recognised on the asset side of the balance sheet.
Securities involved in a repurchase agreement or securities lending transaction are held in their original
position on the asset side of the Group’s balance sheet. For repurchase agreements, the obligation to return
the amounts deposited is recorded under Liabilities on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, with the
exception of the transactions initiated under trading activities, which are recorded under Financial liabilities
at fair value through profit or loss.
Securities involved in a reverse repurchase agreement or a securities borrowing transaction are not
recorded in the Group’s balance sheet. For securities received under a reverse repurchase agreement, the
right to recover the amounts delivered by the Group is recorded under Customer Loans and receivables or
Due from banks on the asset side of the balance sheet, with the exception of transactions initiated under
trading activities which are recorded under Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. If the
borrowed securities are subsequently sold, a debt representing the return of these securities to their lender
is recorded on the liabilities side of the Group’s balance sheet, under Financial liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss.
Securities lending and securities borrowing transactions that are fully matched by cash are assimilated to
repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and are recorded and recognised as such in the balance
sheet.
With securities lending and repurchase agreements, the Group remains exposed to issuer default
(credit risk) and to increases or decreases in the value of securities value (market risk). The underlying
securities cannot simultaneously be used as collateral in other transactions.



1. TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS NOT DERECOGNISED

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS


Table 3.11.A


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Carrying Carrying Carrying Carrying
amount of amount of amount of amount of
transferred associated transferred associated
(In EUR m) assets liabilities assets liabilities
Securities at fair value through profit or loss 13,402 11,098 14,992 11,876
Securities at fair value through other
13,457 11,159 13,427 11,163
comprehensive income
Securities at amortised cost 187 182 249 239
Total 27,046 22,439 28,668 23,278




122
SECURITIES LENDING


Table 3.11.B


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Carrying Carrying Carrying Carrying
amount of amount of amount of amount of
transferred associated transferred associated
(In EUR m) assets liabilities assets liabilities
Securities at fair value through profit or loss 14,509 - 12,455 -
Securities at fair value through other
228 - 249 -
comprehensive income
Securities at amortised cost 8 - 8 -
Total 14,745 - 12,712 -


SECURITISATION ASSETS FOR WHICH THE COUNTERPARTIES TO THE ASSOCIATED LIABILITIES HAVE
RECOURSE ONLY TO THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS


Table 3.11.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Customers loans
Carrying amount of transferred assets 8,663 4,613
Carrying amount of associated liabilities 6,869 4,188
Fair value of transferred assets (A) 8,857 4,750
Fair value of associated liabilities (B) 6,872 4,188
Net position (A)-(B) 1,985 562


The Group remains exposed to the majority of the risks and rewards associated with these receivables;
furthermore, these receivables may not be used as collateral or sold outright as part of another transaction.



2. TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS PARTIALLY OR FULLY DERECOGNISED

As at 31 December 2023, the Group carried out no material transactions resulting in the partial or full
derecognition of financial assets leaving the Group with a continuing involvement in said assets.




123
NOTE 3.12 - OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL
LIABILITIES

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
A financial asset and a financial liability are offset and the net amount presented on the balance sheet when
the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intends either to settle the
asset and liability on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legal right
to set off the recognised amounts must be enforceable in all circumstances, in both the normal course of
business and in the event of default of one of the counterparties. In this respect, the Group recognises in its
balance sheet the net amount of derivative financial instruments traded with certain clearing houses where
they achieve net settlement through a daily cash margining process, or where their gross settlement system
has features that eliminate or result in insignificant credit and liquidity risk, and that process receivables and
payables in a single settlement process or cycle.

The following tables present the amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities set off on the Group’s
consolidated balance sheet. The gross outstanding amounts of these financial assets and financial liabilities
are matched with the consolidated outstanding amounts presented in the balance sheet (net balance sheet
amounts), after indicating the amounts set off on the balance sheet for these various instruments
(amounts offset) and aggregating them with the outstanding amounts of other financial assets and financial
liabilities not subject to a Master Netting Agreement or similar agreement (amounts of assets and liabilities
not eligible for offsetting).
These tables also indicate the amounts which may be offset, as they are subject to a Master Netting
Agreement or similar agreement, but whose characteristics make them ineligible for offsetting in the
consolidated financial statements under IFRS. This information is provided in comparison with the
accounting treatment applied under US GAAP. This affects in particular financial instruments that may only
be offset in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of one of the counterparties, as well as
instruments pledged by cash or securities collateral. These mainly include over-the-counter interest rate
options, interest rate swaps and securities purchased/sold under resale/repurchase agreements.
Net positions resulting from these various offsettings are not intended to represent the Group’s actual
exposure to counterparty risk through these financial instruments, insofar as counterparty risk management
uses other risk mitigation strategies in addition to netting and collateral agreements.




124
1. AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

ASSETS


Table 3.12.A


Impact of offsetting on Impact of Master Netting Agreements
the balance sheet (MNA) and similar agreements (1)

Net Financial
amount instruments
Amount of presented recognised Financial
assets not on the in the Cash instruments
subject to Gross Amount balance balance collateral received as Net
(In EUR m) offsetting amount offset sheet sheet pledged collateral amount
Derivative financial instruments
33,268 189,137 (128,285) 94,120 (59,842) (8,762) 1 25,517
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

Securities lent 1,165 13,580 - 14,745 (12,560) (28) - 2,157

Securities purchased under resale
39,578 240,706 (87,130) 193,154 (17,786) (551) (92,883) 81,934
agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.5)
Guarantee deposits pledged
38,854 12,757 - 51,611 - (12,757) - 38,854
(see Note 4.4)

Other assets not subject to offsetting 1,200,415 - - 1,200,415 - - - 1,200,415

Total 1,313,280 456,180 (215,415) 1,554,045 (90,188) (22,098) (92,882) 1,348,877

(1) At 31 December 2023, the amount offset within the “Derivative financial instruments” section includes
EUR 60 964 million of cash margin received.


LIABILITIES


Table 3.12.B



Impact of offsetting on Impact of Master Netting Agreements
the balance sheet (MNA) and similar agreements (1)

Net Financial
Amount of amount instruments
liabilities presented recognised Financial
not subject on the in the Cash instruments
to Gross Amount balance balance collateral pledged as Net
(In EUR m) offsetting amount offset sheet sheet pledged collateral (2) amount
Derivative financial instruments
35,768 201,028 (128,285) 108,511 (59,842) (12,757) - 35,912
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)
Amount payable on borrowed securities
27,419 15,064 - 42,483 (12,559) - - 29,924
(see Note 3.1)
Securities sold under repurchase
48,124 190,964 (87,130) 151,958 (17,787) - (81,541) 52,630
agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.6)
Guarantee deposits received
43,912 9,341 - 53,253 - (9,341) - 43,912
(see Note 4.4)

Other liabilities not subject to offsetting 1,121,593 - - 1,121,593 - - - 1,121,593

Total 1,276,816 416,397 (215,415) 1,477,798 (90,188) (22,098) (81,541) 1,283,971

(1) At 31 December 2023, the amount offset within the “Derivative financial instruments” section includes EUR 63 797
million of cash margin paid.
(2) Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure, so as
to avoid any over-collateralisation effect.




125
2. AT 31 DECEMBER 2022 R

ASSETS


Table 3.12.C


Impact of offsetting on Impact of Master Netting Agreements
the balance sheet * (MNA) and similar agreements (1)
Net Financial
amount instruments
Amount of presented recognised Financial
assets not on the in the Cash instruments
subject to Gross Amount balance balance collateral received as Net
(In EUR m) offsetting amount offset sheet sheet pledged collateral amount
Derivative financial instruments
12,359 229,575 (132,188) 109,746 (70,657) (9,292) - 29,797
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

Securities lent 3,951 8,809 - 12,760 (6,996) (39) - 5,725

Securities purchased under resale
50,097 200,497 (99,980) 150,614 (7,927) (1,634) (61,768) 79,285
agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.5)
Guarantee deposits pledged
53,614 14,154 - 67,768 - (14,154) - 53,614
(see Note 4.4)

Other assets not subject to offsetting 1,144,012 - - 1,144,012 - - - 1,144,012

Total 1,264,033 453,035 (232,168) 1,484,900 (85,580) (25,119) (61,768) 1,312,433

* 2022 amounts restated to present the effects of offsetting on OTC derivative financial instruments and associated
margin calls, in application of Collateralized-To-Market model by clearing houses.
(1) At 31 December 2022, the amount offset within the “Derivative financial instruments” section includes
EUR 62 652 million of cash margin received.


LIABILITIES


Table 3.12.D


Impact of offsetting on Impact of Master Netting Agreements
the balance sheet * (MNA) and similar agreements (1)
Net Financial
amount instruments
Amount of presented recognised Financial
assets not on the in the Cash instruments
subject to Gross Amount balance balance collateral pledged as Net
(In EUR m) offsetting amount offset sheet sheet pledged collateral (2) amount
Derivative financial instrument
15,365 235,643 (132,188) 118,820 (70,657) (14,154) - 34,009
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)
Amount payable on borrowed securities
32,235 18,866 - 51,101 (6,996) - - 44,105
(see Note 3.1)
Securities sold under repurchase
43,652 170,223 (99,980) 113,895 (7,927) - (51,400) 54,568
agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.6)
Guarantee deposits received
63,341 10,965 - 74,306 - (10,965) - 63,341
(see Note 4.4)

Other liabilities not subject to offsetting 1,053,452 - - 1,053,452 - - - 1,053,452

Total 1,208,045 435,697 (232,168) 1,411,574 (85,580) (25,119) (51,400) 1,249,475

* 2022 amounts restated to present the effects of offsetting on OTC derivative financial instruments and associated
margin calls, in application of Collateralized-To-Market model by clearing houses.
(1) At 31 December 2022, the amount offset within the “Derivative financial instruments” section includes
EUR 65 574 million of cash margin paid.
(2) Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure,
so as to avoid any over-collateralisation effect.


126
NOTE 3.13 - CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Table 3.13.A


Up to 3 months 1 to More than 31.12.2023
(In EUR m) 3 months to 1 year 5 Years 5 years
Due to central banks 9,718 - - - 9,718
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or
239,500 35,406 56,145 44,533 375,584
loss
Due to banks 62,587 43,357 10,724 1,179 117,847
Customer deposits 481,895 36,166 19,976 3,641 541,678
Debts securities issued 35,963 27,977 67,755 28,811 160,506
Subordinated debt 213 76 6,594 9,011 15,894
Other liabilities 84,028 2,548 3,822 3,260 93,658
Total liabilities 913,904 145,530 165,016 90,435 1,314,885
(1)
Loan commitments granted and others 145,084 50,230 117,341 18,176 330,831
Guarantee commitments granted 40,697 16,653 15,861 8,207 81,418
Total commitments granted 185,781 66,883 133,202 26,383 412,249
(1) This line includes commitments relating to the purchase of vehicles and underlying equipment subject to an
operating lease.


The flows presented in this note are based on contractual maturities. However, for certain elements of the
balance sheet, assumptions could be applied.
When there are no contractual terms, as well as for trading financial instruments (e.g.: derivatives),
maturities are presented in the first column (up to 3 months).
The guarantee commitments given are scheduled on the basis of the best possible estimate of flow; if not
available, they are presented in the first column (up to 3 months).




127
NOTE 4 - OTHER ACTIVITIES

NOTE 4.1 - FEE INCOME AND EXPENSE

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Fee income and Fee expense combine fees on services rendered and received, as well as fees on
commitments, that cannot be assimilated to interest. Fees that can be assimilated to interest are integrated
into the effective interest rate on the associated financial instrument and are recorded under Interest and
similar income and Interest and similar expense (see Note 3.7).
Transactions with customers include the fees from retail customers from the Group retail banking activities
(in particular credit card fees, account management fees or application fees outside the effective interest
rate).
Sundry services provided include the fees from customers from the other Group activities (in particular,
interchange fees, funds management fees or fees on insurance products sold within the network).
The Group recognises fee income or expense for an amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service
provided and depending on the progress transferring control of these services:
▪ fees for ongoing services, such as some payment services, custody fees, or digital service subscriptions
are recognised as income over the life of the service;
▪ fees for one-off services, such as fund activity, finder’s fees received, arbitrage fees, or penalties on
payment incidents are recognised as income when the service is provided.
The amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service provided is composed of fixed and variable
contractual compensation whether they are paid in kind or in cash, less any payments due to customers
(for example, in case of promotional offers). The variable compensation (for example, discounts based on
the provided services volume over a period of time or fees payable subject to the achievement of a
performance target, etc.) are included in the amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service provided
if and only if this compensation is highly probable not to be subsequently reduced significantly.
The possible mismatch between the payment date of the service provided and the date of execution of the
service gives assets and liabilities depending on the type of contract and mismatch which are recognised
under Other Assets and Other Liabilities (see Note 4.4):
▪ customer contracts generate trade receivables, accrued income or prepaid income;
▪ supplier contracts generate trade payables, accrued expenses or prepaid expenses.
In syndication deals, the effective interest rate for the share of the issuance retained on the Group’s balance
sheet is comparable to that applied to the other members of the syndicate including, when needed, a share
of the underwriting fees and participation fees; the balance of these fees for services rendered is then
recorded under Fee income at the end of the syndication period. Arrangement fees are recorded as income
when the placement is legally complete.




128
Table 4.1.A
2023 2022 R

(In EUR m) Income Expense Net Income Expense Net
Transactions with banks 134 (125) 9 133 (110) 23
Transactions with customers 2,979 2,979 3,088 3,088
Financial instruments operations 3,366 (2,976) 390 2,475 (2,447) 28
Securities transactions 717 (1,268) (551) 495 (1,008) (513)
Primary market transactions 547 547 162 162
Foreign exchange transactions and derivatives
2,102 (1,708) 394 1,818 (1,439) 379
instruments
Loan and guarantee commitments 1,004 (429) 575 974 (424) 550
Various services 2,580 (945) 1,635 2,730 (1,202) 1,528
Asset management fees 316 316 329 329
Means of payment fees 1,018 1,018 1,072 1,072
Insurance product fees 208 208 236 236
Underwriting fees of UCITS 82 82 75 75
Other fees 956 (945) 11 1,018 (1,202) (184)
Total 10,063 (4,475) 5,588 9,400 (4,183) 5,217




129
NOTE 4.2 - INCOME AND EXPENSE FROM OTHER ACTIVITIES

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

LEASING ACTIVITIES
Leases granted by the Group which do not transfer to the lessee virtually all the risks and benefits associated
with ownership of the leased asset are classified as operating leases.
Assets held under operating leases, including investment property, are recorded on the balance sheet under
Tangible and intangible fixed assets at their acquisition cost, less depreciation and impairment
(see Note 8.3).
Leased assets are depreciated, excluding residual value, over the life of the lease; the latter corresponds to
the non-cancellable lease term adjusted for any option to extend the contract that the lessee is reasonably
certain to exercise and any early termination options that the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise
(see Note 8.3) .
Lease payments are recognised as income according to the straight-line method over the term of the lease.
Meanwhile, the purpose of the accounting treatment of the income from invoices for maintenance services
related to operating leases is to reflect, over the term of the service agreement, a constant margin between
this income and the expenses incurred in providing the service.
Income and expenses, and capital gains or losses on investment properties and leased assets, as well as
income and expense on maintenance services related to operating lease activities, are recorded under
Income and expenses from other activities on the Real estate leasing and Equipment leasing lines.
These lines also include the losses incurred in the event of a decline in the unguaranteed residual value of
finance-lease transactions, and the capital gains or losses on disposal related to unleased assets once the
lease finance agreements are terminated.
The leases granted by the Group entities may include the maintenance service of the leased equipment.
In this case, the portion of rentals corresponding to this maintenance service is spread over the duration of
the service (generally the lease contract duration) and, when necessary, considers the progress of the
service provided when it is not linear.

REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
As the sale of real estate off plan (housing, office property, retail areas, etc.) is an ongoing service,
the margin of this activity is progressively recognised over the construction programme’s duration until the
delivery date to the customer. It is recognised under income when this margin is positive and under
expenses when this margin is negative.
The margin recognised at each closing period reflects the programme’s estimated margin forecast and its
stage of completion at the end of the period which depends on the progress in terms of marketing and the
project.

Table 4.2.A


2023 2022 R

(In EUR m) Income Expense Net Income Expense Net
Real estate development 60 (4) 56 69 - 69
Real estate leasing 87 (174) (87) 80 (151) (71)
Equipment leasing (1) 20,107 (15,992) 4,115 12,490 (9,466) 3,024
Other activities 751 (1,224) (473) 662 (1,008) (346)
Total 21,005 (17,394) 3,611 13,301 (10,625) 2,676
(1) The amount recorded under this heading is mainly due to income and expenses related to long-term leasing and
car fleet management businesses. Most of the Group’s long-term lease agreements are 36-month to
48-month leases.




130
NOTE 4.3 - INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

Insurance activities (life insurance and non-life insurance) add to the range of products
included in the banking services offered to Group customers.
These activities are carried out by dedicated subsidiaries, subject to regulations specific
MAKE IT to the insurance sector.
SIMPLE
The rules for measuring and accounting for risks associated with insurance contracts
are specific to the Insurance sector. Based on a current estimate of the future cash
flows from the insurance contracts issued (premiums, indemnification, benefits,
associated costs, ...), the main objective of these rules is to recognise the expected
profit progressively over the period during which the insurance services are provided.




ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

Insurance contracts subject to IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” are insurance contracts issued, reinsurance
contracts issued (reinsurance assumed) or held (reinsurance ceded), as well as investment contracts issued
including a discretionary participation clause provided that they are issued by an entity which also issues
insurance contracts.
The accounting principles below do not apply to the insurance contracts for which the Group is the insured
beneficiary except for the contracts identified as reinsurance treaties.
Investment contracts without discretionary participation features and with no insurance component
(pure unit-linked contracts) do not meet the IFRS 17 definition of an insurance contract and are recognised
as Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (see Note 3.1 paragraph 3). These are
financial liabilities indexed on the performance of underlying assets for which the Group has elected to
exercise the option to measure the instruments at fair value without requiring the separation of the
embedded derivatives.

GROUPING OF CONTRACTS
For their assessment, insurance contracts are grouped into homogeneous portfolios to take account of the
pooling of risks specific to the insurance activity. These portfolios include insurance contracts that are
exposed to similar risks and managed together.
Within each portfolio, three groups of contracts shall be distinguished on initial recognition of the later:
onerous contracts, contracts with no significant possibility of becoming subsequently onerous, and other
contracts.
Lastly, contracts issued more than one year apart cannot be included in the same group. Consequently,
each group of contracts shall be subdivided into annual cohorts. However, while adopting IFRS 17,
the European Union has provided European undertakings with an option not to implement this provision to
contracts benefiting from an intergenerational mutualisation of returns on the underlying assets in countries
where these undertakings market insurance contracts.
The Group uses this optional exemption on the life-insurance savings and retirement savings contracts
issued (for instance, contracts invested in euro-denominated funds) as they include direct or discretionary
profit-sharing items for which both risks and cashflows are shared between different generations of
policyholders. These savings life-insurance contracts are also managed on an intergenerational basis in
order to mitigate interest rate risk and longevity risk exposures.
The portfolios of contracts are determined by the Group, using (i) the product line to identify the insurance
contracts exposed to similar risks and (ii) the country of issuance of the contract and/or the distribution entity.
When the materiality of the outstanding amounts of the contracts concerned is not significant in the context
of the aggregates of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, some of these portfolios may be grouped
together.




131
The major portfolios identified by the Group are as follows:

Scope of products Product line
Life Insurance Savings with accumulation of capital paid out upon
Savings surrender or death (investments in euro funds, unit-linked funds,
multivehicle contracts).
Individual and group insurance contracts such as Retirement savings
Retirement plans (French ‘Plan Epargne Retraite’ – PER) with payout in annuities
and/or capital (single or multiple unit-linked investments).
Borrower insurance; Individual protection; Group protection; Individual
Protection–Provident health insurance; Group health insurance; Funeral insurance; Nursing
care insurance.
Personal injury accident; Insurance of the Means of payment; Multi-
Protection–Non-life insurance
risk home insurance; Land motor vehicle insurance; Miscellaneous
(property and casualty)
Risk Insurance.


MEASUREMENT MODELS
Each group of insurance contracts is measured separately, and its value is presented in the balance sheet
either under Insurance and reinsurance contract assets or under Insurance and reinsurance contract
liabilities.

General model applicable to the insurance contracts issued

Initial measurement
Upon initial recognition, the value of a group of insurance contracts issued corresponds to the sum of the
following items:

Liabilities representative of the insurance contracts




Current value of the insurance services or Fulfilment cash flows



Future cash flows estimated as at Discounting Adjustment for non-financial
the effective date of the contract risks
Time value of money and financial (Risk adjustment)
Premiums, services, directly related risks not taken into account in the
costs. estimated flows. Margin for uncertainties on the
estimated future flows.




Contractual service margin
Future expected profits calculated at the subscription of the contract.




Future estimated cash flows
These cash flows are the current estimates of all the amounts that the insurer expects to receive
(for premiums…) or pay to the benefit of insurance policyholders (in relation to life insurance, claims to be




132
compensated, guaranteed benefits and other directly attributable expenses) as part of the fulfilment of
insurance contracts, until their settlement.
These amounts are adjusted to reflect:
▪ the present value of the future cash flows taking into account the time value of money and the financial
risks related to the future cash flows (see Discounting),
▪ the uncertainties about the amount and frequency of the cash flows (see Adjustment for non-financial
risk).

Discounting
The future cash flows estimated are discounted using a risk-free yield curve (swap rate curve) adjusted for
an illiquidity premium to represent the differences in characteristics between the liquid, risk-free financial
instruments and the financial instruments backed insurance contracts (bottom-up approach).

Adjustment for non-financial risk
The discounted cash flows are adjusted to reflect the uncertainties about the amount and frequency of the
future cash flows. This adjustment for non-financial risks is determined using a quantile approach based on
a confidence level of 80% for the Retirement Savings business. Thus, the technical provisions supplemented
with this risk adjustment will allow these estimated future cash flows to be covered in 80% of probable cases,
a level of caution deemed appropriate. For the Protection business, this quantile level is between 80% and
90%.
The calculation method of the adjustment for non-financial risks does not take into account the diversification
effect between the different insurance activities and between the different entities; however, it includes a
diversification by products.

Contractual service margin (CSM)
The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in the
income statement as the insurance services are provided in the future. Its amount is determined at the time
of initial recognition of the group of insurance contracts so that, at that date, neither income nor expense is
recorded in the income statement. In the event of onerous contracts, the expected loss shall immediately
be recognised in profit or loss. This initial loss will later be reversed in profit or loss to offset the expense for
incurred claims.

Subsequent measurement
On each closing date, the carrying amount in the balance sheet of the group of insurance contracts issued
is remeasured. It is then equal to the sum of the following amounts:
▪ the liability for remaining coverage (LRC), for an amount equal to the reestimated value as at the date of
the fulfilment cash flows related to future services (discounted value of the amounts receivable and
payable related to the supply of insurance services on the remaining coverage period and the deposit
components) and, when appropriate, the contractual service margin reestimated on the same date as
described below;
▪ the liability for incurred claims (LIC), for an amount equal to the reestimated value as at the date of the
fulfilment cash flows related to past services (discounted value of the amounts payable in relation to
services on already incurred claims).
Income and expense are recognised for the changes in liabilities for remaining coverage and for incurred
claims, as summarised below:




133
Changes in liability for remaining Changes in liability for incurred claims
coverage
Insurance products ▪ Reversals related to the insurance
services provided during the
period
Insurance services ▪ Losses recognised on onerous ▪ Allocations of liabilities for the
expenses contracts and reversal of these incurred claims and the unfunded
losses expenses incurred during the
period
▪ Subsequent changes in the
fulfilment cash flows relating to the
incurred claims and the unfunded
expenses incurred
Insurance financial ▪ Account taken of the impacts of the ▪ Account taken of the impacts of the
expenses and income time value of money time value of money

On this same closing date, the amount of contractual service margin is adjusted to take notably account, for
all contracts, of:
▪ the impact of the new contracts added to the Group;
▪ the interest capitalised on the carrying amount of the margin at the discounting rate used to determine
the initial margin value;
▪ the reestimate of the fulfilment cash flows (discounted value of the amounts receivable and payable
related to the insurance services provided during the remaining coverage period, excl. estimated
amounts to be paid for already incurred claims that are subject to separate measurement);
▪ the amount recognised as insurance revenue because of the transfer of insurance contract services in
the period.

Moreover, the contractual service margin is recognised in profit or loss according to coverage units that
reflect the amount of service provided and the expected coverage period for the contracts remaining in the
group of contracts.
The contractual service margin is not adjusted for the following changes in cash flows as they are not related
to future services:
▪ inclusion of the impacts (and changes in them) of the time value of money and the financial risk
(for example, the impact of a change in the discounting rate);
▪ changes in estimates of the fulfilment cash flows of liabilities for incurred claims;
▪ adjustments related to experience (difference between the estimate of the amounts expected for the
period and the actual cash flows of the period).
Protection-Provident business
The Group mainly applies the General Model to measure its Protection-Provident contracts (borrower
insurance, funeral, dependency contracts…).
For the Protection – Provident business, the insured value (for example the outstanding capital of the loan
in the context of a borrower contract) is used to measure the quantity of service (or coverage units) provided
or to be provided, in order to recognise a portion of the contractual service margin in the net income of the
period.


General Model adapted to the insurance contracts issued with direct participation features (Variable
Fee Approach)
Insurance contracts issued with direct participation features may be regarded as creating an obligation to
pay to policyholders an amount equal to the fair value of the underlying items (for example, investments in
units of funds), minus a variable fee for the service.
The variable fee:
a) represents the counterparty that a company receives to provide investment services;

134
b) is based on the portion of the performance of the underlying items that varies over time.
Consequently, the variable fee reflects the performance of the underlying items and the other cash
flows necessary for the fulfilment of the contracts.
The general accounting model is adapted to reflect that the consideration received for this type of contract
is a variable fee (Variable Fee Approach - VFA).
This adaptation of the general accounting model is used to measure the groups of insurance contracts for
which:
▪ the contractual clauses specify that the policy holder is entitled to a portion of a clearly defined portfolio
of underlying items;
▪ the entity expects to pay to the policyholder an amount equal to a substantial share of the yield on the
fair value of the underlying items; and
▪ the entity expects any change in the amounts payable to the shareholder to be attributable, substantially,
to a change in fair value of the underlying items.

Eligibility to this measurement model is analysed on the issuance date of the contracts and may
subsequently be reassessed only in case of changes in the contract.
This measurement model is in line with the general model with regards to the following items:
▪ the fulfilment cash flows are measured the same way;
▪ during the initial measurement, the contractual service margin is identical;
▪ the subsequent changes in the fulfilment cash flows associated with the future services adjust the
contractual service margin while the other changes, related to the services provided during the period or
before impact the net income.
There are however several differences:
General model Tailored General model - VFA
Recognition of the changes in ▪ in full in the Statement of net ▪ as an adjustment of the
fulfilment cash flows in income and unrealised or contractual service margin for
relation to the changes in deferred gains and losses the portion of this change
discounting rates and other associated with the insurer’s
financial variables share of underlying items
Determination of the interest ▪ explicitly applying the discount ▪ implicitly when taking account
expense for the capitalisation rate used during the initial of the insurer’s share in the
of interest on the contractual measurement change in fair value of the
service margin underlying items for the
determination of the
contractual service margin


Savings and Retirement business
The Group determined that the majority of life savings insurance contracts and individual and collective
retirement savings contracts issued by its insurance subsidiaries meet the definition of contracts with direct
participation features. These contracts, which make up the Group’s predominant insurance activity (some
99% of the discounted estimated cash flows), are measured using the adapted General model known as
Variable Fee Approach (VFA). The other contracts in these categories are measured based on the General
Model or under IFRS 9 if they meet the definition of an investment contract.


For the Savings and Retirement business, the quantity of service (or coverage units) used for the
amortisation of the contractual service margin (CSM) is intended to reflect, from an economic standpoint,
the asset management service provided by the insurer during the period. This quantity is determined based
on the future cash flows estimated over the ongoing and future periods. An adjustment is made in order to
recognise the CSM at an appropriate pace, taking account of the financial performance of the underlying
assets.




135
General Model adapted to the reinsurance contracts held
Following the issuance of insurance contracts, some risks may be ceded to another insurance company
through reinsurance contracts.
The general accounting model is adapted to take account of the specificities of the reinsurance contracts
held. These reinsurance contracts held are booked under the General Model, modified on the following
features:
Estimate of the fulfilment The fulfilment cash flows take into account the risk of non-fulfilment by
cash flows the issuer of the reinsurance contract (i.e. the risk of not recovering the
expected compensation in the event of default of the reinsurer).
Measurement of the Any net cost or profit determined at initial recognition (determined based
contractual service margin on the estimated amount of premiums payable, expenses to be paid and
during initial recognition compensations to be received) is recognised as a contractual service
margin.
Measurement of the The contractual service margin is adjusted and an income is recognised
contractual service margin in accordingly, when a loss is recognised at initial recognition of a group of
the context of onerous onerous underlying insurance contracts or when onerous underlying
underlying contracts insurance contracts are added to the group.



Simplified model (Premium Allocation Approach)
The standard also allows, under some conditions, for the application of a simplified accounting model for
the contracts whose insurance coverage is lower or equal to 12 months, or for which the measurement of
the Group’s remaining coverage liabilities determined using this approach is not significantly different from
the one that would result from the application of the general model.
The remaining coverage liabilities presented on the balance sheet corresponds to:
▪ the amount of premium received under the contract adjusted for the amounts recognised as insurance
contracts income as the company provides the insurance coverage;
▪ minus the remaining depreciable acquisition costs paid.

If a group of contracts is onerous, the remaining coverage liability is increased up to the estimated future
fulfilment cash flows and a loss is recognised in the income statement.
The incurred claim liability is measured based on the general model. The Group does not discount the
liability when it expects the claims to be settled within one year.
The simplified approach does not require:
▪ an explicit measurement of the contractual service margin;
▪ an update of the remaining coverage liability for the changes in discount rate and financial variables.


Protection – non-life insurance activity
The Group mostly applies the simplified approach to measure its non-life insurance contracts (personal
injuries, means of payment, multi-risk home insurance…).


PRESENTATION OF THE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTS
Expenses and income relating to insurance contracts are presented in the income statement, distinguishing
between:
▪ the income arising from insurance services which includes:
− income from insurance contracts issued;
− insurance services expenses;
− net income or expenses from the reinsurance contracts held;
▪ the financial result of the insurance and reinsurance contracts.




136
Income from insurance contracts issued
The revenues from insurance contracts represent the consideration that the insurance subsidiary expects
to receive (representative of the premium received) against the services provided under the contracts.
The revenues recognised for the period include the amount representative of the premium received as
coverage of the insurance service expenses and the margin expected in relation to the services provided
during the period.
Many insurance contracts providing investment services include a deposit component, which is an amount
paid by the policyholder and repaid by the insurer even when the insured event does not take place. These
deposit components are excluded from the income statement, as the collection and repayment of a deposit
are not, respectively, an income and an expense.

Insurance services expenses
Insurance services expenses reflect the costs incurred to provide services over the period, including those
associated with the claims incurred, and excluding the deposit component.
The expenses recorded over the period include the insurance services expenses related to the services
provided for the incurred claims during the current or past periods and other amounts such as the
amortisation of the insurance acquisition costs, the costs on onerous contracts and their reversals.

Income and expenses of the reinsurance contracts held.
Income and expenses are representative of the amounts recovered from reinsurers and of the allocation of
the premiums paid for this coverage.

Financial income and expenses of insurance contracts
The fulfilment cash flows and contractual service margin are booked on a discounted basis reflecting the
frequency of cash flows. Over time, the effect of the time value of money decreases, which is reflected in
the income statement as an insurance financial expense (the present value of future disbursements
increases). Indeed, the financing costs (financial expenses of the contracts) of insurance are similar to the
interest paid by the insurer on an early payment (in the form of a premium) and reflect the fact that the
insurer usually receives the premiums in advance and pays benefits at a later date.
Finance income or expenses from insurance also include the effects on the carrying amount of insurance
contracts of some changes in financial assumptions (namely discount rate and other financial variables).
The effect of the changes in discount rates and other financial variables is recognised over the period during
which the changes occurred. The Group has elected, for most of its groups of contracts, to present the effect
of these changes in a disaggregated manner between the income statement and equity. The aim of this
choice is to minimise accounting mismatch between the investments of the insurance activity (associated
to the financial assets held to cover the insurance contracts) and the financial expenses of the insurance
contracts. This choice is made for each group of insurance contracts.



The Group decided to present the Notes detailing the financial data of the insurance subsidiaries
distinguishing between the data attributed to the insurance contracts within the scope of IFRS 17
(columns headed Insurance contracts) including the measurement of these contracts and the investments
backing them. These data also distinguish between the insurance contracts issued with direct participation
features measured using the VFA model and their underlying investments.
The financial data of the investment contracts without participation features and without insurance
component (contracts within the scope of IFRS 9) as well as all financial instruments that are not backing
insurance contracts within the scope of IFRS 17 (ex: financial instruments negotiated in the context of the
investment of equity) are presented separately from the other financial data in the Others column.

As a reminder, on the transition date of 1 January 2022, the Group applied a modified retrospective
approach for the measurement of savings life insurance contracts and retirement savings contracts which
represent the vast majority of its contracts. Damage Protection contracts were subject to a complete



137
retrospective approach. For Personal protection contracts, a complete or modified retrospective approach
has been implemented on a case-by-case basis.

The future cash flows of the assets and liabilities of the insurance contract assets and liabilities are
discounted using a risk-free rate curve (swap rate curve) modified by an illiquidity premium per entity and
per activity. The following table shows the average discount rates used:

Table 4.3.A


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R

Average discount rate 5 10 15 20 40 5 10 15 20 40
1 year 1 year
for the euro years years years years years years years years years years

Savings and retirement 4.27% 3.24% 3.31% 3.39% 3.34% 3.27% 3.73% 3.69% 3.66% 3.58% 3.32% 3.12%
Protection 3.74% 2.74% 2.77% 2.83% 2.74% 2.82% 3.21% 3.17% 3.14% 3.06% 2.80% 2.74%




138
1. EXCERPT FROM THE BALANCE SHEET OF THE INSURANCE ACTIVITY

The tables below present the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities recognised on the balance sheet
of the Group’s insurance subsidiaries for:
− Insurance contracts or investment contracts;
− Investments made (whether or not backed by insurance contracts).

DETAIL OF ASSETS


Table 4.3.B

31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Insurance contracts Insurance contracts
With direct Other Total With direct Other Total
participations Other participations Other
(In EUR m) features features
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 107,864 211 3,794 111,869 92,759 216 4,739 97,714
Trading portfolio 547 - 20 567 833 - 25 858
Shares and other equity securities - - - - - - 17 17
Trading derivatives 547 - 20 567 833 - 8 841
Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit
93,912 205 3,725 97,842 78,677 210 4,712 83,599
or loss
Bonds and other debt securities 30,332 14 117 30,463 21,968 21 229 22,218
Shares and other equity securities 62,563 186 3,304 66,053 55,671 184 4,086 59,941
Loans, receivables and securities puchased under resale
1,017 5 304 1,326 1,038 5 397 1,440
agreements
Financial instruments measured using fair value option through
13,405 6 49 13,460 13,249 6 2 13,257
profit or loss
Bonds and other debt securities 13,405 6 49 13,460 13,249 6 2 13,257
Hedging derivatives 140 - - 140 121 - - 121

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
51,257 1,417 226 52,900 53,971 1,326 200 55,497
income

Debt instruments 51,257 1,417 226 52,900 53,971 1,326 200 55,497
Bonds and other debt securities 51,243 1,415 226 52,884 53,930 1,326 200 55,456
Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale
14 2 - 16 41 - - 41
agreements
(1)
Financial assets at amortised cost 718 614 5,368 6,700 1,155 263 4,670 6,088

Investment Property 729 - 1 730 876 - 1 877

(2)
TOTAL INVESTMENTS OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES 160,708 2,242 9,389 172,339 148,882 1,805 9,610 160,297

Deferred acquisition costs - - - - 6 - - 6
Insurance contracts issued assets - 81 - 81 - 42 - 42

Reinsurance contracts held assets - 378 - 378 - 305 - 305

TOTAL INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS ASSETS - 459 - 459 6 347 - 353


(1) The financial assets at amortised cost are mainly related to Debt securities at amortised cost and Loans and
receivables due from banks at amortised cost
(2) The Group has chosen to keep in the consolidated accounts investments made with Group companies measured
at fair value through profit or loss in representation of unit-linked liabilities




139
DETAIL OF LIABILITIES


Table 4.3.C


31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R


Insurance contracts Insurance contracts

Other Total Other Total
With direct With direct
participations Other participations Other
(In EUR m) features features
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 82 - 4,017 4,099 78 - 3,520 3,598
Trading portfolio 82 - 503 585 47 - 572 619
Borrowings and securities sold under repurchase agreements - - - - - - 33 33
Trading derivatives 82 - 503 585 47 - 539 586

Financial instruments measured using fair value option through profit or
- - 3,514 3,514 31 - 2,946 2,977
loss (1)

Hedging derivatives - - - - - - - -
Debt securities issued - - - - - - - -
Due to banks 2,442 6 84 2,532 2,116 74 45 2,235

Customer deposits - - 4 4 - - 3 3

TOTAL OF FINANCIAL LIABILITIES FROM INSURANCE ACTIVITIES 2,524 6 4,105 6,635 2,194 74 3,568 5,836

Insurance contracts issued liabilities 138,976 2,746 - 141,722 133,795 2,079 - 135,874

Reinsurance contracts held liabilities - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1

TOTAL INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS LIABILITIES 138,976 2,747 - 141,723 133,795 2,080 - 135,875


(1) The financial instruments measured using the fair value option correspond to the unit-linked contracts without
participation features.




2. PERFORMANCE OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

The tables below show the details of the income and expenses recognised in the income statement or in
the gains and losses directly recognised in equity by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries for:
▪ the commercial performance of insurance services presented within the Net income of insurance
services,
▪ the financial performance related to the management of contracts resulting from:
− the financial income and expenses recognised on insurance contracts,
− the financial income and expenses recognised on the investments backed on contracts,
▪ the financial performance of the other investments.




140
2.1 DETAIL OF PERFORMANCE OF INSURANCE ACTIVITIES


Table 4.3.D

2023 2022 R
Insurance contracts Insurance contracts
With direct Other Total With direct Other Total
participations Other participations Other
(In EUR m) features features

Financial result of investments and other transactions from
6,527 110 124 6,761 (4,208) (7) (36) (4,251)
insurance activities

Interest and similar income 1,477 33 168 1,678 1,738 39 119 1,896
Interest and similar expense (261) (11) (113) (385) (238) (19) (87) (344)
Fee income 10 - 1 11 9 12 - 21
Fee expense (16) (3) (3) (22) (16) (1) (1) (18)
Net gains and losses on financial transactions 5,411 92 74 5,577 (5,723) (23) (91) (5,837)

o/w gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through
5,467 97 74 5,638 (5,581) (20) (82) (5,683)
profit or loss

o/w gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through
(56) - - (56) (142) - - (142)
other comprehensive income
o/w gains and losses from the derecognition of financial
- (5) - (5) - (3) (9) (12)
instruments at amortised cost

Cost of credit risk from financial assets related to insurance activities 7 - - 7 1 - - 1

Net income from other activities (1) (101) (1) (3) (105) 21 (15) 24 30
Insurance service result 958 620 1,578 930 549 1,479

Income from insurance contracts issued 1,259 2,280 3,539 1,120 1,984 3,104
Insurance service expenses (301) (1,677) (1,978) (190) (1,416) (1,606)
Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held - 17 17 - (19) (19)

Financial result of insurance services (6,245) (35) (6,280) 4,053 22 4,075

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued (6,245) (40) (6,285) 4,053 (23) 4,030

Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held - 5 5 - 45 45




Unrealised or deferred gains and losses from investments that will
2,137 72 10 2,219 (10,032) (259) (17) (10,308)
be reclassified subsequently into income

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other
2,099 72 10 2,181 (9,843) (259) (17) (10,119)
comprehensive income

Revaluation of hedging derivatives 38 - - 38 (189) - - (189)

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses from insurance contracts
(2,150) 16 (2,134) 10,025 25 10,050
that will be reclassified subsequently into income

Revaluation of insurance contracts issued (2,147) 17 (2,130) 10,025 42 10,067

Revaluation of the reinsurance contracts held (3) (1) (4) - (17) (17)

(1) The item Net income from other activities corresponds to Income from other activities and Expenses from other
activities




141
2.2 MONITORING OF THE AMOUNT OF THE GAINS AND LOSSES DIRECTLY RECOGNISED IN EQUITY FOR
DEBTS INSTRUMENTS UNDERLYING CONTRACTS WITH DIRECT PARTICIPATION FEATURES PRESENT AS
AT THE TRANSITION DATE


The Group elected, for the groups of contracts with direct participation features, to recognise in the Net
income of the period the financial income or expenses that eliminate accounting mismatches with the income
or expenses recognised in the Net income for the underlying items held. Consequently, insurance
subsidiaries directly recognise in equity the difference between the total financial income or expenses to be
booked for the period for the contracts with direct participation features and the amount recognised in the
Net income to eliminate an accounting mismatch.
The table below shows the changes in cumulative amount of the financial income and expenses related to
insurance activities recognised directly in equity in relation to the contracts with direct participation features
identified as at 1 January 2022 (date of transition to the new measurement method of contracts provided
by IFRS 17).

Table 4.3.E

2023 2022 R

Cumulative amounts included in OCI for debt Cumulative amounts included in OCI for debt
instruments underlying direct participation instruments underlying direct participation
contracts present on the date of transition contracts present on the date of transition
Opening balance (4,308) 5,577
Unrealised or deferred gains and losses for the period and Unrealised
1,942 (9,885)
or deferred gains and losses reclassified in profit or loss
Closing balance (2,366) (4,308)




3. DETAILS RELATING TO OUTSTANDING INSURANCE CONTRACTS

The Group elected not to show detailed information regarding the reinsurance contracts held owing to their
low materiality Group-wide.

SUMMARY OF THE OUTSTANDING STOCK


Table 4.3.F

2023 2022 R
Insurance contracts Insurance contracts
With direct Other Total With direct Other Total
participations Other participations Other
(In EUR m) features features
Insurance contracts issued assets - 81 - 81 - 42 - 42
o/w insurance contracts measured under the
- 46 - 46 - 40 - 40
general model
Insurance contracts issued liabilities 138,976 2,746 - 141,722 133,795 2,079 - 135,874
o/w insurance contracts measured under the
138,976 1,474 - 140,450 133,795 1,072 - 134,867
general model
Reinsurance contracts held assets - 378 - 378 - 305 - 305
o/w reinsurance contracts measured under the
- 137 - 137 - 110 - 110
general model
Reinsurance contracts held liabilities - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1
o/w reinsurance contracts measured under the
- - - - - - - -
general model
Investment contracts (1) - - 3,514 3,514 - - 2,976 2,976

(1) Investment contracts with no discretionary participation features measured at fair value through profit or loss using
the fair value option.




142
DETAILED NET INCOME FROM INSURANCE SERVICES
The table below shows the Net income from insurance services. The way in which the Insurance income
and expenses are recognised are detailed in the accounting principles under the Presentation of the financial
performance of insurance contracts heading.

Table 4.3.G


2023 2022 R

Insurance contracts Insurance contracts
with direct with direct
participations Other Total participations Other Total
(In EUR m) features features
Income from insurance contracts issued 1 259 2 280 3 539 1 120 1 984 3 104
Contracts measured under the general model 1 259 1 040 2 299 1 120 998 2 118
Income of premiums (relating to changes in Liabilities for
Remaining Coverage) relative to:
- Deferred acquisition costs 25 170 195 45 175 220
- Expected claims and handling costs 147 441 588 156 437 593
- Expected non financial risk adjustment 272 115 387 145 123 268
- Expected contractual services margin 815 314 1 129 774 263 1 037
Contracts measured under the PAA - 1 240 1 240 - 986 986
Insurance service expenses (301) (1 677) (1 978) (190) (1 416) (1 606)
Amortisation of acquisition costs (25) (288) (313) (45) (304) (349)
Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and
non-financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred (276) (1 645) (1 921) (148) (1 344) (1 492)
Claims) - Incurred in the period
Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and
handling costs (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) - Past - 265 265 3 255 258
services
Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in
- (9) (9) - (23) (23)
Liabilities for Remaining Coverage)

Net income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held - 17 17 - (19) (19)

INSURANCE SERVICE RESULT 958 620 1 578 930 549 1 479




143
3.1 INSURANCE CONTRACTS MEASURED UNDER THE GENERAL MODEL (INCLUDING INSURANCE
CONTRACTS ISSUED WITH DIRECT PARTICIPATION FEATURES) AND THE SIMPLIFIED MODEL


TABLE OF RECONCILIATION OF THE INSURANCE CONTRACTS LIABILITIES BY TYPE OF COVERAGE
(REMAINING COVERAGE AND CLAIMS INCURRED)


Table 4.3.H

2023
Incurred claims
Remaining coverage Incurred claims (measured under the PAA)
(measured
Present value Total
Excluding the Loss under the Non financial
general model ) of the future
loss component component risk adjustment
(In EUR m) cash flows

Insurance contracts issued liabilities 134,009 21 944 820 80 135,874
Insurance contracts issued assets (39) 5 (10) 2 - (42)
NET BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 133,970 26 934 822 80 135,832
(1)
Income from insurance contracts issued (3,539) - - - - (3,539)
Insurance service expenses 313 9 796 854 6 1,978
Amortisation of acquisition costs 313 - - - - 313
Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and non-
financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) - - - 987 893 41 1,921
Incurred in the period

Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and handling
- - (191) (39) (35) (265)
costs (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) - Past services

Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in
- 9 - - - 9
Liabilities for Remaining Coverage)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued
(2) 8,394 1 (5) 23 2 8,415

Changes relative to the deposits component including in the
(14,635) - 14,635 - - -
insurance contract

Other changes (328) - 128 499 18 317
Cash flows: 14,893 - (15,470) (785) - (1,362)
Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received
15,348 - - - - 15,348
included in the remaining coverage)
Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred
- - (15,470) (785) - (16,255)
claims liabilities)
Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining
coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or (455) - - - - (455)
amortisations)
NET BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 139,068 36 1,018 1,413 106 141,641
Insurance contracts issued liabilities 139,155 32 985 1,444 106 141,722
Insurance contracts issued assets (87) 4 33 (31) - (81)

(1) Of which, for the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model
excluding the VFA model): EUR 371 million using the modified retrospective approach. Products from insurance
contracts issued with direct participation are not monitored because the Group does not subdivide these contracts
into annual cohorts in accordance with the exemption adopted by the European Union.
(2) This heading includes the financial expenses and income that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of
insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified
later in profit or loss.




144
Table 4.3.I

2022 R
Incurred claims
Remaining coverage
Incurred claims (measured under the PAA)
(measured
Present value Total
Excluding the Loss under the Non financial
general model ) of the future
loss component component risk adjustment
(In EUR m) cash flows

Insurance contracts issued liabilities 148,665 4 1,060 780 56 150,565
Insurance contracts issued assets (72) - 27 2 - (43)
NET BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 148,593 4 1,087 782 56 150,522
(1)
Income from insurance contracts issued (3,104) - - - - (3,104)
Insurance service expenses 349 23 607 600 27 1,606
Amortisation of acquisition costs 349 - - - - 349
Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and non-
financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) - - - 792 665 35 1,492
Incurred in the period

Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and handling
- - (185) (65) (8) (258)
costs (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) - Past services

Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in
- 23 - - - 23
Liabilities for Remaining Coverage)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued
(2) (14,043) (1) (16) (31) (4) (14,095)

Changes relative to the deposits component including in the
(14,132) - 14,132 - - -
insurance contract

Other changes 293 - (291) (322) 1 (319)
Cash flows 16,014 - (14,585) (207) - 1,222
Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received
16,375 - - - - 16,375
included in the remaining coverage)
Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred
- - (14,585) (207) - (14,792)
claims liabilities)
Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining
coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or (361) - - - - (361)
amortisations)
NET BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 133,970 26 934 822 80 135,832
Insurance contracts issued liabilities 134,009 21 944 820 80 135,874
Insurance contracts issued assets (39) 5 (10) 2 - (42)

(1) Of which, for the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model):
EUR 634 million using the modified retrospective approach. Products from insurance contracts issued with direct
participation are not monitored because the Group does not subdivide these contracts into annual cohorts in
accordance with the exemption adopted by the European Union.
(2) This heading includes the financial expenses and income that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of
insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified
later in profit or loss.




145
3.2 CONTRACTS MEASURED UNDER THE GENERAL MODEL (INCLUDING INSURANCE CONTRACTS ISSUED
WITH DIRECT PARTICIPATION)


TABLE OF RECONCILIATION OF THE INSURANCE CONTRACTS LIABILITIES ISSUED BY ESTIMATE
COMPONENTS (DISCOUNTED FUTURE CASH FLOWS, ADJUSTMENT FOR NON-FINANCIAL RISK AND
CONTRACTUAL SERVICE MARGIN


Table 4.3.J

2023

Present value of the Non financial risk Contractual services
Total
future cash flows adjustment margin
(In EUR m)
Insurance contracts issued liabilities 123,297 3,452 8,118 134,867
Insurance contracts issued assets (214) 40 134 (40)
NET BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY 123,083 3,492 8,252 134,827
Changes that relate to future services (3,018) 767 2,266 15
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM (2,582) 622 1,960 -
Changes in estimates that result in losses and reversals on onerous contracts
11 1 - 12
(ie, that do not adjust the CSM)
Effect of new contracts recognised in the year (447) 144 306 3
Changes that relate to current services 311 (308) (1,129) (1,126)

Contractual services margin recognised in profit or loss for services provided - - (1,129) (1,129)

Change in non-financial risk adjustment for risk expired - (308) - (308)
Experiences adjustments 311 - - 311

Changes that relate to past services (ie, changes in fullfilment cash flows
(137) (54) - (191)
relative to incurred claims)

(1)
Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued 8,370 1 18 8,389

Other changes 376 3 (39) 340
Cash flows (1,850) - - (1,850)
Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the
13,954 - - 13,954
remaining coverage)
Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims
(15,470) - - (15,470)
liabilities)
Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following
(334) - - (334)
the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)
NET BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 127,135 3,901 9,368 140,404
Insurance contracts issued liabilities (2) 127,374 3,844 9,232 140,450
Insurance contracts issued assets (2) (239) 57 136 (46)

(1) This heading includes the financial income and expenses that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of
insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified
later in profit or loss.
(2) Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured
under the general model excluding the VFA model): EUR 255 million using the modified retrospective approach.
The stock of contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date is not monitored
on the VFA model because the Group does not distinguish between annual cohorts on this scope (see exemption
on annual cohorts in the Accounting Principles on contract groupings).




146
Table 4.3.K

2022 R



Present value of the Non financial risk Contractual services
(In EUR m) future cash flows adjustment margin Total
Insurance contracts issued liabilities 138,337 3,064 8,269 149,670
Insurance contracts issued assets (229) 52 135 (42)
NET BALANCE AS AT 1 JANUARY (1) 138,108 3,116 8,404 149,628
Changes that relate to future services (1,586) 667 945 26
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM (1,157) 439 718 -
Changes in estimates that result in losses and reversals on onerous contracts
18 2 - 20
(ie, that do not adjust the CSM)
Effect of new contracts recognised in the year (447) 226 227 6
Changes that relate to current services 115 (194) (1,036) (1,115)

Contractual services margin recognised in profit or loss for services provided - - (1,036) (1,036)

Change in non-financial risk adjustment for risk expired - (194) - (194)
Experiences adjustments 115 - - 115
Changes that relate to past services (ie, changes in fullfilment cash flows
(108) (77) - (185)
relative to incurred claims)
(2)
Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued (14,037) (39) 16 (14,060)

Other changes 254 19 (77) 196
Cash flows 337 - - 337
Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the
15,261 - - 15,261
remaining coverage)
Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims
(14,585) - - (14,585)
liabilities)
Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following
(339) - - (339)
the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)
NET BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 123,083 3,492 8,252 134,827
Insurance contracts issued liabilities (3) 123,297 3,452 8,118 134,867
Insurance contracts issued assets (3) (214) 40 134 (40)

(1) Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts and measured under the BBA general
model: EUR 808 million using the modified retrospective approach and measured under the VFA model EUR 7,590
million using the modified retrospective approach.
(2) This heading includes the financial income and expenses that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of
insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified
later in profit or loss.
(3) Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured
under the general model): EUR 390 million using the modified retrospective approach. The stock of contractual
service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date is not monitored on the VFA model because
the Group does not distinguish between annual cohorts on this scope (see exemption on annual cohorts in the
Accounting Principles on contract groupings).




147
DETAILED EFFECT OF THE NEW CONTRACTS RECOGNISED DURING THE PERIOD


Table 4.3.L


2023 2022 R

Insurance contracts o/w transfer of Insurance contracts o/w transfer of
(In EUR m) issued contracts issued contracts
Present value of:

Estimated cash outflows 6,846 - 7,245 -

o/w acquisitions costs 334 - 339 -

o/w costs of claims and handling costs 6,512 - 6,906 -

Estimated cash inflows (7,296) - (7,698) -

Non-financial risk adjustment 144 - 226 -

Contractual services margin 306 - 227 -

Loss component on onerous contracts 3 - 6 -

Total 3 - 6 -



3.3 DETAILS ON THE PROJECTED ITEMS RELATING TO THE MEASUREMENT OF CONTRACTS


SCHEDULING OF THE CASH FLOWS RELATED TO THE INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS
LIABILITIES
Table 4.3.M


(In EUR m) Up to 3 months 3 months to 1 year 1 to 5 years More than 5 years 31.12.2023
Insurance and reinsurance contracts
3,571 9,188 36,538 92,426 141,723
liabilities


EXPECTED RECOGNITION IN THE INCOME STATEMENT OF THE CONTRACTUAL SERVICE MARGIN
DETERMINED AT THE END OF THE PERIOD (1)


Table 4.3.N


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Expected years before recognising CSM in profit or loss Insurance contracts issued Insurance contracts issued
1 to 5 years 3,901 3,520
6 to 10 years 1,913 1,973
> 10 years 3,554 2,759
Total 9,368 8,252

(1) The contractual service margin determined at the end of the period does not include future new insurance contracts,
and insurance contracts valued according to the simplified model. Furthermore, this contractual service margin
includes the discounting effect and the adjustment taking into account the financial performance of the underlying
assets.




148
4. INSURANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Insurance risk is the risk of loss inherent in the insurance business; the Group is exposed to it through its
insurance subsidiaries. In addition to asset and liability risk management (interest rate, valuation,
counterparty and exchange rate risk), this covers the risks related to premium pricing, mortality and increase
in the number of claims.

1. MANAGEMENT OF INSURANCE RISK


There are two main types of insurance risk:
▪ technical risks, and particularly underwriting risk in life insurance, individual personal protection and
non-life insurance. These risks may be biometric: disability, longevity, mortality, or related to
policyholders’ behaviour (risk of surrender). To a lesser extent, in non-life and health insurance, such
risks may also arise from claims pricing, selection and management, or from disaster risk;
▪ risks associated with financial markets and asset-liability management: the Insurance business
line, mainly through life insurance on the French market, is exposed to hazards in financial markets
(changes in interest rates and stock market fluctuations). These market hazards can be aggravated by
policyholder behaviour (particularly in the case of surrender of savings life insurance policies) insofar as
the amount of benefits on savings life insurance policies depends on the financial performance of the
assets. This interaction between assets and liabilities is considered in the valuation of future cash flows.


The savings life insurance portfolio constitutes the majority of commitments for an amount of
EUR 138,976 million as at 31 December 2023 recognised as Insurance contracts issued liabilities with direct
participation features (EUR 133,795 million as at 31 December 2022). In addition, the commitments of the
protection portfolio recognised in Insurance contracts issued liabilities excluding direct participation feature
amounted to EUR 2,746 million as at 31 December 2023 (EUR 2,079 million as at 31 December 2022).


Managing these risks is at the core of the Insurance business line activity. It is carried out by qualified and
experienced teams, with significant and appropriate IT resources. Risks are regularly monitored and
reported within the framework of risk policies validated by the Board of Directors of the entities.


1.1 TECHNICAL RISK MANAGEMENT


Technical risk management are based on the following:
▪ heightened security for the risk acceptance process, with the aim of ensuring that the ab initio pricing
matches the policyholder’s risk profile and underwritten guarantees;
▪ regular monitoring of claim indicators in order to adjust some product parameters, such as the pricing or
the level of coverage, if necessary;
▪ implementation of a reinsurance plan to protect the business line against major/serial claims;
▪ establishment of committees to monitor portfolio risks and decide on the launch of significant new
products;
▪ implementation of the policies on subscription, provisioning and reinsurance risks.

Risk concentration
The most material exposures in the portfolio are diversified on the French territory and do not show any
specific concentration with regard to the French insurance market. The ALM and Risk Management
Committee of the Insurance business line sets concentration limits per issuer and for certain sectors. This
committee is regularly informed of the exposures and possible exceedances.




149
1.2 RISK MANAGEMENT RELATED TO FINANCIAL MARKETS AND ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT


The management of the risks linked to the financial markets and asset-liability management is an
integral part of the investment strategy just like long-term performance objectives. The optimisation of these
two factors is highly influenced by the asset/liability balances. Liability commitments (guarantees offered to
customers, policies length of detention), as well as the amounts booked under the major items on the
accounting and prudential balance sheet (shareholders’ equity, net income, provisions etc.) are analysed by
the Finance, Investments and Risk division of the Insurance business line.
The management of the risks related to financial markets (interest rate, credit and equity) and to asset-
liability management is based on the following:
▪ monitoring short- and long-term cash flows (match between the duration of the liabilities and assets,
liquidity risk management);
▪ particular monitoring of policyholder behaviour (surrender);
▪ close monitoring of financial markets;
▪ hedging against interest rate risks (both upside and downside);
▪ hedging against equity risk downside;
▪ determination of thresholds and limits per counterparty, per issuer rating and per asset class;
▪ performance of stress tests, the result of which are presented annually to the entities’ Board of Directors,
as part of the ORSA (Own Risk and Solvency Assessment), transferred to the ACPR after approval by
the Board;
▪ organisation of committees to monitor the portfolio and to rule on investment decisions; implementation
of the asset-liability management and investment risk policies.

Concentration of market risk and credit risk
The companies in the Insurance business line invest in the various types of financial products while
respecting a prudent investment risk management policy. Within each type of securities, exposures are
diversified in terms of geography, issuers and sectors. The implementation of this policy is characterised by
the definition of thresholds, limits and constraints. The main concentrations are monitored within the
framework of the ALM and Risk Management Committee. Similarly, the concentration of credit risk is subject
to thresholds and limits. Any crossing of thresholds or limits is reported to the ALM and Risk Management
Committee, an emanation of the Board of Directors.


1.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK


The Sogecap group is subject to the European "Solvency 2" framework. The capital requirement is
determined using the standard formula and the yield curve with the volatility adjustment provided by the
European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority.


2. INSURANCE RISK MODELING


In savings life insurance, the ALM stochastic model takes into account asset/liability interactions and
integrates assumptions regarding policyholder behaviour (surrenders, death, arbitrage), the behaviour of
the insurer (interest rate policy in line with the investment policy), the use of financial reserves, and the
modelling of fees and commissions.
In protection, liabilities are projected based on adapted models that reflect the flows of premiums, claims
and fees related to the management of these claims. They include assumptions and calculation parameters
such as experience or mortality tables, fall or early repayment rates depending on the product, overhead
rates, inflation, etc.
The models used in relation to Insurance activities are reviewed by the Risk and Actuarial Supervision
Department, which is the second line of defence in the context of model risk management. The review work
focuses on the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of design and development) of the models,
their use, the compliance of their implementation and the continuous monitoring of their relevance over time.


150
The independent review process ends with (i) the publication of a report describing the scope of the review,
tests performed, results, conclusions or recommendations and by (ii) Validation committees.


3. INSURANCE RISK EXPOSURES AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSES

TECHNICAL INSURANCE RISKS
In life insurance, the Insurance business line is mainly exposed to surrender risks due to the preponderance
of euro-denominated contracts in life insurance and borrower’ insurance, and to a lesser extent, to mortality
risk. The risk of surrender in life insurance is mitigated by the loss absorption capacity of the technical
reserves (ability to reduce the level of discretionary profit-sharing attributed to policyholders). The Group
implements a reinsurance program mainly to mitigate the mortality risks carried in the borrowers' insurance,
individual personal protection and term life insurance contracts.
Sensitivity of the insurance business line to underwriting risk on the “Savings” scope (insurance
contracts with direct participation features):


Table 4.3.O
31.12.2023

Impact On the Net
Risk factors Shock used Impact on the capital
Income

5% of outstanding 2023
Increase in surrender (13) (13)
year end


In property and casualty insurance, the Group is exposed to underwriting risk, i.e. the risk of loss of capital
resulting from the difference between the costs related to the claims expected when pricing and the actual
costs resulting from unfavourable changes in one or more risk factors (deviation in the frequency, the
average costs, occurrence of atypical events).

FINANCIAL RISKS
Market risk: Given the preponderance of savings life insurance among its insurance business line, the
Group is mainly exposed to market risk, defined as the risk of loss of capital on the value of financial
instruments resulting from variations in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and
correlations between these parameters. The parameters concerned are, in particular exchange rates,
interest rates, as well as the prices of securities (shares, bonds), financial derivatives, real estate assets or
any other assets.
Sensitivities have been identified in relation to the main financial risk factors analysed either alone or in
combination. They take into account policyholder behaviours (in particular surrender) and are net of tax and
net of the participation allocated to policyholders.




151
Sensitivity of the insurance business line to market risks in the Savings scope (insurance contracts
with direct participation):


Table 4.3.P
31.12.2023

Impact On the Net
Risk factors Shock used Impact on the capital
Income

Rising rates +50 bps (8) (8)
Lower rates -50 bps 11 11
Decline in equities -10% (17) (17)


Liquidity risk: In the context of insurance operations, liquidity risk corresponds to the inability of the Insurance
business line to meet its contractual obligations and settle reported claims (potential losses incurred in the
event of forced sales of assets or when financial assets are invested in illiquid markets). Liquidity risk is
governed by the investment risk management policy and the risk management policy of the Insurance
business line; The rules for allocating asset portfolios lead to a diversification of these portfolios and a
limitation of investments in low liquidity assets (private equity, real estate, etc.).
ALM studies on liquidity risk ensure that the investment structure of the Insurance business line is consistent
with its insurance commitments. The framework for strategic asset allocation also makes it possible to limit
this risk.

Credit risk: The implementation of thresholds and limits per counterparty makes it possible to limit this risk
on financial assets. Information on the credit risk of the financial assets of the insurance business is detailed
in Note 3.8. In addition, the default risk of reinsurers (representative of the claims receivable net of premiums
to be paid) is mitigated by collateral received from reinsurers, mainly in the form of high-quality securities
or cash.




152
NOTE 4.4 - OTHER ASSETS AND LIABILITIES


1. OTHER ASSETS

Table 4.4.A

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
(1)
Guarantee deposits paid 51,611 67,768
Settlement accounts on securities transactions 2,835 3,895
o/w due from clearing houses bearing credit risk 163 262
Prepaid expenses 1,680 1,387
(2)
Miscellaneous receivables 14,111 9,684
o/w miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk (3) 6,404 4,208
Gross amount 70,237 82,734
Impairments (472) (419)
(3)
Credit risk (328) (295)
Other risks (144) (124)
Net amount 69,765 82,315
(1) Mainly relates to guarantee deposits paid on financial instruments, their fair value is assumed to be the same as
their book value net of impairment for credit risk.
(2) Miscellaneous receivables primarily include trade receivables, fee income and income from other activities to be
received. The operating leases receivables equal to EUR 2,325 million as of 31 December 2023, compared to
EUR 1,258 million as of 31 December 2022.
(3) Net value of miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk amounts to EUR 6,076 million as of
31 December 2023, compared to EUR 3,913 million as of 31 December 2022 (see Note 3.8).




2. OTHER LIABILITIES

Table 4.4.B

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
(1)
Guarantee deposits received 53,253 74,306
Settlement accounts on securities transactions 3,576 4,759
Expenses payable on employee benefits 2,566 2,610
Lease liability 2,065 2,104
Deferred income 1,643 1,297
(2)
Miscellaneous payables 30,555 22,239
Total 93,658 107,315
(1) Mainly relates to guarantee deposits received on financial instruments, their fair value is assumed to be the same
as their book value.
(2) Miscellaneous payables primarily include trade payables, fee expense and expense from other activities to be paid.




153
NOTE 5 - OTHER GENERAL OPERATING EXPENSES

Table 5.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
(1)
Personnel expenses Note 5.1 (10,645) (10,052)
(1)
Other operating expenses Note 5.2 (6,887) (7,009)
Other general operating expenses attributable to the insurance
683 636
contracts (2)
Total (16,849) (16,425)
(1) The amount of Personnel expenses and Other administrative expenses detailed in Note 5.1 and Note 5.2 are
presented in the income statement before reallocation in the Net Banking Income of the expenses attributable to
insurance contracts.
(2) The Other general operating expenses attributable to insurance contracts are recognised during the period as
service expenses relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued, except for acquisition costs which are
recorded in the balance sheet to be recognised in profit or loss in subsequent periods.



EVENT AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Plan to implement organisational changes in Societe Generale head office in France

On 5 February 2024, Societe Generale has announced a plan to implement organisational changes in its
head office in France to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operational efficiency.

Several French head office entities are considering organisational changes that require specific social
support measures. The objective is to group and pool certain activities and functions, remove hierarchical
layers to streamline decision-making, and resize certain teams due to reviews of projects or processes.

This reorganisation project has been submitted for consultation with the staff representative bodies.
Following the completion of the consultation scheduled for the second quarter of 2024, the implementation
of these organisational changes would result in approximately 900 job cuts at head office without forced
departures (i.e. approximately 5% of head office staff).

The cost of the social support measures that will be recorded as provision during the first quarter of 2024 is
estimated to be around EUR 0.3 billion.




154
NOTE 5.1 - PERSONNEL EXPENSES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Employee benefits correspond to the compensation granted by the Group to its
employees in exchange for work carried out during the annual reporting period.
All forms of compensation for work rendered are recorded in the expenses:
- whether it be paid to employees or to outside social security agencies;
MAKE
IT - whether it be paid during the annual reporting period or to be paid by the Group in
SIMPLE the future as entitlements to employees (pension plans, retirement benefits…);

- whether it be paid in cash or in Societe Generale shares (free share plans, stock
options).



NOTE 5.1.1 - PERSONNEL EXPENSES AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Personnel expenses include all expenses related to personnel, including employee benefits and expenses
related to payments based on Societe Generale shares.
Short-term employee benefits are recorded under Personnel expenses during the period according to the
services provided by the employee.
The accounting principles relating to post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits are described
in Note 5.1.2.
Personnel expenses include related party transactions, within the meaning of IAS 24.
The Group has selected as related parties:
− directors, corporate officers (the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive
Officers) and spouses and children living in their households;
− the following subsidiaries: subsidiaries controlled exclusively or jointly and companies over which
Societe Generale exercises significant influence;
− entities controlled exclusively or jointly by a related party that is an individual.



1. PERSONNEL EXPENSES


Table 5.1.1.A


(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Employee compensation (7,708) (7,244)
Social security charges and payroll taxes (1,749) (1,655)
Net pension expenses - defined contribution plans (772) (709)
Net pension expenses - defined benefit plans (69) (61)
Employee profit-sharing and incentives (347) (383)
Total (10,645) (10,052)
Including net expenses from share - based payments (254) (196)




155
2. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

REMUNERATION OF THE GROUP’S MANAGERS
This includes amounts effectively paid by the Group to Directors and corporate officers as remuneration
(including employer contributions) and other benefits as indicated below according to the nomenclature of
IAS 24 – paragraph 17.

Table 5.1.1.B

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Short-term benefits 13.2 10.0
Post-employment benefits 0.5 0.4
Long-term benefits - -
Termination benefits - -
Share-based payments 2.2 2.4
Total 15.9 12.8


RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The transactions with members of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officers and members of their
families included in this note only comprise loans and guarantees outstanding as at 31 December 2023 for
a total amount of EUR 2.5 million. All other transactions with these individuals are insignificant.

TOTAL AMOUNTS PROVISIONED OR BOOKED BY THE SOCIETE GENERALE GROUP FOR THE PAYMENT OF
PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS
The total amount provisioned or booked by the Societe Generale Group as at 31 December 2023 under
IAS 19 for the payment of pensions and other benefits to Societe Generale’s Chief Executive Officers
(Mr. Krupa, Mr. Aymerich, Mr. Palmieri et Ms Lebot and the three staff-elected Directors) is EUR 7.4 million.




156
NOTE 5.1.2 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Employee benefits are divided into four categories:
▪ Short-term employee benefits;
▪ Post-employment benefits, including defined contributions plans and defined benefit plans such as
pension plans and retirement benefits;
▪ Others long-term employee benefits which are employee benefits not expected to be settled wholly
before twelve months, such as defined variable compensation paid in cash and not indexed to the
Societe Generale share, long service awards and time saving accounts;
▪ Termination benefits.

SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Short-term employee benefits are recognised as Expenses payable on employee benefits. The settlement
is expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period in which
the employees render the related service, such as fixed and variable compensation, annual leave, taxes and
social security contributions, mandatory employer contributions and profit-sharing.

POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
Post-employment benefits can be broken down into two categories: defined contribution pension plans or
defined benefit pension plans.

Post-employment defined contribution plans
Defined contribution plans limit the Group’s liability to the subscriptions paid into the plan but do not commit
the Group to a specific level of future benefits. Contributions paid are recorded as an expense for the current
year.

Post-employment defined benefit plans
Defined benefit plans commit the Group, either formally or constructively, to pay a certain amount or level
of future benefits and therefore bare the associated medium or long-term risk.
Provisions are recognised on the liabilities side of the balance sheet under Provisions, to cover the whole
of these retirement obligations. These provisions are assessed regularly by independent actuaries using the
projected unit credit method. This valuation technique incorporates assumptions about demographics,
early retirement, salary rises and discount and inflation rates.
The Group can choose to finance defined benefit plans by assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund
or by qualifying insurance policies. Funding assets, made by funds or insurance policies, are classified as
plan assets if assets are held by an entity (fund) that is legally separate from the reporting entity and are
available to be used only to pay employee benefits. When these plans are financed from external funds
classified as plan assets, the fair value of these funds is subtracted from the provision to cover the
obligations. When these plans are financed from funds not classified as plan assets, these funds, classified
as separate assets, are displayed separately in the assets of the balance sheet under Financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss.
Differences arising from changes in calculation assumptions (early retirements, discount rates, etc.) and
differences between actuarial assumptions and real performance are recognised as actuarial gains and
losses. Actuarial gains and losses, as well as the return on plan assets excluding amounts expensed as net
interest on the net defined benefit liability (or asset) and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling are
components used to re-measure the net defined benefit liability (or asset). These components are
immediately and fully recognised in shareholder’s equity among Unrealised or deferred gains and losses
and they cannot be subsequently reclassified as income.
Differences arising from changes in calculation assumptions (early retirements, discount rates, etc.) and
differences between actuarial assumptions and real performance are recognised as actuarial gains and
losses. Actuarial gains and losses, as well as the return on plan assets excluding amounts expensed as net
interest on the net defined benefit liability (or asset) and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling are


157
components used to re-measure the net defined benefit liability (or asset). These components are
immediately and fully recognised in shareholder’s equity among Unrealised or deferred gains and losses.
These items cannot be subsequently reclassified as income and are presented under Retained earnings on
the liabilities side of the balance sheet and on a separate line under the Statement of net income and
unrealised or deferred gains and losses.
When a new or amended plan comes into force, past service cost is immediately recognised in profit or loss.
An annual charge is recorded under Personnel expenses for defined benefit plans consisting of the
additional entitlements vested by each employee (current service cost), past service cost resulting from a
plan amendment or a curtailment, the financial expense resulting from the discount rate and the interest
income on plan assets (net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset), plan settlements.

OTHER LONG-TERM BENEFITS
Other long-term employee benefits are benefits other than post-employment and termination benefits,
that are paid to employees more than twelve months after the end of the annual period in which they
provided the related services.
Other long-term benefits are measured and recognised in the same way as post-employment benefits,
with the exception of actuarial gains and losses, which are immediately recognised as profit or loss.

TERMINATION BENEFITS
Termination benefits refer to the benefits to be granted to an employee following the termination by the entity
of the staff member’s employment contract before the normal retirement age or the decision of the staff
member to voluntarily leave in exchange for these benefits.
Termination benefits payable more than twelve months after the closing date shall be discounted.

DETAIL OF PROVISIONS FOR EMPLOYEE BENEFITS


Table 5.1.2.A


Currency
Provisions Write- Write- Actuarial and Provisions
as at backs Net backs gains and scope as at
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 Allocations available allocation used losses effects 31.12.2023
Post-employment benefits 1,171 92 (26) 66 (78) 46 12 1,217
Other long-term benefits 604 162 (54) 108 (45) - (21) 646
(1)
Termination benefits 227 129 (50) 79 (96) (33) 33 210
(2)
Total 2,002 383 (130) 253 (219) 13 24 2,073

(1) Termination benefits include mainly the expenses from the cost of voluntary redundancy related to the New French
Retail Banking organisation project presented by the Group in the 4th quarter of 2021, which led to the legal merger
of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale on 1 January 2023. The accounting treatment of the expenses for these
measures has been assimilated with the post-employment benefits.
(2) In France, the Group has taken into account the effects of the Amending Social Security Financing Act of
14 April 2023 to assess its employee retirement obligations (impact of EUR 13 million under Other general operating
expenses)


A provision of EUR 12 million was recorded to take into account, in France, the judgments of the Court of
Cassation regarding the acquisition of rights to paid leave in the event of absence due to illness; this
provision was calculated with 3-year retroactivity.




158
1. EMPLOYMENT DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

The main defined contribution plans provided to employees of the Group are located in France, in the
United Kingdom and in the United States.
In France, they include state pension plans and other national pension plans such as AGIRC-ARRCO,
as well as pension schemes put in place by certain Group entities whose only commitment is to pay annual
contributions (PERCO).
In the United Kingdom, the employer pays contributions according to the age of the employees (from 2.5 to
10% of the salary) and can make extra contributions up to 4.5% for the voluntary additional employee
contributions.
In the United States, employers fully match the first 8% of employee contributions, within the limit of
USD 10,000.



2. POST-EMPLOYMENT DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

Post-employment pension plans include schemes offering annuities, plans offering retirement bonuses and
mixed plans (cash balance). Benefits paid out in annuities supplement the pensions paid by the mandatory
basic plans.
The main defined benefit plans are located in France, in Switzerland, in the United Kingdom and in the
United States.
In France, the supplementary pension plan for executive managers, set up in 1991, allocates an annual
allowance to beneficiaries covered by Societe Generale. This allowance depends in particular on the
beneficiary’s seniority within Societe Generale. Since 4 July 2019, date of publication of the ordinance
ending the so-called "random rights" defined benefit pension plans in application of the Loi Pacte, this plan
is closed to new employees and the rights of beneficiaries were frozen on 31 December 2019.
In Switzerland, the plan is managed by a personal protection insurance institution (the Foundation),
comprised of employer and employee representatives. The employer and its employees pay contributions
to the Foundation. Pension benefits are revalued at a guaranteed rate of return and converted to annuities
(or lump-sum payment) also at a guaranteed conversion rate (“cash balance” scheme). Because of this
minimum guaranteed return, the plan is considered similar to a defined benefit plan.
In the United Kingdom, the defined benefit plan has been closed to new employees for nearly 20 years,
and the benefits of the last beneficiaries were frozen in 2015. The plan is managed by an independent
institution (Trustee).
Similarly, in the United States, defined benefit plans were closed to new employees in 2015 and the vesting
of new benefits was frozen.




159
RECONCILIATION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES RECORDED IN THE BALANCE SHEET


Table 5.1.2.B
31.12.2023

(In EUR m) France United Kingdom Others Total
A - Present value of defined benefit
882 582 962 2,426
obligations
B - Fair value of plan assets 78 617 555 1,250
C - Fair value of separate assets 1,076 - - 1,076
D - Change in asset ceiling - - 1 1
A - B - C + D = Net balance (272) (35) 408 101
On the liabilities side of the balance
805 - 412 1,217
sheet
On the assets side (1) of the balance
1,077 35 4 1,116
sheet
(1) o/w EUR 1,076 million of separate assets recorded under Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and
EUR 40 million linked to surplus assets under Other assets.


Table 5.1.2.C
31.12.2022

(In EUR m) France United Kingdom Others Total
A - Present value of defined benefit
875 576 847 2,298
obligations
B - Fair value of plan assets 72 604 506 1,182
C - Fair value of separate assets 1,002 - - 1,002
D - Change in asset ceiling - - 22 22
A - B - C + D = Net balance (199) (28) 363 136
On the liabilities side of the balance
805 - 367 1,171
sheet
On the assets side (1) of the balance
1,004 28 4 1,036
sheet
(1) o/w EUR 1,002 million of separate assets recorded under Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and
EUR 33 million linked to surplus assets under Other assets.




160
COMPONENTS OF THE COST OF DEFINED BENEFITS


Table 5.1.2.D

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Current service cost including social security contributions 58 90
Employee contributions (7) (5)
Past service cost/curtailments (5) (20)
Transfer via the expense (0) -
Net interest 3 2
A - Components recognised in income statement 49 67
Actuarial gains and losses on assets (59) 802
Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in demographic assumptions (14) 2
Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in economic and financial assumptions 60 (917)
Actuarial gains and losses due to experience (0) (1)
Change in asset ceiling 1 22
B - Components recognised in unrealised or deferred gains and losses (12) (92)
C = A + B Total components of the cost of defined benefits 37 (25)


CHANGES IN THE PRESENT VALUE OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS


Table 5.1.2.E

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Balance as at 1 January 2,298 3,336
Current service cost including social security contributions 58 90
Past service cost/curtailments (7) (20)
Settlements (0) -
Net interest 91 43
Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in demographic assumptions (14) 2
Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in economic and financial assumptions 60 (917)
Actuarial gains and losses due to experience 1 (1)
Foreign exchange adjustment 15 (10)
Benefit payments (152) (190)
Change in consolidation scope (3) (33)
Transfers and others 79 (2)
Balance as at 31 December 2,426 2,298




161
CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF FUNDING ASSETS


Table 5.1.2.F
Plan assets Separate assets

(In EUR m) 2023 2022 2023 2022
Balance as at 1 January 1,160 1,699 1,002 1,331
Interest expenses on assets 50 29 38 12
Actuarial gains and losses on assets 23 (466) 36 (336)
Foreign exchange adjustment 16 (10) - -
Employee contributions 5 5 - -
Employer contributions to plan assets 20 13 - -
Benefit payments (69) (79) (0) (5)
Change in consolidation scope - (9) - -
Transfers and others 45 - - -
Change in asset ceiling (1) (22) - -
Balance as at 31 December 1,249 1,160 1,076 1,002


INFORMATION AND TERMS REGARDING FUNDING ASSETS
Funding assets include plan assets and separate assets.
Funding assets represent around 96% of Group obligations, with different rates depending on the country.
Accordingly defined benefit plan obligations in France and the United Kingdom are fully hedged and hedged
at 97% for the United States, while they are not funded in Germany.
The breakdown of the fair value of plan assets is as follows: 63% bonds, 15% equities and 22% other
investments. Directly held Societe Generale shares are not significant.
Funding assets excess is EUR 338 million.
Employer contributions to be paid to post-employment defined benefit plans for 2024 are estimated at
EUR 17 million.
Plan hedging strategies are defined locally in connection with the Finance and Human Resources
departments of the entities, by ad hoc structures (Trustees, Foundations, Joint structures etc.) if necessary.
Besides, liability investment or financing strategies are monitored at Group level through a global
governance system. Committee meetings, with the participation of representatives of the Human Resources
Department, the Finance Department and the Risk Division, are organised in order to define Group
guidelines for employee benefits investment and management, to validate decisions and to follow up the
associated risks for the Group.
Depending on the duration of each plan and local regulations, funding assets are invested in equities and/or
in fixed income products, whether guaranteed or not.




162
The actual returns on plan and separate assets can be broken down as follows:

Table 5.1.2.G

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Plan assets 73 (437)
Separate assets 74 (325)



MAIN ASSUMPTIONS DETAILED BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREA


Table 5.1.2.H
31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Discount rate
France 3.19% 3.62%
United-Kingdom 4.52% 4.80%
Others 3.64% 4.07%
Long-term inflation
France 2.21% 2.45%
United-Kingdom 3.10% 3.30%
Others 2.11% 2.01%
Future salary increase
France 1.91% 2.20%
United-Kingdom N/A N/A
Others 1.50% 1.40%
Average remaining working lifetime of employees (in years)
France 7.56 7.84
United-Kingdom 2.52 3.07
Others 8.46 8.83
Duration (in years)
France 11.69 11.63
United-Kingdom 12.06 12.69
Others 11.44 11.94


Assumptions by geographical area are weighted average by the defined benefit obligations (DBO).
The discount yield curves used are AA corporate bonds yield curves (source: Merrill Lynch) observed at the
end of October for USD, GBP and EUR, and corrected at the end of December if the change in discount
rates had a significant impact.
Inflation rates used for EUR and GBP monetary areas are market rates observed at the end of October and
corrected at the end of December if the change had a significant impact. Inflation rates used for the other
monetary areas are the long-term targets of the central banks.
The average remaining working lifetime of employees is calculated taking into account turnover
assumptions.
The assumptions described above have been applied to post-employment benefit plans.




163
SENSITIVITIES OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS TO THE CHANGES IN MAIN ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTION


Table 5.1.2.I

(Percentage of item measured) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Variation in discount rate +0.5% +0.5%
Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N -5% -6%
Variation in long-term inflation +0.5% +0.5%
Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N 4% 4%
Variation in future salary increase +0.5% +0.5%
Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N 1% 1%


Disclosed sensitivities are averages of the variations weighted by the present value of the defined benefit
obligations.

BREAKDOWN OF FUTURE PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS


Table 5.1.2.J

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
N+1 161 166
N+2 147 150
N+3 154 163
N+4 163 165
N+5 172 152
N+6 to N+10 855 853




164
NOTE 5.2 - OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The Group records operating expenses under expenses, according to the type of services to which they
refer and the rate of use of said services.
Rentals include real estate and equipment leasing expenses, which do not result in a recognition of a lease
liability and right-of-use asset (see Note 8.3).
Taxes and levies are only booked when the triggering event provided for by law occurs. If the obligation to
pay the tax arises from the gradual operation of an activity, the expense must be spread out over the same
period. Finally, if the obligation to pay is generated when a threshold is reached, the expense is only
recorded once the threshold is reached.
Taxes and levies cover all contributions levied by a public authority and include the contributions paid to the
Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Insurance and Resolution Fund, the systemic risk tax,
and contributions for ACPR control costs, which are recognised in profit or loss at the start of the financial
year. The company social solidarity contribution (C3S), based on income generated in previous financial
year, is fully recognised in profit or loss as at 1 January of the current financial year.
Other mainly includes building maintenance and other costs, travel and business expenses, and advertising
expenses.

Table 5.2.A

(In EUR m) 2023 2022
Rentals (449) (348)
Taxes and levies (1,126) (1,359)
Data and telecom (excluding rentals) (2,440) (2,574)
Consulting fees (1,319) (1,351)
Other (1,553) (1,377)
Total (6,887) (7,009)


CONTRIBUTION TO BANK RESOLUTION MECHANISMS
The European regulatory framework designed to enhance financial stability was updated by the Directive
2014/59/UE of 15 May 2014 establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions
and investment firms (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive).
The European Regulation UE n°806/2014 of 15 July 2014 then determined the financing means of resolution
mechanisms within the European Banking Union through the establishment of a Single Resolution Fund
(SRF). In addition to this instrument, the National Resolution Fund (NRF) exists for institutions subject to
this resolution mechanisms, but that have no SRF.
The SRF, established in January 2016, shall receive annual contributions from the participating European
financial institutions. By the end of 2023, the available financial means of the Fund shall reach at least 1%
of the amount of covered deposits of all these participating financial institutions. A share of the annual
contributions can be provided through irrevocable payment commitments.
In 2023, the Group’s contributions to the SRF and the NRF were as follows:
▪ cash contributions (77,5%) for a total of EUR 658 million (versus EUR 863 million in 2022) of which
EUR 603 million for the SRF and EUR 55 million for the NRF. These contributions are non-tax-deductible
in France and have been recorded in the income statement in Other operative expenses, among Taxes
and levies;
▪ irrevocable payment commitments (22,5%) backed by a cash collateral for EUR 175 million related to
the SRF (versus EUR 142 million in 2022) recorded as an asset in the balance sheet, among Other
assets.

As at 31 December 2023, the amount of cash collateral paid to the SRF and stated as balance sheet assets
under Other assets is EUR 772 million.


165
By a ruling of 25 October 2023, the General Court of the European Union dismissed the appeal of a French
Credit institution against the Single Resolution Board (SRB) following the rejection, by the latter, of the
request for return of collateral linked to ex ante contributions provided in the form of irrevocable payment
commitments. The reimbursement of the collateral linked to the irrevocable payment commitments,
requested by the institution after the withdrawal of its licence from the European Central Bank, had been
refused by the SRB; the latter required, as a prior condition to return the collateral backing, the prior payment
by the institution of an amount in cash corresponding to the amount committed under the irrevocable
payment commitments entered into. The institution concerned decided to appeal to the European Court of
Justice against the ruling of the General Court of the European Union. Societe Generale will stay updated
with new developments in the field and analyse the possible consequences on its financial statements.




166
NOTE 6 - INCOME TAX


Income tax expenses are presented separately from other taxes which are classified
among Other operating expenses. They are calculated according to the rates and tax
regulations applicable in the countries where each consolidated entity is located.
MAKING
Income tax presented in the income statement includes current taxes and deferred taxes:
IT
SIMPLE - current taxes correspond to the amount of taxes due (or refundable) as calculated
according to the taxable profit base for the reporting period.

- deferred taxes correspond to the amount of taxes resulting from past transactions and that
will be payable (or refundable) in a future reporting period.




ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

CURRENT TAXES
Current tax is based on the taxable profits of each consolidated taxable entity and determined in accordance
with the rules established by the local taxation authorities, upon which income taxes are payable. This tax
expense also includes net allowances for tax adjustments pertaining to income tax.
Tax credits arising in respect of interest from loans and income from securities are recorded in the relevant
interest account as they are applied in settlement of income taxes for the year. The related tax charge is
included under Income tax in the income statement.

DEFERRED TAXES
Deferred taxes are recognised whenever the Group identifies a temporary difference between the book
value and tax value of balance sheet assets and liabilities that will affect future tax payments.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured in each consolidated taxable entity and in accordance with
the rules established by the local taxation authorities, upon which their income taxes are payable.
This amount is based on the tax rate enacted or substantively enacted which is expected to apply when the
asset is realised or the liability settled. These deferred taxes are adjusted in the event of changes to tax
rates. This amount is not discounted to present value.
Deferred tax assets can result from deductible temporary differences or from tax loss carry-forwards.
These deferred tax assets are recorded only if the entity concerned is likely to recover these assets within
a set time. These temporary differences or tax loss carry-forwards can also be used against future taxable
profit.
Tax loss carry-forwards are subject to an annual review taking into account the tax system applicable to
each relevant tax entity and a realistic projection of their tax income or expense: any previously
unrecognised deferred tax assets are recorded in the balance sheet to the extent it has become probable
that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered; however, the carrying value of
deferred tax assets already recognised in the balance sheet is reduced where a risk of total or partial non-
recovery occurs.
Current and deferred taxes are recognised in the consolidated income statement under Income tax.
However, deferred taxes related to gains and losses recorded under Unrealised or deferred gains and losses
are also recognised under the same heading in shareholders’ equity.

TAX UNCERTAINTIES
There may be uncertainty over the tax treatments applied by the Group. If it is probable that the tax Authority
will not accept some tax treatments, these uncertainties shall be booked under tax expenses/income by the
counterpart of Provisions for tax adjustments recorded among tax liabilities.



167
Information on the nature and the amount of the associated risks is not disclosed when the Group considers
that such disclosure could seriously undermine its position in a dispute with other parties on the object of
the provision.



1. BREAKDOWN OF THE TAX EXPENSE

Table 6.A
(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Current taxes (1,470) (1,274)
Deferred taxes (209) (209)
Total (1,679) (1,483)


RECONCILIATION OF THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE GROUP’S STANDARD TAX RATE AND ITS EFFECTIVE
TAX RATE


Table 6.B
2023 2022 R

(In EUR m) % EUR m % EUR m
Income before tax, excluding net income from companies
accounted for using the equity method and impairment losses 5,442 4,224
on goodwill
Group effective tax rate 30.85% 35.11%
Permanent differences 0.58% 31 0.92% 39
Differential on securities with tax exemption or taxed at reduced
-0.24% (13) -14.04% (593)
rate
Tax rate differential on profits taxed outside France 1.33% 72 2.56% 108
Changes in the measurement of deferred tax assets / liabilities -6.69% (364) 1.28% 54
Normal tax rate applicable to French companies (including 3.3%
25.83% 25.83%
national contribution)


In compliance with the French tax provisions that define the ordinary corporate tax rate, the latter is set to
25% in 2023 (article 219 of the French Tax code), plus the existing national contribution (CSB) of 3.3%
(article 235 ter ZC of the French Tax code), i.e. a compound tax rate of 25.83%.
Long-term capital gains on affiliates are exempt from this corporate tax, except for a 12% fee on the gross
amount in a net long term capital gains situation (article 219 I a quinquies of the French Tax code).
Furthermore, under the parent-subsidiary regime, dividends from companies in which Societe Generale’s
equity interest is at least 5% are tax exempt, subject to taxation of a portion of fees and expenses of 1% or
5% at the full statutory tax rate (article 216 of the French Tax code).




168
2. TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

TAX ASSETS


Table 6.C
(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Current tax assets 1,026 819
Deferred tax assets 3,691 3,665
o/w deferred tax assets on tax loss carry-forwards 1,832 1,662
o/w deferred tax assets on temporary differences 1,818 1,982
o/w deferred tax on deferrable tax credits 41 21
Total 4,717 4,484


TAX LIABILITIES


Table 6.D

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 R
Current tax liabilities 933 735
Provisions for tax adjustments 41 72
Deferred tax liabilities 1,428 838
Total 2,402 1,645


The Group performs an annual review of its capacity to use tax loss carry-forwards, taking into account the
tax system applicable to each tax entity (or tax group) concerned and a realistic forecast of its tax results.
For this purpose, the tax results are determined based on the projected performance of the businesses.
This performance corresponds to the estimated budget (scenario SG Central) over four years (from 2024 to
2027), extrapolated to 2028, which corresponds to a “normative” year.

These budgets notably take into account the impacts of the commitments to energy and
environmental transition and regional development detailed in the Declaration of Non-Financial
Performance.

The tax results also take into consideration the accounting and tax adjustments (including the reversal of
the deferred tax assets and liabilities bases on temporary differences) applicable to the entities and
jurisdictions concerned. These adjustments are determined on the basis of historical tax results and on the
Group's tax expertise. An extrapolation of the tax results is performed from 2028 on and over a timeframe
considered reasonable and depending on the nature of the activities carried out within each tax entity.

On principle, the appreciation of the selected macro-economic factors and the internal estimates used to
determine the tax results involve risks and uncertainties about their materialisation over the estimated
timeframe for the absorption of the losses. These risks and uncertainties are especially related to possible
changes in the applicable tax rules (computation of the tax result, as well as allocation rules for tax loss
carry-forwards) or materialisation of the assumptions selected. These uncertainties are mitigated by
robustness checks of the budgetary and strategic assumptions.

As at 31 December 2023, discounted projections confirm the probability that the Group will be able to offset
the tax losses covered by deferred tax assets against future profits.




169
3. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS RECOGNISED ON TAX LOSS CARRY-FORWARDS AND DEFERRED TAX
ASSETS NOT RECOGNISED

As at 31 December 2023, based on the tax system of each entity and a realistic projection of their tax
income, the projected period for deferred tax assets recovery is indicated in the table below:

Table 6.E
Statutory time limit Expected recovery
31.12.2023
(In EUR m) on carry-forwards period
Total deferred tax assets relating to tax loss carry-
1,832 - -
forwards
o/w French tax group 1,572 Unlimited (1) 8 years
(2)
o/w US tax group 88 20 years 7 years
Others 172 - -
(1) In accordance with the 2013 French Finance Act, the deduction of previous losses is limited to EUR 1 million plus
50% of the fraction of the taxable income for the fiscal year exceeding this limit. The non-deductible portion of losses
may be carried forward to the following fiscal years with no time limit and under the same conditions.
(2) Tax losses generated before 31 December 2011.


The main deferred taxes not recognised as assets in the balance sheet by tax group are presented in the
table below. They may be recognised in the balance sheet when it becomes probable that a future taxable
profit will allow their recovery.

Table 6.F

(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
French tax group 890 520
US tax groups 228 277
SG Singapore 80 82
SG de Banques en Guinée Equatoriale (1) 34 36
(1) Including EUR 10 million of tax carry forward and EUR 24 million temporary differences as at 31 December 2023,
versus respectively EUR 10 million and EUR 26 million as at 31 December 2022.


The other deferred taxes on tax loss carryforwards and temporary differences not recognised as assets on
the balance sheet amount, respectively, to EUR 122 million and EUR 1 million as at 31 December 2023.
For the France tax group, deferred tax assets of EUR 370 million could not be recognised at the end of
December 2023, bringing the amount of unrecognised deferred tax assets in France to EUR 890 million. If
tax projections improve, all or part of these deferred taxes may be recognised as deferred tax assets in
future years.
In parallel, the unrecognised deferred tax assets of U.S. tax groups decreased by EUR 49 million due to the
recognition in the 2023 balance sheet of EUR 40 million deferred taxes and of EUR 9 million due to currency
effects.
Regarding the tax treatment of the loss resulting from the actions of Jérôme Kerviel, Societe Generale
considers that the judgment of the Versailles Court of Appeal of 23 September 2016 is not such as to call
into question its validity in light of the 2011 opinion of the French Supreme Administrative Court
(“Conseil d’Etat”) and its established case law. Consequently, Societe Generale considers that the related
tax loss remains recoverable against future taxable income (see Note 9).




170
PILLAR II: TAX REFORM – GLOBAL MINIMUM CORPORATE TAX RATE (“GLOBE” RULES)
In October 2021, 137 of the 140 juridictions members of the OECD Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion
and Profit Shifting (BEPS) committed to the principle of establishing a global minimum corporate income tax
rate of 15%. A set rules, referred to as “Pillar 2”, published by the OECD on 20 December 2021, specifies
the mechanism which will apply, in the states that will adopt it, to the profits by country of multinational
groups with revenues exceeding EUR 750 million.
European Directive (EU) 2022/2523 incorporating the Pillar 2 rules was adopted and published in the Official
Journal of the European Union on 22 December 2022.
Article 4 of the French Finance Act for 2024 incorporates the directive into French law. The minimum level
of tax will take the form of an additional “top-up” tax determined according to rules compliant with the
directive. Transitional Safe Harbour set out by the OECD for the first three fiscal years are also included in
the law. These rules apply to the Group from 1 January 2024, in respect of any additional top-up tax due in
France as well as of any qualified domestic top-up taxes implemented in jurisdictions where the Group
operates.
Under the provisions introduced by the amendments to IAS 12, adopted by the European Union on
8 November 2023 with immediate and retrospective implementation (see Note 1), the Group applies,
from 1 January 2023 on, the mandatory and temporary exception to the accounting recognition of the
deferred taxes associated with the top-up taxes resulting from the Pillar 2 rules.
A project structure has been established at Group level to analyse the provisions of the Pillar 2 European
directive and take the necessary measures to comply with them as soon as they enter into force. According
to initial estimates based on the available data (in particular data from the country-by-country reports of
years 2021 and 2022), the effective Pillar 2 tax rates would exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which the
Group operates. However, there is a limited number of jurisdictions in which a top-up tax would have to
be paid.To date, the Group does not anticipate any material impact of this reform in respect of its current
tax burden. Because of the calculation complexity resulting from these rules and the changes in the Group’s
consolidation scope, the effects of this reform are still being examined to refine the quantification in view of
the first accounting recognition of any additional tax burden in the Group’s consolidated accounts as at
30 June 2024.




171
NOTE 7 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Equity are the resources contributed to the Group by external shareholders as capital, as
well as the cumulative and undistributed results (retained earnings). It also includes
resources received when financial instruments are issued and for which the issuer has no
contractual obligation to deliver cash to the holders of these instruments.
MAKING
IT Equity has no contractual maturity, and when compensation is awarded to shareholders or
SIMPLE holders of other equity instruments, it does not affect the income statement but directly
reduces the retained earnings in the equity.
The statement “Changes in Shareholders’ Equity” presents the various changes that affect
the components of equity over the reporting period.



NOTE 7.1 - TREASURY SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
ISSUED BY THE GROUP

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

TREASURY SHARES
Societe Generale shares held by the Group are deducted from consolidated equity irrespective of the
purpose for which they are held. Income on these shares is recognised in Retained earnings.
Recognition of shares issued by Group subsidiaries, which are bought and sold by the Group, is described
in Note 2.

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ISSUED BY THE GROUP
Financial instruments issued by the Group are booked in whole or in part to debt or to equity depending on
whether or not they contractually oblige the issuer to deliver cash to the holders of the securities.
When they are classified as equity, securities issued by Societe Generale are recorded under Other equity
instruments. If they are issued by Group subsidiaries, these securities are recognised under Non-controlling
interests. External costs associated with issuing equity instruments are deducted directly from equity at their
after-tax amount.
When they are classified as debt instruments, securities issued by the Group are recorded under Debt
securities issued or Subordinated debt depending on their characteristics. They are accounted for in the
same way as other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost (see Note 3.6).




172
1. ORDINARY SHARES AND CAPITAL RESERVES

Table 7.1.A


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Issued capital 1,004 1,062
Issuing premiums and capital reserves 20,412 21,377
Elimination of treasury stock (230) (1,191)
Total 21,186 21,248


ORDINARY SHARES ISSUED BY SOCIETE GENERALE S.A.


Table 7.1.B


(Number of shares) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Ordinary shares 802,979,942 849,883,778
(1)
Including treasury stock with voting rights 6,736,010 48,737,016
Including shares held by employees 90,162,610 79,097,967
(1) Excluding Societe Generale shares held for trading purposes or in respect of the liquidity contract.


As at 31 December 2022, 41,674,813 Societe Generale shares were acquired on the market at a cost price
of EUR 914 million, for the purpose of cancellation, in accordance with the decision of the General Meeting
of 17 May 2022. The capital reduction by cancellation of securities was carried out on 1 February 2023.

On 24 July 2023, a capital increase, reserved for Group employees and retirees as part of the Global
Employee Share Ownership Plan open in 40 countries, was carried out for a total amount of
EUR 221 million, resulting in the issuance of 12,548,674 new Societe Generale shares.

From 7 August 2023 to 22 September 2023, 17,777,697 Societe Generale shares were acquired on the
market at a cost price of EUR 441 million, for the purpose of cancellation, in accordance with the decision
of the General Meeting of 17 May 2022. The capital reduction by cancellation of securities was carried out
on 17 November 2023.

As at 31 December 2023, Societe Generale S.A.’s fully paid up capital amounted to EUR 1,003,724,927.50
and was made up of 802,979,942 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.



2. TREASURY STOCK

As at 31 December 2023, the Group held 4,425,083 of its own shares as treasury stock, for trading purposes
or for the active management of shareholders' equity, representing 0.55% of the capital of Societe Generale
S.A.
The amount deducted by the Group from its equity for treasury shares (and related derivatives) came to
EUR 230 million, including EUR 36 million in shares held for trading activities.




173
The change in treasury stock over 2023 breaks down as follows:




Table 7.1.C
Treasury stock and
Liquidity Trading active management of
(In EUR m) contract activities shareholders’ equity Total
Disposals net of purchases - 31 930 961
Capital gains net of tax on treasury stock and
treasury share derivatives, booked under 0 (10) (52) (62)
shareholders’ equity


The variation of EUR 930 million in treasury shares and active capital management is mainly due to
EUR 914 million relating to the capital reduction on 1 February 2023 by cancellation of
41,674,813 Societe Generale shares acquired in 2022.



3. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ISSUED BY THE GROUP

PERPETUAL DEEPLY SUBORDINATED NOTES
Given the discretionary nature of the decision to pay dividends to shareholders, the perpetual deeply
subordinated notes have been classified as equity and recognised under Other equity instruments.
As at 31 December 2023, perpetual deeply subordinated notes issued by Societe Generale S.A. and
recognised under Group shareholders’ equity in Other equity instruments totalled EUR 8,924 million, valued
at historical rate.




174
The change in the amount of undated deeply subordinated notes issued by the Group is explained by two
issuances and two redemptions at pair made over the year.

Table 7.1.E

Amount in local Repurchases Amount in local Amount in millions
currency at and redemptions currency at of euros at
Issuance Date 31.12.2022 in 2023 31.12.2023 historical rate Remuneration
7.875%, from 18 December 2023
18 December 2013 USD 1,750 M USD 1,750 M
USD 5-year Mid Swap Rate +4.979%

8%, from 29 September 2025
29 September 2015 USD 1,250 M USD 1,250 M 1,111
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.873%

6.750%, from 6 April 2028
6 April 2018 USD 1,250 M USD 1,250 M 1,035
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +3.929%

7.375%, from 4 October 2023
4 October 2018 USD 1,250 M USD 1,250 M
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.302%

6.125%, from 16 April 2024
16 April 2019 SGD 750 M SGD 750 M 490
SGD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.207%

4.875%, from 12 September 2024
12 September 2019 AUD 700 M AUD 700 M 439
AUD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.036%

5.375%, from 18 November 2030
18 November 2020 USD 1,500 M USD 1,500 M 1,264
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.514%

4.75%, from 26 May 2026
26 May 2021 USD 1,000 M USD 1,000 M 818
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +3.931%

8.25%, from 15 December 2027
15 July 2022 SGD 200 M SGD 200 M 141
SGD 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.6%

9.3750%, from 22 May 2028
22 November 2022 USD 1,500 M USD 1,500 M 1,460
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.385%

8.030%, from 18 July 2029
18 january 2023 EUR 1,000 M 1,000
EUR 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.228%

10%, from14 May 2029
14 November 2023 USD 1,250 M 1,166
USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.448%



OTHER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED BY SUBSIDIARIES
The perpetual subordinated notes that are issued by the Group’s subsidiaries and include discretionary
clauses relating to the payment of interest are classified as equity instruments.
As at 31 December 2023, the nominal of other equity instruments issued by the Group’s subsidiaries and
recognised under Non-controlling interests totalled EUR 1,300 million.

Table 7.1.F


Issuance Date Amount Remuneration
4.125%, from 2026 5-year Mid-
18 December 2014 (step-up clause after 12 years) EUR 800 M
Swap rate + 4.150%
7.375%, from 2024 5-year Mid swap
29 May 2019 (step-up clause after 5 years) EUR 500 M
rate + 7.556%




175
SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN EQUITY INSTRUMENTS ISSUED


Changes related to the perpetual subordinated notes and deeply subordinated notes included in
Shareholder’s equity, Group share are detailed below:

Table 7.1.G


2023 2022

Deeply Perpetual Deeply Perpetual
subordinated subordinated subordinated subordinated
(In EUR m) notes notes Total notes notes Total
Exchange rate effect on TSS/TSDI
(404) - (404) - - -
reimbursement
Remuneration paid booked under
(734) - (734) (581) - (581)
reserves
Changes in nominal values (212) - (212) 1,602 - 1,602
Tax savings on remuneration
payable to shareholders and 190 - 190 150 - 150
recorded under profit or loss
Issuance fees relating to
(5) - (5) (9) - (9)
subordinated notes



4. EFFECT OF THE CHANGES IN THE SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION

The impact of changes in the consolidation scope recognised in shareholders’ equity (EUR -34 million in
Group share and EUR 3,523 million in Non-controlling interests) is mainly explained by the acquisition of
LeasePlan (see Note 2.1) with:
▪ the decrease in the ownership interest in ALD from 75.94% to 52.59% with EUR -4 million in Group share
and EUR 3,003 million in Non-controlling interests;
▪ an impact of EUR 513 million on the Non-controlling interests linked to other equity instruments issued
by LeasePlan.




176
NOTE 7.2 - EARNINGS PER SHARE AND DIVIDENDS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The earnings per share are measured by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by
the weighted average number of shares outstanding over the period, excluding treasury shares. The net
earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders are adjusted for the preferred shareholders rights, such as
holders of preferred shares, subordinated securities or deeply subordinated notes classified in equity.
The diluted earnings per share take into account the potential dilution of shareholders’ interests in the event
where dilutive instruments (stock options or free share plans) are converted into ordinary shares.
This dilutive effect is determined using the share buyback method.



1. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Table 7.2.A


(In EUR m) 2023 2022 R
Net income, Group share 2,493 1,825
Attributable remuneration to subordinated and deeply subordinated notes (753) (587)
Premium and issuance fees related and deeply subordinated notes (5) (9)
Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders 1,735 1,229
(1)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 799,315,070 822,437,425
Earnings per ordinary share (in euros) 2.17 1.50
Average number of ordinary shares used in the dilution calculation - -
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted net
799,315,070 822,437,425
earnings per share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (in euros) 2.17 1.50
(1) Excluding treasury shares.




2. DIVIDENDS PAID

Dividends paid on ordinary shares by the Group in 2023 amounted to EUR 1,861 million and are detailed in
the following table:

Table 7.2.B


2023 2022

Non- Non-
controlling controlling
(In EUR m) Group Share interests Total Group Share interests Total
Paid in shares - - - - - -
Paid in cash (1,362) (499) (1,861) (1,371) (754) (2,125)
Total (1,362) (499) (1,861) (1,371) (754) (2,125)




177
NOTE 7.3 - UNREALISED OR DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES

BREAKDOWN OF CHANGES OF UNREALISED OR DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES


Table 7.3.A


31.12.2023
o/w

Non-
Gross Net Group controlling
(In EUR m) value Tax Net value share interests
Translation differences 997 (24) 973 996 (23)
Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value
(2,673) 664 (2,009) (1,907) (102)
through other comprehensive income (3)
Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value
2,315 (596) 1,719 1,708 11
through other comprehensive income
Revaluation of hedging derivatives (449) 30 (419) (414) (5)
Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses with
subsequent recycling in the income 190 74 264 383 (119)
statement
Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit
12 (1) 11 14 (3)
plans (1)
Revaluation of own credit risk of financial
68 (18) 50 51 (1)
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (2)
Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value
35 (2) 33 33 -
through other comprehensive income
Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses
without subsequent recycling in the income 115 (21) 94 98 (4)
statement
Total 305 53 358 481 (123)




178
Table 7.3.B


Changes of the period
o/w

Non-
Gross Net Group controlling
(In EUR m) value Tax Net value share interests
Allocation to retained earnings
Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit
(93) 26 (67) (56) (11)
plans
Total (93) 26 (67) (56) (11)


Translation differences (356) (12) (368) (389) 21
Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value
2,402 (593) 1,809 1,734 75
through other comprehensive income (3)
Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value
(2,134) 545 (1,589) (1,583) (6)
through other comprehensive income

Revaluation of hedging derivatives (68) 50 (18) 5 (23)

Variation of unrealised gains and losses
with subsequent recycling in the income (156) (10) (166) (233) 67
statement
Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit
12 - 12 14 (2)
plans (1)

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial
(257) 67 (190) (191) 1
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (2)


Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value
1 - 1 2 (1)
through other comprehensive income

Variation of unrealised gains and losses
without subsequent recycling in the income (244) 67 (177) (175) (2)
statement
Total of variation (400) 57 (343) (408) 65


Total of changes (493) 83 (410) (464) 54




179
Table 7.3.C


31.12.2022 R
o/w

Non-
Gross Net Group controlling
(In EUR m) value Tax Net value share interests
Translation differences 1,353 (12) 1,341 1,385 (44)
Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value
(5,075) 1,257 (3,818) (3,641) (177)
through other comprehensive income (3)
Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value
4,449 (1,141) 3,308 3,291 17
through other comprehensive income
Revaluation of hedging derivatives (381) (20) (401) (419) 18
Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses with
subsequent recycling in the income 346 84 430 616 (186)
statement
Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit
93 (27) 66 56 10
plans (1)
Revaluation of own credit risk of financial
325 (85) 240 242 (2)
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (2)
Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value
34 (2) 32 31 1
through other comprehensive income
Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses
without subsequent recycling in the income 452 (114) 338 329 9
statement
Total 798 (30) 768 945 (177)
(1) Gains and losses presented in these items are transferred into Retained earnings for the next financial year opening.
(2) When a financial liability is derecognised, unrealised gains and losses are attributable to Group own credit risk are
subject to transfer into Retained earnings for the next financial year opening.
(3) Including EUR -2,298 million for insurance sector subsidiaries as at 31 December 2023 (EUR -4,479 million as at
31 December 2022). This amount must be read together with the financial income and expenses recorded directly
in equity as part of the measurement of the associated insurance contracts (see Note 4.3, Detail of performance of
insurance activities).




180
NOTE 8 - ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES

NOTE 8.1 - SEGMENT REPORTING

1. DEFINITION OF SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group is managed on a matrix basis that takes into account its different business lines and the
geographical breakdown of its activities. Segment reporting information is therefore presented under both
criteria.
The Group includes in the results of each sub-division all operating income and expenses directly related to
its activity. Income for each sub-division, except for the Corporate Centre, also includes the return on equity
allocated to it, based on the estimated rate of return on Group equity. The return on the sub-division’s book
equity is then reallocated to the Corporate Centre. Transactions between sub-divisions are carried out under
the same terms and conditions as those applying to non-Group customers.
Following changes in the Group’s governance during the second half of 2023, the Group’s core businesses
are now managed through the three following strategic pillars:
▪ French Retail Banking, Private Banking and Insurance which includes:
− French Retail and Private Banking including Boursorama;
− Insurance activities;
▪ International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services, which consists of:
− International Retail;
− Mobility and Leasing services which comprises Financial services to Corporates, operational vehicle
leasing and fleet management, and consumer credit activities;
▪ Global Banking and Investor Solutions which comprises:
− Global Markets and Investors Services;
− Financing and Advisory.

In addition to the strategic pillars, the Corporate Centre acts as the Group’s central funding department.
As such, it recognises the carrying cost of equity investments in subsidiaries and related dividend payments,
as well as income and expenses stemming from the Group’s Asset and Liability Management (ALM) and
income from the Group’s management of its assets (management of its industrial and bank equity portfolio
and of its real estate assets). Income or expenses that do not relate directly to the activity of the core
businesses are also allocated to the Corporate Centre.
Segment income take intra-Group transactions into account, while these transactions are eliminated from
segment assets and liabilities.
The tax rate levied on each business line is based on the standard tax rate applicable in each country where
the division makes profits. Any difference with respect to the Group’s tax rate is allocated to the
Corporate Centre.
For the purpose of segment reporting by geographical region, segment profit or loss and assets and liabilities
are presented based on the location of the booking entities.




181
2. SEGMENT REPORTING BY DIVISION AND SUB-DIVISION

Table 8.1.A


2023


French retail, Private Banking and Global Banking and Investor International Retail, Mobility and
Insurance Solutions Leasing Services
Total
Corporate Group
Global Centre (1) Societe
Markets Inter- Generale
French retail and Financial National Mobility and
and Private Investors and Retail Leasing
(In EUR m) Banking Insurance Total Services Advisory Total Banking (4) Services Total

Net banking income 7,403 620 8,023 6,299 3,341 9,640 4,191 4,316 8,507 (1,066) 25,104

Operating expenses (2) (6,577) (131) (6,708) (4,755) (2,032) (6,787) (2,374) (2,391) (4,765) (264) (18,524)

Gross operating income 826 489 1,315 1,544 1,309 2,853 1,817 1,925 3,742 (1,330) 6,580

Cost of risk (505) - (505) 20 (50) (30) (185) (301) (486) (4) (1,025)

Operating income 321 489 810 1,564 1,259 2,823 1,632 1,624 3,256 (1,334) 5,555

Net income from investments
accounted for using the equity 7 - 7 7 - 7 - 10 10 - 24
method
Net income / expense from other
10 - 10 - - - (8) (3) (11) (112) (113)
assets (4)
Value adjustments
- - - - - - - - - (338) (338)
on goodwill

Eearnings before Tax 338 489 827 1,571 1,259 2,830 1,624 1,631 3,255 (1,784) 5,128

Income tax (86) (127) (213) (371) (146) (517) (429) (394) (823) (126) (1,679)

Consolidated
252 362 614 1,200 1,113 2,313 1,195 1,237 2,432 (1,910) 3,449
Net Income

Non controlling interests - 4 4 34 (1) 33 465 361 826 93 956

Net income,
252 358 610 1,166 1,114 2,280 730 876 1,606 (2,003) 2,493
Group Share

Segment assets 263,833 172,353 436,186 650,502 169,783 820,285 109,836 108,091 217,927 79,647 1,554,045

(3)
Segment liabilities 289,846 158,076 447,922 670,821 80,101 750,922 88,969 53,760 142,729 136,225 1,477,798




182
Table 8.1.B

2022 R


French retail, Private Banking and Global Banking and Investor International Retail, Mobility and
Insurance Solutions Leasing Services
Total
Corporate Group
Centre (1) Societe
Global Inter- Generale
French retail Markets and Financial Nationa Mobility and
and Private Investors and Retaill Leasing
(In EUR m) Banking Insurance Total Services Advisory Total Banking (4) Services Total

Net banking income 8,700 510 9,210 6,721 3,387 10,108 4,190 3,949 8,139 (302) 27,155

Operating expenses (2) (6,791) (105) (6,896) (4,878) (1,954) (6,832) (2,368) (1,589) (3,957) (309) (17,994)

Gross operating income 1,909 405 2,314 1,843 1,433 3,276 1,822 2,360 4,182 (611) 9,161

Cost of risk (483) - (483) 5 (426) (421) (464) (241) (705) (38) (1,647)

Operating income 1,426 405 1,831 1,848 1,007 2,855 1,358 2,119 3,477 (649) 7,514

Net income from investments
accounted for using the equity 8 - 8 6 - 6 - 1 1 - 15
method
Net income / expense from other
57 - 57 3 3 6 11 - 11 (3,364) (3,290)
assets (4)
Value adjustments
- - - - - - - - - - -
on goodwill

Eearnings before Tax 1,491 405 1,896 1,857 1,010 2,867 1,369 2,120 3,489 (4,013) 4,239

Income tax (383) (106) (489) (420) (118) (538) (363) (478) (841) 385 (1,483)

Consolidated
1,108 299 1,407 1,437 892 2,329 1,006 1,642 2,648 (3,628) 2,756
Net Income

Non controlling interests (1) 2 1 35 1 36 444 286 730 164 931

Net income,
1,109 297 1,406 1,402 891 2,293 562 1,356 1,918 (3,792) 1,825
Group Share

Segment assets 300,473 160,817 461,290 591,685 172,360 764,045 99,571 70,861 170,432 89,133 1,484,900

(3)
Segment liabilities 308,606 146,586 455,192 637,899 72,072 709,971 83,940 21,201 105,141 141,270 1,411,574


(1) Income and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities that are not directly related to business line activities are
allocated to the Corporate Centre. Corporate Centre income includes, in particular, some consequences of the
Group’s centralised management of litigation and of transactions leading to changes in the consolidation scope.
Management fees incurred by banking entities in connection with the distribution of insurance contracts are
considered as costs directly related to the performance of the contracts and are therefore included in the valuation
of the latter and presented under Insurance services expense (see Note 1); this restatement is allocated to the
Corporate Centre.
(2) These amounts include Other operating expenses and Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and
intangible fixed assets.
(3) Segment liabilities correspond to debts (i.e. total liabilities excluding equity).
(4) The Net income / expense from other assets items as at 31 December 2022, mainly includes the impacts of the
sale of Rosbank and the Group’s insurance subsidiaries in Russia.


2022 figures restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities, and in accordance with
changes in performance reporting.




183
3. SEGMENT REPORTING BY GEOGRAPHICAL REGION

GEOGRAPHICAL BREAKDOWN OF NET BANKING INCOME (IN EUR M)


2,022 1,822
1,527 8% 1,517 7%
France 6%
6% 10,082 12,735
40% 2,032
2,076 Europe 47%
7%
8%
2023 Americas
2022
Asia/Oceania
9,397 9,049
Africa 33%
38%




As at 31 December 2023, the amount of Net Banking Income is EUR 25,104 million compared to
EUR 27,155 million as at 31 December 2022.

GEOGRAPHICAL BREAKDOWN OF BALANCE SHEET ITEMS (IN EUR M)


ASSETS



69,587 30,762 65,555 30,195
2% 4% 2%
5% France 112,308
143,085
9% Europe
8%

263,947 248,829
Americas 31.12.2022
17%
31.12.2023 17%
Asia/Oceania 1,028,013
1,046,664 69%
67% Africa




As at 31 December 2023, the amount of assets is EUR 1,554,045 million compared to
EUR 1,484,900 million as at 31 December 2022.




184
LIABILITIES


68,726 27,793 64,723 27,639
5% 2% 4% 2%
France 112,420
142,892
10% Europe 8%
253,549 Americas 238,638
31.12.2023 31.12.2022
17% 17%
Asia/Oceania
968,164
984,838 Africa
69%
66%




As at 31 December 2023, the amount of liabilities (except shareholder equity) is EUR 1,477,798 million
compared to EUR 1,411,574 million as at 31 December 2022.

Segment liabilities correspond to debts (total liabilities excluding equity).




185
NOTE 8.2 - PROVISIONS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
Under balance sheet liabilities, Provisions are comprised of provisions for financial instruments, disputes
and employee benefits.

OVERVIEW


Table 8.2.A



Provisions Provisions
as at Write-backs Net Write- Currency as at
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 Allocations available allocation backs used and others 31.12.2023
Provisions for credit risk on off
balance sheet commitments 898 528 (585) (57) - (22) 819
(see Note 3.8)

Provisions for employee benefits
2,002 383 (130) 253 (219) 37 2,073
(see Note 5.1)

Provisions for mortgage savings
125 47 (51) (4) - - 121
plans and accounts commitments
Other provisions (1) 1,554 313 (419) (106) (160) (66) 1,222
Total 4,579 1,271 (1,185) 86 (379) (51) 4,235

(1) Including provisions for legal disputes, fines, penalties and commercial disputes.




1. COMMITMENTS UNDER MORTGAGE SAVINGS AGREEMENTS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In France, Comptes d’épargne-logement (CEL or mortgage savings accounts) and Plans d’épargne-
logement (PEL or mortgage savings plans) are special savings schemes for individual customers which are
governed by Law 65-554 of 10 July 1965. These products combine an initial deposit phase in the form of an
interest-earning savings account, followed by a lending phase where the deposits are used to provide
mortgage loans. The lending phase is subject to the prior existence of the savings phase and is therefore
inseparable from it. The savings deposits collected and loans granted are measured at amortised cost.
These instruments create two types of commitments for the Group: the obligation to pay interest on customer
savings for an indeterminate future period at an interest rate established at the inception of the mortgage
savings agreement, and the obligation to subsequently lend to the customer at an interest rate also
established at the inception of the savings agreement.
If it is clear that commitments under the PEL/CEL agreements will have negative consequences for the
Group, a provision is recorded on the liabilities side of the balance sheet. Any changes in these provisions
are recognised as Net banking income under net interest income. These provisions only relate to
commitments arising from PEL/CEL that are outstanding at the date of calculation.
Provisions are calculated for each generation of mortgage savings plans (PEL), with no netting between
different PEL generations, and for all mortgage saving accounts (CEL) making up a single generation.
During the deposit phase, the underlying commitment used to determine the amount to be provisioned is
calculated as the difference between the average expected amount of deposits and the minimum expected
amount. These two amounts are determined statistically on the basis of the historical observations of past
customer behaviour.
During the lending phase, the underlying commitment to be provisioned includes loans already granted but
not yet drawn at the date of calculation, and future loans that are considered statistically probable on the


186
basis of deposits that are currently recognised in the balance sheet at the date of calculation and on the
basis of historical observations of past customer behaviour.
A provision is recognised if the discounted value of expected future earnings for a given generation of
PEL/CEL is negative. Earnings are estimated on the basis of interest rates available to individual customers
for equivalent savings and loan products, with a similar estimated life and date of inception.

OUTSTANDING DEPOSITS IN PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS


Table 8.2.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
PEL accounts 15,677 17,846
Less than 4 years old 907 773
Between 4 and 10 years old 5,852 8,774
More than 10 years old 8,918 8,299
CEL accounts 1,733 1,629
Total 17,410 19,475


OUTSTANDING HOUSING LOANS GRANTED WITH RESPECT TO PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS


Table 8.2.C


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
Less than 4 years old 3 -
Between 4 and 10 years old - 1
More than 10 years old 3 6
Total 6 7


PROVISIONS FOR COMMITMENTS LINKED TO PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS


Table 8.2.D


(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 Allocations Write-backs 31.12.2023
PEL accounts 80 10 (51) 39
Less than 4 years old 3 1 - 4
Between 4 and 10 years old 2 9 - 11
More than 10 years old 75 - (51) 24
CEL accounts 45 37 - 82
Total 125 47 (51) 121


The increase in interest rates (to which the level of provisioning is sensitive) explains the sharp decrease in
the provisions for mortgage savings accounts and plans observed in 2023. These provisions are still mainly
related to the commitment to remunerate cash deposits. The level of provisions amounts to 0.7% of the total
outstanding stock as at 31 December 2023.




187
METHODS USED TO ESTABLISH PROVISION VALUATION INPUTS
The inputs used to estimate future customer behaviour are derived from historical observations of customer
behaviour patterns over a long period (more than 10 years). The values of these inputs can be adjusted
whenever changes are made to regulations that may undermine the effectiveness of past data as an
indicator of future customer behaviour.
The values of the different market inputs used, notably interest rates and margins, are calculated on the
basis of observable data and constitute a best estimate by Societe Generale, at the date of valuation, of the
future value of these items for the period in question, in line with the Retail Banking division’s policy of
interest rate risk management.
The discount rates used are derived from the zero-coupon swaps versus Euribor yield curve at the valuation
date, averaged over a 12-month period.



2. OTHER PROVISIONS

Other provisions include provisions for restructuring (except staff costs), provisions for commercial litigation
and provisions for future repayment of funds in connection with customer financing transactions.
The Group is subject to an extensive legal and regulatory framework in the countries where it operates.
In this complex legal context, the Group and some of its former and current representatives may be involved
in various legal actions, including civil, administrative and criminal proceedings. The vast majority of these
proceedings are part of the Group’s current business. In recent years, litigation with investors and the
number of disputes involving financial intermediaries such as banks and investment advisors has increased,
partly due to a difficult financial environment.
It is by nature difficult to foresee the outcome of disputes, regulatory proceedings and acts involving Group
entities, particularly if they are initiated by various categories of complainants, if the amount of claims for
damages is not specified or is indeterminate or if the proceedings have no precedent.
In preparing its financial statements, the Group assesses the consequences of the legal, regulatory or
arbitration proceedings in which it is involved. A provision is booked when losses from these proceedings
become probable and the amount can be estimated reliably.
To assess the probability of losses and the amount of these losses, and thus to determine the amount of
provisions to book, estimations are important. Management makes these estimates by exercising its
judgment and taking into account all information available when financial statements are prepared.
In particular, the Group takes into account the nature of the dispute, the underlying facts, ongoing
proceedings and court decisions already taken, as well as its experience and the experiences of other
companies dealing with similar cases (assuming that the Group has knowledge thereof) and, where
appropriate, the opinion and reports of experts and independent legal advisers.
Each quarter, the Group carries out a detailed examination of outstanding disputes that present a significant
risk. The description of those disputes is presented in Note 9 “Information on risks and litigation”.




188
NOTE 8.3 - TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
Tangible and intangible fixed assets include operating and investment fixed assets. Equipment assets held
for operating leases purpose are included in operating tangible assets, while buildings held for leasing
purposes are included in investment property.
Tangible and intangible fixed assets are carried at their purchase price on the asset side of the balance
sheet, less depreciation, amortisation and impairment, except investment property held by insurance entities
to back insurance contracts measured at fair value. The purchase price of fixed assets includes borrowing
costs incurred to fund a lengthy construction period for the fixed assets, along with all other directly
attributable expenses. Investment subsidies received are deducted from the cost of the relevant assets.
Software developed internally is recorded on the asset side of the balance sheet in the amount of the direct
cost of development.
As soon as they are fit for use, fixed assets are depreciated or amortised using the component-based
approach. Each component is depreciated or amortised over its own useful life. The Group has applied this
approach to its operating properties, breaking down its assets into components with depreciation periods of
10 to 50 years. Depreciation periods for fixed assets other than buildings depend on their useful life, which
is usually estimated at 3 to 20 years.
Any residual value of the asset is deducted from its depreciable amount. If there is a subsequent decrease
or increase in this initial residual value, the depreciable amount of the asset is adjusted, leading to a
prospective modification of the depreciation schedule.
Depreciation and amortisation are recorded in the income statement under Amortisation, depreciation and
impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets.
Fixed assets grouped into Cash Generating Units are tested for impairment whenever there is any indication
that their value may have diminished. Allocations and reversals of provisions for impairment are recorded
in profit or loss under Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets.
Realised capital gains and losses on operating fixed assets are recognised under Net income from other
assets.
Investment properties, insurance activities excluded, are depreciated using the component-based method.
Each component is depreciated over its own useful life, ranging from 10 to 50 years.
Investment property held by insurance entities to back the insurance contracts issued, are measured at fair
value through profit or loss, once a year, based on valuation reports by an independent expert. The fair
value of investment property is based on unobservable inputs, thus corresponding to the level 3 category of
fair value measurement (see Note 3.4).
Profits or losses on operating lease assets and on investment property, including amortisation, depreciation
and revaluation are recognised under Income from other activities and Expense from other activities
(see Note 4.2).

OPERATING LEASE ASSETS
The cars leased by the Group in the context of fleet management are depreciated on a straight-line basis
over the lease term for an average of 3 to 5 years. The depreciable amount of these cars is their acquisition
cost less their residual value.
The acquisition cost of rental cars includes their acquisition cost plus the direct initial costs necessary for
making them available to rental customers. Their residual value is an estimate of its resale value at the end
of the contract. The estimate is based on statistical data and is reviewed at least once a year to take into
account of price developments in the second-end car market. In case of increase or decrease in the residual
value compared to its initial estimate, this change in estimate leads to adjust, vehicle by vehicle,
its remaining depreciable value in order to modify its depreciation plan prospectively.
Profits or losses on the operating lease assets, including depreciation and impairment, are recognised under
“Income from other activities and Expense from other activities” (see Note 4.2).




189
RIGHTS-OF-USE FOR ASSETS LEASED BY THE GROUP

Lease

Definition of the lease
A contract is, or contains, a lease if it conveys to the lessor the right to control the use of an identified asset
for a period of time in exchange for consideration:
▪ Control is conveyed when the customer has both the right to direct the identified asset’s use, and to
obtain substantially all the economic benefits from that use throughout the lease period;
▪ The existence of an identified asset will depend on the absence, for the lessor, of substantive substitution
rights for the leased asset; this condition is measured with regard to the facts and circumstances existing
at the commencement of the contract. If the lessor has the option of freely substituting the leased asset,
the contract can not be qualified as a lease, since its purpose is the provision of a capacity and not
an asset;
▪ A capacity portion of an asset is still an identified asset if it is physically distinct (e.g. a floor of a building).
Conversely, a portion of the capacity or of an asset that is not physically distinct does not constitute an
identified asset (e.g. the lease of co-working area within a unit with no pre-defined location inside that
unit).

Separation of lease and non-lease components
A contract may cover the lease of an asset by the lessor as well as the supply of additional services by that
lessor. In this scenario, the lessee can separate the lease components from the non-lease components of
the contract and treat them separately. The rental payments stipulated in the contract must be separated
between the lease components and the non-lease components based on their individual prices (as directly
indicated in the contract or estimated on the basis on all of the observable information). If the lessee cannot
separate the lease components from the non-lease components (or services), the entire contract is treated
as a lease.

Lease term

Definition of the lease term
The lease period to be applied in determining the rental payments to be discounted matches the non-
cancellable period of the lease adjusted for:
▪ options to extend the contract that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise;
▪ and early termination options that the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise.
Periods covered Periods covered by
Non-cancellable by an option to an option to
Lease term = period of the lease + extend the + terminate the
lease* lease **

* if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option
** if the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise that option
The measurement of the reasonable certainty of exercising or not exercising the extension or early
termination options shall take into account all the facts and circumstances that may create an economic
incentive to exercise or not these options, specifically:
▪ the conditions for exercising these options (including measurement of the amount of the rental payments
in case of an extension, or of the amount of penalties that may be imposed for early termination);
▪ substantial changes made to the leased premises (specific layouts, such as a bank vault);
▪ the costs associated with terminating the contract (negotiation costs, moving costs, research costs for a
new asset that meets the lessee’s requirements, etc.);




190
▪ the importance of the leased asset for the lessee, in view of its specific nature, its location, or the
availability of substitute assets (specifically for branches located in commercially strategic sites,
given their accessibility, expected traffic, or the prestige of the location);
▪ the history of renewals of similar contracts, as well as the strategy for the future use of the assets
(based on the prospect of redeployment or rearrangement of a commercial branch network, for example).

When the lessee and the lessor each have the right to terminate the lease without the prior agreement of
the other party and with no penalty other than a negligible one, the contract is no longer binding, and thus it
no longer creates a lease liability.
In France, most property leases on premises occupied by branches are 9-year leases with an early-
termination option at the end of 3 and 6-year term (leases referred to as “3/6/9”); at the end of the 9-year
term, if no new agreement is signed, the initial lease is renewed by tacit agreement for a 5-year term.
This 5-year term may be modified depending on the quality of the location, the completion of major
investments, or the planned closure of a group of designated branches.

Changing the lease term
The term must be modified in case of a change of circumstances which lead the lessee to revise the exercise
of the options included in the lease contract or in case of events which contractually oblige the lessee to
exercise (or not) an option that had not been included (or is included) in the lease contract.
Following a change in the lease term, the lease obligation must be reassessed to reflect those changes by
using a revised discount rate for the remaining estimated term of the contract.

Accounting treatment by the Group as a lessee

On the commencement date (on which the leased asset is made available for use), the lessee must record
a lease liability on the liabilities side of the balance sheet and a right-of-use asset on the assets side of the
balance sheet except for the exemptions described below.
In the income statement, the lessee must recognise an interest expense calculated on the lease liability
under Net banking income and a depreciation of the right-of-use under Amortisation, depreciation and
impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets.
The rental payments will partly reduce the lease liability and partly remunerate this liability in the form of
interest expense.

Exemptions and exclusions
The Group does not apply the new lease treatment to contracts with a term of less than one year (including
renewal options), nor to contracts on low-value items by applying the exemption threshold of USD 5,000 as
indicated in the standard’s Basis for Conclusions (the threshold should be measured against the
replacement cost per unit of the leased asset).

Rental payment amounts
The payments to be considered for the measurement of the lease liability include fixed and variable rental
payments based on an index (e.g. consumer price index or construction cost index), plus, where applicable,
the funds that the lessee expects to pay the lessor for residual value guarantees, purchase options, or early
termination penalties.
However, variable lease payments that are indexed on the use of the leased asset (indexed on revenue or
mileage, for example) are excluded from the measurement of lease liability. This variable portion of the
rental payments is recorded in the net income over time according to fluctuations in contractual indexes
fluctuations.
Rental payments have to be considered based on their amount net of value-added tax. In addition,
for building leases, occupancy taxes and property taxes passed on by lessors will be excluded from lease
liabilities because their amount, as set by the competent public authorities, is variable.




191
Recognition of the lease liability
The liability initial amount is equal to the discounted value of the rental payments that will be payable over
the lease period.
This lease liability is then measured at the amortised cost using the effective interest rate method: part of
each rental payment will then be booked as interest expenses in the income statement, and part will be
gradually deducted from the lease liability on the balance sheet.
After the commencement date, the amount of the lease liability may be adjusted if the lease is amended,
the lease period is re-estimated, or to account for contractual changes in the rental payments related to the
application of indices or rates.
As applicable, the lessee must also recognise a provision in its liabilities to cover the costs of restoring the
leased asset that would be assumed when the lease ends.

Recognition of the right-of-use
On the availability date of the leased asset, the lessee must enter a right-of-use asset, on the assets side
of the balance sheet, for an amount equal to the initial value of the lease liability, plus, as applicable, initial
direct costs (e.g. issuance of an authenticated lease, registration fees, negotiation fees, front-end fee,
leasehold right, lease premium, etc), advance payments, and restoration costs.
This asset is then depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease period that is applied for measuring
the lease liability.
After the commencement date, the asset’s value may be adjusted if the lease is amended, as it is the case
for the lease liability.
Rights-of-use is presented on the lessee’s balance sheet under the items of fixed assets where properties
of the same type that are held in full ownership are entered. If the lease stipulates the initial payment of a
leasehold right to the former tenant of the premises, the amount of that right is stated as a separate
component of the right of use and presented under the same heading as the latter.

Lease discount rates
The Group uses the lessees’ incremental borrowing rate to discount the rental payments as well as the
amount of lease liabilities. For the entities which can directly refinance themselves on their local markets,
the incremental borrowing rate is set at the lessee entity level, not at the Group level, in consideration of the
borrowing terms and that entity’s credit risk. For the entities which refinance themselves through the Group,
the incremental borrowing rate is set by the Group.
The discount rates are set according to the currency, the country of the lessee entities and the maturity
estimated of the contracts.




192
CHANGES IN TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS


Table 8.3.A


Increases / Disposals / Other
(In EUR m) 31.12.2022 R allowances reversals Revaluation movements 31.12.2023
Intangible Assets 2,874 665 (155) - 178 3,562
of which gross value 8,935 1,379 (728) - 404 9,990
of which amortisation and impairments (6,061) (714) 573 - (226) (6,428)
Tangible Assets (w/o assets under
4,289 96 (148) - (18) 4,219
operating leases)
of which gross value 11,031 652 (391) - (85) 11,207
of which amortisation and impairments (6,742) (556) 243 - 67 (6,988)
Assets under operating leases (1) 24,071 16,411 (11,204) - 21,143 50,421
of which gross value 32,933 22,463 (16,618) - 28,628 67,406
of which amortisation and impairments (8,862) (6,052) 5,414 - (7,485) (16,985)
Investment Property (except insurancy
11 (1) - - 2 12
activities)
of which gross value 30 - (2) - 7 35
of which amortisation and impairments (19) (1) 2 - (5) (23)
Investment Property (including
877 1 - (148) - 730
insurancy activities)
Rights-of-use 1,836 (33) (152) - 119 1,770
of which gross value 3,221 417 (280) - 239 3,597
of which amortisation and impairments (1,385) (450) 128 - (120) (1,827)
Total 33,958 17,139 (11,659) (148) 21,424 60,714

(1) The other movements are mainly explained by the acquisition of LeasePlan (cf. Note 2.1).


BREAKDOWN OF MINIMUM PAYMENTS RECEIVABLE ON OPERATING LEASE ASSETS


Table 8.3.B


(In EUR m) 31.12.2023 31.12.2022 *
Payments due in less than five years 21,555 7,426
Payments due in less than one year 5,115 966
Payments due from one to two years 5,125 1,766
Payments due from two to three years 5,615 2,408
Payments due from three to four years 4,376 1,809
Payments due from four to five years 1,324 477
Payments due in more than five years 146 27
Total 21,701 7,453
* Amounts restated compared to the financial statements published for 2022.




193
INFORMATIONS RELATIVE TO LEASES ON TANGIBLE ASSETS USED BY THE GROUP



Property Leases
Most of the leases (more than 90%) involve building leases contracted for the lease of
commercial and office space:
▪ the commercial spaces are branches in the Group’s French and international
retail banking networks. In France, the majority of property leases contracted are
9-year commercial leases with early termination options at 3 and 6 years (so-
called "3/6/9" leases). If a new contract is not signed by the end of that 9-year
period, the initial lease is automatically extended;
▪ the office buildings are leased for certain departments reporting to the Group’s
French headquarters or the local head offices of the main foreign subsidiaries,
and for certain locations in the main international financial centres: London,
New York, Hong Kong...
Outside France, residual lease periods are generally below 10 years. In some
countries, leases can be annual, with optional automatic renewal. In other locations,
specifically London and New York, lease periods can be as long as 25 years.

Equipment Leases
Other leases (less than 10%) are mainly computer equipment leases and a very small
percentage of vehicle leases.


OVERVIEW TABLE OF LEASE TRANSACTION COSTS AND SUBLEASE INCOME


Table 8.3.C


31.12.2023


(In EUR m) Real estate IT Others Total
Lease (458) (47) (9) (514)
Interest expenses on lease liabilities (45) (1) (1) (47)
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets (378) (41) (4) (423)

Expense relating to short-term leases (22) (1) (4) (27)

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets (2) (4) - (6)

Expense relating to variable lease payments (11) - - (11)
Sublease income 11 - - 11




194
Table 8.3.D


31.12.2022


(In EUR m) Real estate IT Others Total
Lease (440) (47) (8) (495)
Interest expenses on lease liabilities (37) (0) (0) (37)
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets (361) (42) (4) (407)

Expense relating to short-term leases (29) (1) (3) (33)

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets (1) (4) (1) (6)

Expense relating to variable lease payments (12) (0) (0) (12)
Sublease income 11 - - 11




195
NOTE 8.4 - COMPANIES INCLUDED IN THE CONSOLIDATION SCOPE

Table 8.4.A

Group ownership interest Group voting interest

As at As at As at As at
Country Activity Method *
31.12.2023 31.12.2022 31.12.2023 31.12.2022
South Africa
(1) SG JOHANNESBURG Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Algeria
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 99.99 99.99
ALGERIE SPA Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
ALGERIE
Germany
ALD AUTOLEASING Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
D GMBH Financing
ALD
Specialist
INTERNATIONAL FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
GMBH
ALD
INTERNATIONAL Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
GROUP HOLDINGS Financing
GMBH
ALD LEASE FINANZ Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
GMBH Financing
BANK DEUTSCHES
Specialist
KRAFTFAHRZEUGG FULL 99.94 99.94 90 90
Financing
EWERBE GMBH
BDK LEASING UND Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICE GMBH Financing
CAR
PROFESSIONAL
FUHRPARKMANAGE
Specialist
MENT UND FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
BERATUNGSGESELL
SCHAFT MBH & CO.
KG
Specialist
CARPOOL GMBH FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
Specialist
FLEETPOOL GMBH FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
Specialist
GEFA BANK GMBH FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
GEFA
Specialist
VERSICHERUNGSDI EFS 100 100 100 100
Financing
ENST GMBH
HANSEATIC BANK Specialist
FULL 75 75 75 75
GMBH & CO KG Financing
HANSEATIC
GESELLSCHAFT
Portfolio
FUR FULL 75 75 100 100
Management
BANKBETEILIGUNGE
N MBH
HSCE HANSEATIC
SERVICE CENTER Services FULL 75 75 100 100
GMBH
INTERLEASING
Specialist
DELLO HAMBURG FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
G.M.B.H.
LEAN
Specialist
(6) AUTOVERMIETUNG FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
GMBH
LEASEPLAN
Specialist
(6) DEUTSCHLAND FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
GMBH
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SERVICES GMBH Financing
LEASEPLAN
VERSICHERUNGSVE Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
RMITTLUNGSGESEL Financing
LSCHAFT MBH

PHILIPS MEDICAL Specialist
(6) FULL 60 0 60 0
CAPITAL GMBH Financing



196
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
(6) FULL 100 0 100 0
GERMANY 10 Company

RED & BLACK AUTO
GERMANY 4 UG Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(HAFTUNGSBESCHR Company
ANKT)
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
(2) FULL 0 100 0 100
GERMANY 6 UG Company
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
GERMANY 7 Company
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
GERMANY 8 Company
RED & BLACK AUTO
GERMANY 9 UG Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(HAFTUNGSBESCHR Company
ANKT)
SG EQUIPMENT Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
FINANCE GMBH Financing
(1) SG FRANCFORT Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
EFFEKTEN GMBH Company
SOCIETE GENERALE
Specialist
SECURITIES FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
SERVICES GMBH
SOGECAP
(1) DEUTSCHE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
NIEDERLASSUNG
SOGESSUR
(1) DEUTSCHE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
NIEDERLASSUNG
Arabie Saoudite
SOCIETE GENERALE
(6) Bank FULL 100 0 100 0
SAUDI ARABIA JSC
Australia
SOCIETE GENERALE
SECURITIES Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SYDNEY BRANCH
Austria
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
FUHRPARKMANAGE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
MENT UND LEASING Financing
GMBH
FLOTTENMANAGEM Specialist
(6) ESI 25.77 0 49 0
ENT GMBH Financing
LEASEPLAN
OSTERREICH Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
FUHRPARKMANAGE Financing
MENT GMBH
(1) SG VIENNE Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Belarus
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
(4) FULL 0 75.94 0 100
LLC Financing
Belgium
Specialist
AXUS FINANCE SRL FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
Specialist
AXUS SA/NV FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
BASTION
Financial
EUROPEAN FULL 60.74 60.74 100 100
Company
INVESTMENTS S.A.
Financial
(6) BUMPER BE FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Company
LEASEPLAN FLEET Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
MANAGEMENT N.V. Financing
LEASEPLAN
Specialist
(6) PARTNERSHIPS & FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
ALLIANCES
LEASEPLAN TRUCK Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
N.V. Financing
Real Estate
PARCOURS and Real
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
BELGIUM Estate
Financing



197
(1) SG BRUXELLES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG EQUIPMENT
FINANCE BENELUX Specialist
(1) FULL 100 100 100 100
B.V. BELGIAN Financing
BRANCH
SOCIETE GENERALE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
IMMOBEL Company
Benin
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 93.43 93.43 94.1 94.1
BENIN
Bermuda
CATALYST RE
INTERNATIONAL Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
LTD.
Brazil
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.A. Financing
ALD CORRETORA
Broker FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
DE SEGUROS LTDA
BANCO SOCIETE
GENERALE BRASIL Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
S.A.
LEASEPLAN
Specialist
(6) ARRENDAMENTO FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
MERCANTIL S.A.
LEASEPLAN BRASIL Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LTDA. Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE
EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE S/A - FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
ARRENDAMENTO
MERCANTIL
Bulgaria
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
EOOD Financing
Burkina Faso
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 51.27 51.27 52.61 52.61
BURKINA FASO
Cayman Islands
AEGIS HOLDINGS Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(OFFSHORE) LTD. Company
Cameroon
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 58.08 58.08 58.08 58.08
CAMEROUN
Canada
13406300 CANADA
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(8) INC.
SG MONTREAL
(6) SOLUTION CENTER Services FULL 100 0 100 0
2 INC.
SG MONTREAL
(6) SOLUTION CENTER Services FULL 100 0 100 0
INC.
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(CANADA BRANCH)
SOCIETE GENERALE
CAPITAL CANADA Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
INC
Chile
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
LIMITADA Financing
China
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(CHINA) LIMITED
SOCIETE GENERALE
Specialist
LEASING AND FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
RENTING CO. LTD
Colombia
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.A.S. Financing
Congo




198
SOCIETE GENERALE
(4) Bank FULL 0 93.47 0 93.47
CONGO
South Korea
SG SECURITIES
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
KOREA CO., LTD.
(1) SG SEOUL Bank FULL 100 100 100 100

Côte d'Ivoire
SOCIETE GENERALE
(6) AFRICAN BUSINESS Services FULL 97.88 0 100 0
SERVICES ABIDJAN
SOCIETE GENERALE
CAPITAL Portfolio
FULL 71.27 71.25 100 99.98
SECURITIES WEST Management
AFRICA
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 73.25 73.25 73.25 73.25
COTE D'IVOIRE
Croatia
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
D.O.O. ZA.
Specialist
OPERATIVNI I FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
FINANCIJSKI
LEASING
ALD FLEET
SERVICES D.O.O ZA Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
TRGOVINU I Financing
USLUGE
Denmark
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
A/S Financing
AUTO CLAIM
Specialist
(6) HANDLING FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
DANMARK A/S
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
DANMARK A/S Financing
Specialist
NF FLEET A/S FULL 42.07 60.75 80 80
Financing
United Arab
Emirates
LEASEPLAN
EMIRATES FLEET
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT - ESI 25.77 0 49 0
Financing
LEASEPLAN
EMIRATES LLC, UAE
SOCIETE
(1) GENERALE, DIFC Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
BRANCH
Spain
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.A.U. Financing
ALTURA MARKETS,
SOCIEDAD DE Broker EJV 50 50 50 50
VALORES, SA
GARANTHIA PLAN
(6) Broker FULL 52.59 0 100 0
S.L.
Real Estate
GENEFIM
and Real
(1) SUCURSAL EN FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
ESPANA
Financing
LEASE PLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SERVICIOS S.A.U. Financing
Financial
(6) PAYXPERT SPAIN FULL 60 0 100 0
Company
Financial
(6) PIRAMBU S.L. FULL 100 0 100 0
Company
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE IBERIA, FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
E.F.C, S.A.U.
SOCGEN
FINANCIACIONES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
IBERIA, S.L.
SOCGEN
Financial
INVERSIONES FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
FINANCIERAS S.L.
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) SUCCURSAL EN Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
ESPANA




199
Real Estate
and Real
SODEPROM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
SOLUCIONES DE
RENTING Y
Specialist
MOVILIDAD, S.L. FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
(SOCIEDAD
UNIPERSONAL)
Estonia
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 39.45 56.96 75.01 75.01
EESTI AS Financing
United States of
America
AEGIS HOLDINGS Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(ONSHORE) INC. Company
SG AMERICAS Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
EQUITIES CORP. Company
SG AMERICAS
OPERATIONAL Services FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES, LLC
SG AMERICAS
SECURITIES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
HOLDINGS, LLC
SG AMERICAS
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
SECURITIES, LLC
Financial
SG AMERICAS, INC. FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
SG
Financial
(5) CONSTELLATION, FULL 0 100 0 100
Company
INC.
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE USA FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
CORP.
SG MORTGAGE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
FINANCE CORP. Company
SG MORTGAGE Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
SECURITIES, LLC Management
SG STRUCTURED Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
PRODUCTS, INC. Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(NEW YORK)
SOCIETE GENERALE
Financial
FINANCIAL FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
CORPORATION
SOCIETE GENERALE
Financial
INVESTMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
CORPORATION
SOCIETE GENERALE
Financial
LIQUIDITY FUNDING, FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LLC
Finland
Specialist
AXUS FINLAND OY FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
Specialist
NF FLEET OY FULL 42.07 60.75 80 80
Financing

France

29 HAUSSMANN Financial
FULL 87.1 87.1 87.1 87.1
EQUILIBRE Company
29 HAUSSMANN
Financial
(6) EURO CREDIT - FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
PART-C
29 HAUSSMANN Financial
FULL 58.1 58.1 58.1 58.1
EURO RDT Company
29 HAUSSMANN
Financial
SELECTION FULL 45.23 45.23 45.23 45.23
Company
EUROPE - K
29 HAUSSMANN Financial
FULL 68.7 68.7 68.7 68.7
SELECTION MONDE Company
Real Estate
and Real
908 REPUBLIQUE ESI 40 40 40 40
Estate
Financing
ADMINISTRATIVE
Specialist
(6) AND MANAGEMENT FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
SERVICES




200
Specialist
AIR BAIL FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
AIX - BORD DU LAC - Financial
EJV 50 50 50 50
3 Company
Real Estate
AIX - BORD DU LAC - and Real
(2) EJV 0 50 0 50
4 Estate
Financing
Specialist
ALD FULL 52.59 75.94 68.97 75.94
Financing
Real Estate
ALFORTVILLE and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
BAIGNADE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
AMPERIM EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
AMUNDI CREDIT Financial
(4) FULL 0 57.43 0 57.43
EURO - P Company
Real Estate
ANNEMASSE-ILOT and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
BERNARD Estate
Financing
Financial
ANTALIS SA FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Real Estate
and Real
ANTARES ESI 45 45 45 45
Estate
Financing
ANTARIUS Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
Real Estate
and Real
ARTISTIK ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
Financing
(5) BANQUE COURTOIS Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
BANQUE
FRANCAISE
Bank FULL 50 50 50 50
COMMERCIALE
OCEAN INDIEN
(5) BANQUE KOLB Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
BANQUE
(5) Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
LAYDERNIER
(5) BANQUE NUGER Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
(3) BANQUE POUYANNE Bank ESI 0 35 0 35
BANQUE RHONE
(5) Bank FULL 0 99.99 0 99.99
ALPES
(5) BANQUE TARNEAUD Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
Real Estate
and Real
BAUME LOUBIERE ESI 40 40 40 40
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
BERCK RUE DE and Real
(6) ESI 25 0 25 0
BOUVILLE Estate
Financing
Financial
BERLIOZ FULL 84.05 84.05 84.05 84.05
Company
Real Estate
BEZIERS-LA and Real
(6) EJV 50 0 50 0
COURONDELLE Estate
Financing
BOURSORAMA
Specialist
MASTER HOME FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
LOANS FRANCE
BOURSORAMA SA Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Real Estate
BREMANY LEASE and Real
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
SAS Estate
Financing
Financial
(6) BUMPER FR 2022-1 FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Company
Group Real
Estate
CARBURAUTO EJV 50 50 50 50
Management
Company




201
Real Estate
and Real
(6) CEGELEASE FULL 99.99 0 100 0
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
CENTRE IMMO and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
PROMOTION Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) CHARTREUX LOT A1 ESI 0 100 0 100
Estate
Financing
COMPAGNIE
Specialist
FINANCIERE DE FULL 99.99 99.99 100 100
Financing
BOURBON
COMPAGNIE Group Real
FONCIERE DE LA Estate
FULL 100 100 100 100
MEDITERRANEE Management
(CFM) Company
COMPAGNIE
GENERALE DE Specialist
FULL 99.89 99.89 99.89 99.89
LOCATION Financing
D'EQUIPEMENTS
Group Real
Estate
CONTE EJV 50 50 50 50
Management
Company
(5) CREDIT DU NORD Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
DARWIN DIVERSIFIE Portfolio
(3) FULL 0 89.94 0 89.94
0-20 Management
DARWIN DIVERSIFIE Financial
FULL 79.78 79.78 79.78 79.78
40-60 Company
DARWIN DIVERSIFIE Financial
FULL 78.34 78.34 78.34 78.34
80-100 Company
Specialist
DISPONIS FULL 99.99 99.99 100 100
Financing
ECHIQUIER
Financial
AGENOR EURO SRI FULL 40.85 40.85 40.85 40.85
Company
MID CAP
ESNI -
COMPARTIMENT Financial
(2) FULL 0 100 0 100
SG-CREDIT CLAIMS - Company
1
Financial
ETOILE CAPITAL FULL 100 99.99 100 99.99
Company
ETOILE MULTI
(3) Insurance FULL 0 51.59 0 51.59
GESTION EUROPE-C
ETOILE MULTI
(3) GESTION USA - Insurance FULL 0 35.18 0 35.18
PART P
Real Estate
F.E.P. and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTISSEMENTS Estate
Financing
Portfolio
(4) FCC ALBATROS ESI 0 100 0 51
Management
Specialist
FCT LA ROCHE FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
FEEDER LYX E ST50 Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
D6 Company
FEEDER LYXOR Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
CAC40 D2-EUR Company
Specialist
FENWICK LEASE FULL 99.99 99.99 100 100
Financing
FINASSURANCE
Insurance FULL 98.89 98.89 99 99
SNC
Specialist
FRANFINANCE FULL 99.99 99.99 99.99 99.99
Financing
FRANFINANCE Specialist
FULL 99.99 99.99 100 100
LOCATION Financing
Real Estate
and Real
GALYBET FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
GENEBANQUE Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Specialist
GENECAL FRANCE FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing




202
GENECAR -
SOCIETE GENERALE
DE COURTAGE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
D'ASSURANCE ET
DE REASSURANCE
Specialist
GENECOMI FRANCE FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
GENEFIM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Portfolio
GENEFINANCE FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Group Real
Estate
GENEGIS I FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Group Real
Estate
GENEGIS II FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Real Estate
and Real
GENEPIERRE FULL 60.34 56.56 60.34 56.56
Estate
Financing
Group Real
Estate
GENEVALMY FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Specialist
(3) HAGA NYGATA FULL 0 100 0 100
Financing
Specialist
HIPPOLYTE FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
HYUNDAI CAPITAL Specialist
ESI 49.95 49.95 50 50
FRANCE (EX SEFIA) Financing
Real Estate
and Real
ILOT AB FULL 80 80 80 80
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE and Real
ESI 35 35 35 35
PROMEX Estate
Financing
Real Estate
INVESTIR
and Real
IMMOBILIER FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
NORMANDIE
Financing
Financial
INVESTISSEMENT 81 FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Real Estate
and Real
(6) IVRY CHAUSSINAND FULL 64 0 64 0
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
JSJ PROMOTION ESI 45 45 45 45
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
LA CORBEILLERIE ESI 40 40 40 40
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LA FONCIERE DE LA and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
DEFENSE Estate
Financing
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
FRANCE S.A.S. Financing
Real Estate
LES ALLEES DE and Real
ESI 34 34 34 34
L'EUROPE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LES JARDINS and Real
ESI 35 35 35 35
D'ALHAMBRA Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LES JARDINS DE and Real
(2) ESI 0 30 0 30
L'ALCAZAR Estate
Financing




203
Real Estate
LES JARDINS DU and Real
(6) FULL 80 0 80 0
VILLAGE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
LES MESANGES FULL 55 55 55 55
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LES TROIS LUCS and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
13012 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LES VILLAS and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
VINCENTI Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
L'HESPEL ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
LOTISSEMENT DES and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
FLEURS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
LYON LA FABRIC EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
LYX ACT EURO Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
CLIMAT-D3EUR Company
LYX ACT EURO Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
CLIMAT-DEUR Company
LYXOR ACTIONS
Financial
EURO CLIMAT D4 FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
EUR
LYXOR GL OVERLAY
Financial
FULL 87.27 87.27 87.27 87.27
F Company
LYXOR SKYFALL Financial
FULL 88.98 88.98 88.98 88.98
FUND Company
Real Estate
MEDITERRANEE and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
GRAND ARC Estate
Financing
Real Estate
NORBAIL and Real
(2) ESI 0 100 0 100
IMMOBILIER Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
NORBAIL SOFERGIE FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
NORMANDIE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REALISATIONS Estate
Financing
Group Real
Estate
ONYX EJV 50 50 50 50
Management
Company
OPCI Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SOGECAPIMMO Company
ORADEA VIE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
Specialist
ORPAVIMOB FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PARCOURS FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PARCOURS ANNECY FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
PARCOURS and Real
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
BORDEAUX Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PARCOURS NANTES FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Estate
Financing




204
Real Estate
PARCOURS and Real
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
STRASBOURG Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PARCOURS TOURS FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Estate
Financing
(5) PAREL Services FULL 0 100 0 100
Financial
(6) PAYXPERT FRANCE FULL 60 0 100 0
Company
PHILIPS MEDICAL Specialist
FULL 60 60 60 60
CAPITAL FRANCE Financing
Real Estate
PIERRE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
PATRIMOINE Estate
Financing
Specialist
(6) PLEASE ESI 52.23 0 99.31 0
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PRAGMA FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
PRIMONIAL DOUBLE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
IMMO Estate
Financing

Specialist
PRIORIS FULL 94.89 94.89 95 95
Financing

Real Estate
and Real
PROGEREAL ESI 25.01 25.01 25.01 25.01
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
PROJECTIM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
RED & BLACK AUTO Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
LEASE FRANCE 1 Financing
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LEASE FRANCE 2 Company
RED & BLACK
Financial
CONSUMER FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
FRANCE 2013
RED & BLACK HOME Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
LOANS FRANCE 2 Company

Specialist
(6) REEZOCORP FULL 96.83 0 96.88 0
Financing

Real Estate
RIVAPRIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REALISATIONS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
S.C.I. DU DOMAINE and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
DE STONEHAM Estate
Financing

Specialist
SAGEMCOM LEASE FULL 99.99 99.99 100 100
Financing
Real Estate
SAINTE-MARTHE and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
ILOT C Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAINTE-MARTHE and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
ILOT D Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SAINT-MARTIN 3 EJV 0 50 0 50
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SARL BORDEAUX-
and Real
20-26 RUE DU ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
COMMERCE
Financing




205
Real Estate
SARL
and Real
D'AMENAGEMENT EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
DU MARTINET
Financing
Real Estate
SARL DE LA and Real
ESI 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5
VECQUERIE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SARL SEINE CLICHY FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS AMIENS -
and Real
AVENUE DU FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
GENERAL FOY
Financing

SAS BF3 NOGENT Portfolio
ESI 20 20 20 20
THIERS Management
Real Estate
SAS BONDUES - and Real
ESI 25 25 25 25
COEUR DE BOURG Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS COPRIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
RESIDENCES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SAS ECULLY SO'IN FULL 0 75 0 75
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SAS FOCH SULLY FULL 0 90 0 90
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS MERIGNAC and Real
FULL 90 90 90 90
OASIS URBAINE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS NORMANDIE and Real
(5) FULL 0 100 0 100
HABITAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS NORMANDIE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
RESIDENCES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SAS NOYALIS ESI 0 28 0 28
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS ODESSA and Real
ESI 49 49 49 49
DEVELOPPEMENT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(5) SAS PARNASSE FULL 0 100 0 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SAS PAYSAGES FULL 51 51 51 51
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS PROJECTIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
IMMOBILIER Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS RESIDENCE and Real
(2) FULL 0 77 0 77
AUSTRALIS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SAS RESIDENCIAL FULL 0 68.4 0 68.4
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS ROANNE LA and Real
ESI 41 41 41 41
TRILOGIE Estate
Financing




206
Real Estate
and Real
SAS SCENES DE VIE EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS SOAX and Real
FULL 58.5 58.5 58.5 58.5
PROMOTION Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS SOGEBROWN and Real
(5) FULL 0 100 0 100
POISSY Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SAS SOGEMYSJ FULL 51 51 51 51
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SAS SOJEPRIM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SAS TIR A L'ARC and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
AMENAGEMENT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SAS TOUR D2 JO 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
SAS VILLENEUVE Real Estate
D'ASCQ - RUE DES and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
TECHNIQUES Estate
BUREAUX Financing
Real Estate
SCCV 282 and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
MONTOLIVET 12 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ALFORTVILLE and Real
ESI 49 49 49 49
MANDELA Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV BAC GALLIENI FULL 51 51 51 51
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV BOIS-
and Real
GUILLAUME PARC EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
DE HALLEY
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV BOURG BROU FULL 60 60 60 60
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV BRON and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
CARAVELLE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CAEN and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
CASERNE MARTIN Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CAEN and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
PANORAMIK Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CANNES and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
JOURDAN Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CHARTREUX and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
LOT C Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CHARTREUX and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
LOT E Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CHARTREUX and Real
(2) FULL 0 100 0 100
LOTS B-D Estate
Financing




207
Real Estate
SCCV CHOISY and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
LOGEMENT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CLICHY BAC and Real
FULL 75 75 75 75
D'ASNIERES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV CLICHY BRC EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV COLOMBES ESI 28.66 28.66 49 49
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV COMPIEGNE and Real
(6) ESI 30 0 30 0
ROYALLIEU Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV COMPIEGNE - and Real
ESI 35 35 35 35
RUE DE L'EPARGNE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV CUGNAUX- and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
LEO LAGRANGE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV DEVILLE- and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
CARNOT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV DUNKERQUE
and Real
PATINOIRE EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
DEVELOPPEMENT
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV EIFFEL and Real
(4) FULL 0 51 0 51
FLOQUET Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV EPRON - ZAC and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
L'OREE DU GOLF Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ERAGNY and Real
(6) FULL 51 0 51 0
GUICHARD Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ESPACES DE and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
DEMAIN Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ETERVILLE and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
ROUTE D'AUNAY Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV EURONANTES and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
1E Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV FAVERGES FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV GAMBETTA LA and Real
ESI 25 25 25 25
RICHE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV GIGNAC and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
MOUSSELINE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV GIVORS and Real
FULL 85 85 85 85
ROBICHON Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV GOELETTES and Real
(6) EJV 50 0 50 0
GRAND LARGE Estate
Financing




208
Real Estate
SCCV HEROUVILLE and Real
ESI 33.33 33.33 33.33 33.33
ILOT A2 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ISTRES and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
PAPAILLE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV JA LE HAVRE and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
22 COTY Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV JDA and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
OUISTREHAM Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV KYMA and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
MERIGNAC Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LA BAULE -
and Real
LES JARDINS ESI 25 25 25 25
Estate
D'ESCOUBLAC
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LA
and Real
MADELEINE - PRE FULL 51 51 51 51
Estate
CATELAN
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LA
and Real
MADELEINE SAINT- EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
CHARLES
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LA PORTE DU and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
CANAL Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LACASSAGNE and Real
ESI 49 49 49 49
BRICKS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LE BOUSCAT and Real
(2) ESI 0 25 0 25
CARRE SOLARIS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LE CENTRAL and Real
ESI 33.4 33.4 33.4 33.4
C1.4 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LE CENTRAL and Real
(6) ESI 33.3 0 33.3 0
C1.5A Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LE CENTRAL and Real
(6) ESI 33.3 0 33.3 0
C1.7 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LES and Real
FULL 64.29 64.29 64.29 64.29
BASTIDES FLEURIES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LES and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
ECRIVAINS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LES HAUTS and Real
(6) FULL 55 0 55 0
VERGERS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LES PATIOS
and Real
D'OR DE FLEURY FULL 64 64 80 80
Estate
LES AUBRAIS
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV LES SUCRES EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LESQUIN and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
PARC Estate
Financing




209
Real Estate
SCCV L'IDEAL - and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
MODUS 1.0 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LILLE - JEAN and Real
ESI 33.4 33.4 33.4 33.4
MACE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV LOOS and Real
ESI 35 35 35 35
GAMBETTA Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MARCQ EN
and Real
BAROEUL GABRIEL ESI 20 20 20 20
Estate
PERI
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MARQUETTE and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
CALMETTE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MASSY and Real
(6) FULL 80 0 80 0
NOUAILLE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MEHUL 34000 and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
(ex-SCCV MEHUL) Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MONROC - and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
LOT 3 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV MONS and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
EQUATION Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV NICE ARENAS FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV NOGENT and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
PLAISANCE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV NOISY and Real
FULL 51 51 51 51
BOISSIERE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV PARIS and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
ALBERT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV PRADES BLEU and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
HORIZON Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV QUAI DE
and Real
SEINE A FULL 51 51 51 51
Estate
ALFORTVILLE
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV QUAI NEUF and Real
ESI 35 35 35 35
BORDEAUX Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ROUEN 27 and Real
(5) FULL 0 100 0 100
ANGLAIS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ROUSSET - and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
LOT 03 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SAINT JUST and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
DAUDET Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV SAY ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
Financing




210
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV SENGHOR ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SENSORIUM and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
BUREAUX Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SENSORIUM and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
LOGEMENT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SOGAB ILE DE and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
FRANCE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SOGAB and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
ROMAINVILLE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
LYON HABITAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCCV SOPRAB IDF FULL 70 70 70 70
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV ST MARTIN and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
DU TOUCH ILOT S9 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV SWING RIVE and Real
(2) EJV 0 50 0 50
GAUCHE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SCCV TALENCE PUR FULL 0 95 0 95
Estate
Financing

SCCV TOULOUSE Specialist
FULL 51 51 51 51
LES IZARDS Financing
Real Estate
SCCV TRETS and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
CASSIN LOT 4 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VERNAISON - and Real
(2) EJV 0 50 0 50
RAZAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VERNONNET- and Real
FULL 51 51 51 51
FIESCHI Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VILLA and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
CHANZY Estate
Financing

SCCV VILLA Specialist
ESI 30 30 30 30
VALERIANE Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VILLAS and Real
FULL 80 80 80 80
URBAINES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VILLENAVE
and Real
D'ORNON GARDEN ESI 25 25 25 25
Estate
VO
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VILLENEUVE and Real
(6) FULL 51 0 51 0
BONGARDE T2 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV VILLENEUVE
and Real
D'ASCQ-RUE DES EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
TECHNIQUES
Financing
SCCV VILLENEUVE
Specialist
VILLAGE FULL 51 51 51 51
Financing
BONGARDE




211
Real Estate
SCCV
and Real
VILLEURBANNE FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
TEMPO
Financing
Real Estate
SCCV
and Real
WAMBRECHIES EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
RESISTANCE
Financing
Real Estate
SCI 1134, AVENUE
and Real
DE L'EUROPE A EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
CASTELNAU LE LEZ
Financing
Real Estate
SCI 637 ROUTE DE and Real
(2) ESI 0 30 0 30
FRANS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI AQPRIM and Real
FULL 79.8 79.8 50 50
PROMOTION Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI ASC LA and Real
(2) EJV 0 42 0 50
BERGEONNERIE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SCI AVARICUM FULL 0 99 0 99
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI CENTRE IMMO
and Real
PROMOTION FULL 80 80 100 100
Estate
RESIDENCES
Financing
Real Estate
SCI CHELLES
and Real
AULNOY MENDES EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
FRANCE
Financing
Real Estate
SCI DU PARC SAINT and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
ETIENNE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI ETAMPES and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
NOTRE-DAME Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LA MANTILLA and Real
(5) FULL 0 100 0 100
COMMERCES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI L'ACTUEL ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI LAVOISIER FULL 80 80 80 80
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LE HAMEAU DES and Real
(2) EJV 0 40 0 40
GRANDS PRES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LE MANOIR DE and Real
(2) ESI 0 40 0 40
JEREMY Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LES and Real
(2) ESI 0 30 0 30
CASTELLINES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LES JARDINS DE and Real
(2) ESI 0 40 0 40
LA BOURBRE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LES JARDINS and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
D'IRIS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LES JARDINS DU and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
BLAVET Estate
Financing




212
Real Estate
SCI LES PORTES DU and Real
FULL 70 70 70 70
LEMAN Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LINAS COEUR and Real
FULL 70 71 70 71
DE VILLE 1 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI LOCMINE- and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
LAMENNAIS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI L'OREE DES and Real
(2) FULL 0 70 0 70
LACS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI MONTPELLIER and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
JACQUES COEUR Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI PRIMO E+ FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI PRIMO N+ FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI PRIMO N+2 FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI PRIMO N+3 FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI PROJECTIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
HABITAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI PROJECTIM
and Real
(2) MARCQ COEUR DE FULL 0 60 0 60
Estate
VILLE
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
(2) SCI PRONY EJV 0 50 0 50
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI QUINTEFEUILLE ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI RESIDENCE DU and Real
EJV 40 40 40 40
DONJON Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI RHIN ET and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
MOSELLE 1 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI RIVAPRIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
HABITAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI RIVAPRIM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
RESIDENCES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI SAINT OUEN and Real
(2) EJV 0 38 0 38
L'AUMONE - L'OISE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI SAINT-DENIS and Real
FULL 60 60 60 60
WILSON Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI SCS
and Real
IMMOBILIER FULL 52.8 52.8 66 66
Estate
D'ENTREPRISES
Financing




213
Real Estate
and Real
SCI SOGECIP FULL 80 80 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI SOGECTIM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
LYON RESIDENCES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI TERRES
and Real
(2) NOUVELLES FULL 0 80 0 80
Estate
FRANCILIENNES
Financing
Real Estate
SCI TOULOUSE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
CENTREDA 3 Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SCI VILLA EMILIE ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SCI VITAL BOUHOT
and Real
16-22 NEUILLY SUR ESI 40 40 40 40
Estate
SEINE
Financing

Specialist
SERVIPAR FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing

Financial
SG 29 HAUSSMANN FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
(3) SG ACTIONS EURO Insurance FULL 0 47.75 0 47.75
SG ACTIONS EURO Financial
FULL 40.05 40.05 40.05 40.05
SELECTION Company
SG ACTIONS Financial
FULL 38.14 38.14 38.14 38.14
FRANCE Company
Financial
SG ACTIONS LUXE-C FULL 84.25 84.25 84.25 84.25
Company
SG ACTIONS
(3) Insurance FULL 0 67.59 0 67.59
MONDE
SG ACTIONS Financial
FULL 60.05 60.05 60.05 60.05
MONDE EMERGENT Company
Financial
SG ACTIONS US FULL 65.06 65.06 65.06 65.06
Company
SG AMUNDI
Financial
(6) ACTIONS FRANCE FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
ISR - PART-C
SG AMUNDI
Financial
(6) ACTIONS MONDE FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
EAU - PART-C
SG AMUNDI Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
MONETAIRE ISR Company
SG AMUNDI
Financial
(6) MONETAIRE ISR - FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
PART P-C
SG AMUNDI OBLIG
Financial
(6) ENTREPRISES FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
EURO ISR - PART-C
SG BLACKROCK Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
ACTIONS US ISR Company
SG BLACKROCK Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
FLEXIBLE ISR Company
SG BLACKROCK
Financial
(6) OBLIGATIONS EURO FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
ISR - PART-C

SG CAPITAL Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
DEVELOPPEMENT Management
SG DNCA ACTIONS Financial
(6) FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
EURO ISR - PART-C Company

SG FINANCIAL Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES HOLDING Management

Financial
SG FLEXIBLE FULL 92.48 92.48 92.48 92.48
Company
SG OBLIG ETAT Financial
(6) FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
EURO - PART P-C Company




214
SG OBLIG ETAT Financial
FULL 79.94 79.94 79.94 79.94
EURO-R Company
Financial
SG OBLIGATIONS FULL 82.92 82.92 82.92 82.92
Company
Financial
SG OPCIMMO FULL 97.95 97.95 97.95 97.95
Company
SG OPTION EUROPE Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
SG VALOR ALPHA Financial
FULL 72.77 72.77 72.77 72.77
ACTIONS FRANCE Company
Real Estate
SGA 48-56 and Real
FULL 99 99 99 99
DESMOULINS Estate
Financing
SGA AXA IM US
Financial
CORE HY LOW FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
CARBON
SGA AXA IM US SD Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
HY LOW CARBON Company
SGA Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
INFRASTRUCTURES Company

Specialist
SGB FINANCE S.A. FULL 50.94 50.94 51 51
Financing

Specialist
SGEF SA FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing

Real Estate
SGI 10-16 VILLE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
L'EVEQUE Estate
Financing
Financial
SGI 1-5 ASTORG FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Real Estate
and Real
SGI HOLDING SIS FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SGI PACIFIC FULL 89.24 89.24 89.53 89.53
Estate
Financing
Financial
SHINE FULL 93.97 90.9 93.97 90.9
Company
Real Estate
SNC COEUR 8EME and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
MONPLAISIR Estate
Financing
SNC Real Estate
D'AMENAGEMENT and Real
EJV 33.33 33.33 33.33 33.33
FORUM SEINE ISSY Estate
LES MOULINEAUX Financing
Real Estate
SNC HPL and Real
(6) FULL 100 0 100 0
ARROMANCHES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SNC NEUILLY ILE DE and Real
ESI 40 40 40 40
LA JATTE Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SNC PROMOSEINE EJV 33.33 33.33 33.33 33.33
Estate
Financing
SOCIETE ANONYME
DE CREDIT A
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
L'INDUSTRIE
FRANCAISE (CALIF)
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE CAP ESI 45 45 45 45
Estate
THALASSA
Financing
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE CAP ESI 50 50 50 50
Estate
VEYRE
Financing
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE DE ESI 30 30 30 30
Estate
DIANE
Financing




215
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE DE ESI 28 28 28 28
Estate
PIERLAS
Financing
SOCIETE CIVILE Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE DES and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
COMBEAUX DE Estate
TIGERY Financing
SOCIETE CIVILE Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE and Real
ESI 30 30 30 30
ESTEREL Estate
TANNERON Financing
SOCIETE CIVILE
Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE
and Real
FONTENAY - EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
ESTIENNES
Financing
D'ORVES
SOCIETE CIVILE Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE and Real
ESI 20 20 20 20
GAMBETTA Estate
DEFENSE V Financing
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
(2) IMMOBILIERE LE ESI 0 30 0 30
Estate
BOTERO
Financing
SOCIETE CIVILE
IMMOBILIERE LES
Services ESI 35 35 35 35
HAUTS DE
L'ESTAQUE
SOCIETE CIVILE Real Estate
IMMOBILIERE LES and Real
ESI 25 25 25 25
HAUTS DE Estate
SEPTEMES Financing
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
MIRECRAU
Financing
Real Estate
SOCIETE CIVILE
and Real
IMMOBILIERE VERT ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
COTEAU
Financing
SOCIETE DE
Financial
BOURSE GILBERT FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
DUPONT
SOCIETE DE
COURTAGES
(6) Broker FULL 52.59 0 100 0
D'ASSURANCES
GROUPE
SOCIETE DE LA RUE Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
EDOUARD VII Management
SOCIETE DE
Financial
(6) SERVICES EJV 33.33 0 33.33 0
Company
FIDUCIAIRES (2SF)
SOCIETE DES Group Real
TERRAINS ET Estate
FULL 100 100 100 100
IMMEUBLES Management
PARISIENS (STIP) Company
Real Estate
SOCIETE DU PARC
and Real
(2) D'ACTIVITE DE LA ESI 0 30 0 30
Estate
VALENTINE
Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
(6) Services FULL 90.9 0 90.9 0
- FORGE
SOCIETE GENERALE Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
CAPITAL FINANCE Management
SOCIETE GENERALE
Portfolio
CAPITAL FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
PARTENAIRES

SOCIETE GENERALE Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
FACTORING Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE
POUR LE
Real Estate
DEVELOPPEMENT
and Real
DES OPERATIONS FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
DE CREDIT-BAIL
Financing
IMMOBILIER
"SOGEBAIL"



216
Real Estate
SOCIETE GENERALE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REAL ESTATE Estate
Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SCF Company
SOCIETE GENERALE
Portfolio
SECURITIES FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
SERVICES HOLDING
SOCIETE GENERALE Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
SFH Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
VENTURES Management
SOCIETE Group Real
IMMOBILIERE DU 29 Estate
FULL 100 100 100 100
BOULEVARD Management
HAUSSMANN Company
SOCIETE
(5) MARSEILLAISE DE Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
CREDIT
SOFIDY
(3) CONVICTIONS Insurance FULL 0 35.1 0 35.1
IMMOBILIERES
Group Real
Estate
SOGE BEAUJOIRE FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Group Real
Estate
SOGE PERIVAL I FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Group Real
Estate
SOGE PERIVAL II FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Group Real
Estate
SOGE PERIVAL III FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Group Real
Estate
SOGE PERIVAL IV FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
SOGEACT.SELEC.M Financial
FULL 99.78 99.78 99.78 99.78
ON. Company
Real Estate
and Real
SOGEAX FULL 60 60 60 60
Estate
Financing
Group Real
Estate
SOGECAMPUS FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
SOGECAP Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
SOGECAP -
Financial
DIVERSIFIED LOANS FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
FUND
SOGECAP ACTIONS
Financial
(6) PROTEGEES - PART- FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
C/D
SOGECAP Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
DIVERSIFIE 1 Company
SOGECAP EQUITY Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
OVERLAY (FEEDER) Company
SOGECAP LONG Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
TERME N°1 Company
Financial
SOGECAPIMMO 2 FULL 90.71 90.71 90.84 90.84
Company

Portfolio
SOGEFIM HOLDING FULL 100 100 100 100
Management


Specialist
SOGEFIMUR FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing




217
Specialist
SOGEFINANCEMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing

SOGEFINERG Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
FRANCE Financing

Group Real
Estate
SOGEFONTENAY FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company

SOGELEASE Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
FRANCE Financing

Group Real
Estate
SOGEMARCHE FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company

SOGEPARTICIPATIO Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
NS Management
Real Estate
and Real
SOGEPIERRE FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SOGEPROM FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM ALPES and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
HABITAT Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM
and Real
CENTRE-VAL DE FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
LOIRE
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM COTE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
D'AZUR Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
ENTREPRISES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
SOGEPROM LYON FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
SOGEPROM LYON Real Estate
AMENAGEMENT (ex- and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
SAS NOAHO Estate
AMENAGEMENT) Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
PARTENAIRES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REALISATIONS Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM SUD and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REALISATIONS Estate
Financing
SOGESSUR Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
Real Estate
and Real
SOGEVIMMO FULL 98.75 98.75 98.75 98.75
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
ST BARNABE 13004 EJV 50 50 50 50
Estate
Financing




218
Specialist
STAR LEASE FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
Specialist
TEMSYS FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
TRANSACTIS Services EJV 50 50 50 50
Financial
TREEZOR SAS FULL 95.35 95.12 95.35 95.12
Company
Real Estate
URBANISME ET
and Real
COMMERCE FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
PROMOTION
Financing
Portfolio
VALMINCO FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Group Real
Estate
VALMINVEST FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
Company
Real Estate
and Real
VG PROMOTION ESI 35 35 35 35
Estate
Financing
Real Estate
VIENNE BON and Real
EJV 50 50 50 50
ACCUEIL Estate
Financing
Real Estate
and Real
VILLA D'ARMONT ESI 40 40 40 40
Estate
Financing


Ghana


SOCIETE GENERALE
GHANA PLC (ex-
Bank FULL 60.22 60.22 60.22 60.22
SOCIETE GENERAL
GHANA PLC)

Gibraltar


HAMBROS
(GIBRALTAR Services FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES) LIMITED

SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS
(GIBRALTAR)
LIMITED (ex-SG
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
KLEINWORT
HAMBROS BANK
(GIBRALTAR)
LIMITED)
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS BANK
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED GIBRALTAR
BRANCH
Greece
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
Bank FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.A. LEASE OF CARS
LEASEPLAN HELLAS
COMMERCIAL
VEHICLE LEASING
AND FLEET Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
MANAGEMENT Financing
SERVICES SINGLE-
MEMBER SOCIETE
ANON

Guinea

SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 57.93 57.93 57.93 57.93
GUINEE
Equatorial
Guinea




219
SOCIETE GENERALE
DE BANQUES EN
Bank FULL 52.44 52.44 57.23 57.23
GUINEE
EQUATORIALE
Hong Kong
SG ASSET FINANCE
(HONG KONG) Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
SG CAPITAL
Financial
FINANCE (ASIA FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
PACIFIC) LIMITED
SG CAPITAL
Financial
FINANCE (HONG FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
KONG) LIMITED
SG CORPORATE
Financial
FINANCE (ASIA FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
PACIFIC) LIMITED
SG CORPORATE
Financial
FINANCE (HONG FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
KONG) LIMITED
SG FINANCE (ASIA Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
PACIFIC) LIMITED Company
SG FINANCE (HONG Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
KONG) LIMITED Company
(1) SG HONG KONG Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG LEASING (HONG Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
KONG) LIMITED Company
SG SECURITIES (HK)
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
SG SECURITIES
ASIA
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
INTERNATIONAL
HOLDINGS LIMITED
Real Estate
and Real
(1) SGL ASIA HK FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
ASIA LTD Company
TH INVESTMENTS
Financial
(HONG KONG) 1 FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LIMITED
TH INVESTMENTS
Financial
(HONG KONG) 5 FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LIMITED

Hungary

ALD AUTOMOTIVE
MAGYARORSZAG
AUTOPARK-KEZELO
Specialist
ES FINANSZIROZO FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
KORLATOLT
FELELOSSEGU
TARSASAG
LEASEPLAN
HUNGARIA
GEPJARMU KEZELO Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
ES FIANNSZIROZO Financing
RESZVENYTARSASA
G
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
(6) FINANCE HUNGARY FULL 100 0 100 0
Financing
ZRT

Jersey Island


ELMFORD LIMITED Services FULL 100 100 100 100

Financial
HANOM I LIMITED FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Financial
(5) HANOM II LIMITED ESI 0 100 0 100
Company
Financial
(5) HANOM III LIMITED ESI 0 100 0 100
Company
J D CORPORATE
Services FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES LIMITED



220
KLEINWORT
BENSON
(5) Bank ESI 0 100 0 100
CUSTODIAN
SERVICES LIMITED
SG HAMBROS
Financial
(5) NOMINEES ESI 0 100 0 100
Company
(JERSEY) LIMITED
SG HAUSSMANN Financial
(2) FULL 0 100 0 100
FUND Company
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS (CI)
LIMITED (ex-SG
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
KLEINWORT
HAMBROS BANK (CI)
LIMITED)
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS BANK
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED, JERSEY
BRANCH
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS
Portfolio
CORPORATE FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
SERVICES (CI)
LIMITED
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS TRUST Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
COMPANY (CI) Company
LIMITED
SGKH TRUSTEES
Services FULL 100 100 100 100
(CI) LIMITED

Isle of Man

KBBIOM LIMITED Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(2) KBTIOM LIMITED Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
Guernsey Island
CDS
INTERNATIONAL Services FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
HAMBROS
(GUERNSEY Services FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES) LTD
(5) HTG LIMITED Services ESI 0 100 0 100
KLEINWORT
BENSON
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
INTERNATIONAL
TRUSTEES LIMITED
SG KLEINWORT
(1) HAMBROS BANK (CI)
Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
(2) LIMITED, GUERNSEY
BRANCH
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS BANK
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED GUERNSEY
BRANCH

India


ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
PRIVATE LIMITED Financing

LEASE PLAN INDIA Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
PRIVATE LTD. Financing

LEASEPLAN FLEET
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT INDIA FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
PVT. LTD.
(1) SG MUMBAI Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
GLOBAL SOLUTION Services FULL 100 100 100 100
CENTRE INDIA
SOCIETE GENERALE
SECURITIES INDIA Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
PRIVATE LIMITED
Ireland




221
ALD RE PUBLIC
LIMITED COMPANY
(ex-ALD RE
Insurance FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
DESIGNATED
ACTIVITY
COMPANY)
EURO INSURANCES
(6) DESIGNATED Insurance FULL 52.59 0 100 0
ACTIVITY COMPANY
IRIS SPV PLC Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERIES MARK Company
IRIS SPV PLC Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERIES SOGECAP Company
LEASEPLAN DIGITAL
(1)
B.V. (DUBLIN Services FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(6)
BRANCH)
LEASEPLAN
FINANCE B.V.
(1) Specialist
(DUBLIN BRANCH FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(6) Financing
OF LEASEPLAN
FINANCE B.V.)
LEASEPLAN FLEET
MANAGEMENT Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SERVICES IRELAND Financing
LTD.
MERRION FLEET
Specialist
(4) MANAGEMENT FULL 0 75.94 0 100
Financing
LIMITED
NB SOG EMER EUR - Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
I Company
(1) SG DUBLIN Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS PRIVATE
(2) INVESTMENT Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
OFFICE SERVICES
LIMITED
SGBT FINANCE
IRELAND Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
DESIGNATED Financing
ACTIVITY COMPANY
SOCIETE GENERALE
SECURITIES Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES, SGSS Company
(IRELAND) LIMITED
Italy
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
ITALIA S.R.L. Financing

Specialist
FIDITALIA S.P.A. FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing

FRAER LEASING Specialist
FULL 86.91 74.99 86.91 74.99
SPA Financing

LEASEPLAN ITALIA Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
S.P.A. Financing

MORIGI FINANCE Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
S.R.L. Financing

RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
ITALY S.R.L. Company

SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE ITALY FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
S.P.A.


Specialist
SG FACTORING SPA FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing

Specialist
SG LEASING SPA FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
SG LUXEMBOURG
(1) Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
ITALIAN BRANCH
(1) SG MILAN Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
SECURITIES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES S.P.A.




222
SOGECAP SA
RAPPRESENTANZA
GENERALE PER
L'ITALIA (ex-
(1) Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCECAP SA
RAPPRESENTANZA
GENERALE PER
L'ITALIA)
SOGESSUR SA
RAPPRESENTANZA
(1) GENERALE PER Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
L'ITALIA (ex-
SOGESSUR SA)

Japan

(1) SG TOKYO Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
HAUSSMANN Portfolio
FULL 100 100 100 100
MANAGEMENT Management
JAPAN LIMITED
SOCIETE GENERALE
SECURITIES JAPAN Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED


Latvia


ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 39.44 56.96 75 75
SIA Financing
Lithuania
UAB ALD Specialist
FULL 39.44 56.96 75 75
AUTOMOTIVE Financing



Luxembourg



ALD
Specialist
INTERNATIONAL FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
SERVICES S.A.
AXUS LUXEMBOURG Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
SA Financing
BARTON CAPITAL Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SA Company
Financial
(6) BUMPER DE S.A. FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Company
CODEIS
Financial
COMPARTIMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
A0084
CODEIS
Financial
COMPARTIMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
A0076
CODEIS SECURITIES Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
S.A. Company
Financial
COVALBA FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
GOLDMAN SACHS 2 Financial
(4) FULL 0 100 0 100
G EM M DBP ID Company
INFRAMEWA CO- Financial
(6) FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
INVEST SCSP Company
Financial
IVEFI S.A. FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LEASEPLAN GLOBAL
PROCUREMENT (A
(1) LUXEMBOURGISH Specialist
FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(6) BRANCH OF Financing
LEASEPLAN GLOBAL
B.V.)
MERIBOU Specialist
(6) FULL 100 0 100 0
INVESTMENTS SA Financing
MOOREA FUND SG
Financial
(6) CREDIT MILLESIME FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
Company
2028 RE (EUR CAP)
MOOREA GLB Financial
FULL 68.08 68.08 68.08 68.08
BALANCED Company




223
MOOREA
Financial
SUSTAINABLE US FULL 60.05 0 60.05 0
(6) Company
EQUITY RE
PIONEER
INVESTMENTS Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
DIVERSIFIED LOANS Company
FUND
RED & BLACK AUTO
Financial
LEASE GERMANY 3 FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(6) Company
S.A.
RED & BLACK AUTO
Financial
LEASE GERMANY FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Company
S.A.
SALINGER S.A. Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Financial
SG ISSUER FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
(6) SG LUCI Insurance FULL 100 0 100 0
SGBT ASSET BASED Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
FUNDING SA Company
Financial
SGBTCI FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Real Estate
and Real
SGL ASIA FULL 100 100 100 100
Estate
Financing
SGL RE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
CAPITAL MARKET Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
FINANCE
SOCIETE GENERALE
FINANCING AND Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
DISTRIBUTION
SOCIETE GENERALE
LIFE INSURANCE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
BROKER SA
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LUXEMBOURG
SOCIETE GENERALE
Specialist
LUXEMBOURG FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
LEASING
SOCIETE GENERALE
Financial
PRIVATE WEALTH FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
MANAGEMENT S.A.
SOCIETE GENERALE
Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
RE SA
Group Real
SOCIETE
Estate
IMMOBILIERE DE FULL 100 100 100 100
Management
L'ARSENAL
Company
SOGELIFE Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
Financial
(2) SOLYS FULL 0 100 0 100
Company
SPIRE SA -
Financial
COMPARTIMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
2021-51
SURYA Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTMENTS S.A. Financing
ZEUS FINANCE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
LEASING S.A. Financing


Madagascar

BFV - SOCIETE
Bank FULL 70 70 70 70
GENERALE
Malaysia
ALD MHC MOBILITY
Specialist
SERVICES FULL 31.55 45.56 60 60
Financing
MALAYSIA SDN BHD
Morocco
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
SA (ex-ALD Specialist
FULL 27.06 35.23 50 50
AUTOMOTIVE SA Financing
MAROC)
ATHENA COURTAGE Insurance FULL 58.26 58.28 99.9 99.93




224
Group Real
Estate
FONCIMMO FULL 57.67 57.67 100 100
Management
Company
(6) INVESTIMA SA Bank FULL 38.14 0 58.48 0
LA MAROCAINE VIE Insurance FULL 79.24 79.24 99.98 99.98
SG MAROCAINE DE
Bank FULL 57.67 57.67 57.67 57.67
BANQUES
SOCIETE
D'EQUIPEMENT Specialist
FULL 32.37 31.19 57.09 53.98
DOMESTIQUE ET Financing
MENAGER "EQDOM"
SOCIETE GENERALE
(6) AFRICAN BUSINESS Services FULL 97.88 0 100 0
SERVICES S.A.S
SOCIETE GENERALE
Specialist
DE LEASING AU FULL 57.67 57.67 100 100
Financing
MAROC
SOCIETE GENERALE Financial
FULL 57.64 57.64 99.94 99.94
OFFSHORE Company
SOGECAPITAL Financial
FULL 57.65 57.64 99.95 99.94
GESTION Company

SOGECAPITAL Portfolio
FULL 57.66 57.66 99.97 99.98
PLACEMENT Management

SOGEFINANCEMENT Specialist
FULL 57.67 57.67 100 100
(8) MAROC Financing


Mauritius

SG SECURITIES
BROKING (M) Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED

Mauritania

SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 100 95.5 100 95.5
MAURITANIE
Mexico


ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.A. DE C.V. Financing

ALD FLEET SA DE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
CV SOFOM ENR Financing
LEASEPLAN MEXICO Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
S.A. DE C.V. Financing
SGFP MEXICO, S.A. Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
DE C.V. Company
Monaco
SOCIETE DE
(5) Bank FULL 0 100 0 100
BANQUE MONACO
SOCIETE GENERALE
PRIVATE BANKING Bank FULL 99.99 100 99.99 100
(MONACO)
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) (SUCCURSALE Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
MONACAO)

Norway

ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
(4) FULL 0 75.94 0 100
AS Financing

LEASEPLAN NORGE Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
AS Financing

Specialist
NF FLEET AS FULL 42.07 60.75 80 80
Financing

New Caledonia


Specialist
CREDICAL FULL 88.34 88.34 98.05 98.05
Financing




225
Financial
(6) SOCALFI FULL 88.34 0 100 0
Company
SOCIETE GENERALE
CALEDONIENNE DE Bank FULL 90.09 90.09 90.09 90.09
BANQUE
Netherlands

AALH Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
PARTICIPATIES B.V. Financing

ACCIDENT
MANAGEMENT Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SERVICES (AMS) Financing
B.V.
ALVARENGA Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTMENTS B.V. Financing
Financial
ASTEROLD B.V. FULL 100 100 100 100
Company

AXUS FINANCE NL Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
B.V. Financing
AXUS NEDERLAND Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
BV Financing
BRIGANTIA Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTMENTS B.V. Company
BUMPER NL 2020-1 Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
B.V. Company
BUMPER NL 2022-1 Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
B.V. Company
Specialist
CAPEREA B.V. FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
Specialist
(6) FIRENTA B.V. FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
Real Estate
FORD FLEET and Real
FULL 26.35 38.05 50.1 50.1
MANAGEMENT B.V. Estate
Financing
HERFSTTAFEL Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTMENTS B.V. Financing
HORDLE FINANCE Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
B.V. Company
LEASE BEHEER Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
HOLDING B.V. Financing
Real Estate
LEASE BEHEER and Real
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
VASTGOED B.V. Estate
Financing
LEASEPLAN CN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
HOLDING B.V. Financing
LEASEPLAN Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
CORPORATION N.V. Company
LEASEPLAN DIGITAL
(6) Services FULL 52.59 0 100 0
B.V.
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
FINANCE B.V. Financing

LEASEPLAN GLOBAL Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
B.V. Financing

LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
NEDERLAND N.V. Financing
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
RECHTSHULP B.V. Financing
Specialist
(6) LP GROUP B.V. FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
MONTALIS Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
INVESTMENT BV Financing
(1) SG AMSTERDAM Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE BENELUX FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
BV
Specialist
SOGELEASE B.V. FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
Specialist
SOGELEASE FILMS FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
TRANSPORT PLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
B.V. Financing




226
Financial
TYNEVOR B.V. FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
Peru
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
PERU S.A.C. Financing
Poland
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
POLSKA SP Z O.O. Financing
FLEET ACCIDENT
(6) MANAGEMENT Broker FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SERVICES SP Z O.O.
LEASEPLAN FLEET
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
(POLSKA) SP Z O.O.
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
LEASING POLSKA FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
SP Z.O.O.
SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) S.A. ODDZIAL W Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
POLSCE
SOGECAP SPOLKA
(1) AKCYJNA ODDZIAL Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
W POLSCE
SOGESSUR SPOLKA
(1) AKCYJNA ODDZIAL Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
W POLSCE
French
Polynesia
BANQUE DE
Bank FULL 72.1 72.1 72.1 72.1
POLYNESIE
SOGELEASE BDP Specialist
FULL 72.1 72.1 100 100
"SAS" Financing
Portugal
FLEET COVER-
SOCIEDADE
(6) Broker FULL 52.59 0 100 0
MEDIACAO DE
SEGUROS, LDA.
LEASEPLAN
PORTUGAL
COMERCIO E
Specialist
(6) ALUGUER DE FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
AUTOMÓVEIS E
EQUIPAMENTOS
UNIPESSOAL LDA.
SGALD
AUTOMOTIVE
SOCIEDADE GERAL Specialist
(4) FULL 0 75.94 0 100
DE COMERCIO E Financing
ALUGUER DE BENS
SA

Czech Republic


ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
S.R.O. Financing

Specialist
ESSOX SRO FULL 80 80 100 100
Financing
Financial
FACTORING KB FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Company
KB PENZIJNI Financial
FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
SPOLECNOST, A.S. Company
Real Estate
and Real
KB REAL ESTATE FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Estate
Financing
KB
SMARTSOLUTIONS, Bank FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
S.R.O.
KOMERCNI BANKA
Bank FULL 60.73 60.73 60.73 60.73
A.S.
KOMERCNI
Insurance FULL 80.76 80.76 100 100
POJISTOVNA A.S
MODRA PYRAMIDA
Financial
STAVEBNI FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Company
SPORITELNA AS



227
Financial
PROTOS FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Company
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE CZECH FULL 80.33 80.33 100 100
Financing
REPUBLIC S.R.O.
Real Estate
SOGEPROM CESKA and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
REPUBLIKA S.R.O.Estate
Financing
Real Estate
SOGEPROM MICHLE and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
S.R.O. Estate
Financing
Group Real
Estate
STD2, S.R.O. FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Management
Company
Real Estate
and Real
VN 42 FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
Estate
Financing
WORLDLINE CZECH
Services ESI 0.61 0.06 40 40
REPUBLIC S.R.O.

Romania

ACCIDENT
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
SERVICES S.R.L.

ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 72.79 100 100
SRL Financing

BRD - GROUPE
SOCIETE GENERALE Bank FULL 60.17 60.17 60.17 60.17
SA
BRD ASSET
Portfolio
MANAGEMENT SAI FULL 60.17 60.17 100 100
Management
SA
BRD FINANCE IFN Financial
FULL 80.48 80.48 100 100
S.A. Company

BRD SOGELEASE Portfolio
FULL 60.17 60.17 100 100
IFN S.A. Management

LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
ROMANIA S.R.L. Financing
LEASEPLAN
Specialist
(6) SERVICE CENTER FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
S.R.L.
Real Estate
S.C. ROGARIU and Real
FULL 75 75 75 75
IMOBILIARE S.R.L. Estate
Financing
SOCIETE GENERALE
GLOBAL SOLUTION Services FULL 100 100 100 100
CENTRE ROMANIA
Real Estate
SOGEPROM and Real
FULL 100 100 100 100
ROMANIA SRL Estate
Financing
SOGESSUR S.A
(1) PARIS - SUCURSALA Insurance FULL 100 100 100 100
BUCURESTI

United Kingdom

Financial
ACR FULL 100 100 100 100
Company

ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
GROUP LIMITED Financing

ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
LIMITED Financing

AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LEASING LIMITED Financing




228
BRIGANTIA
Financial
(1) INVESTMENTS B.V. FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
(UK BRANCH)
BUMPER UK 2019-1 Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
FINANCE PLC Company
BUMPER UK 2021-1 Financial
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
FINANCE PLC Company
COMPAGNIE
(1) GENERALE DE Specialist
FULL 99.89 0 100 0
(6) LOCATION Financing
D'EQUIPEMENTS UK

DIAL CONTRACTS Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LIMITED Financing

DIAL VEHICLE
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT FULL 52.38 0 99.6 0
Financing
SERVICES LTD
FENCHURCH
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES LIMITED
FORD FLEET
Specialist
MANAGEMENT UK FULL 26.35 38.05 100 100
Financing
LIMITED
FRANK NOMINEES
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
HORDLE FINANCE Financial
(1) FULL 100 100 100 100
B.V. (UK BRANCH) Company
INTERNAL FLEET
Specialist
(6) PURCHASING FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
LIMITED
INULA HOLDING UK Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LIMITED Financing
JWB LEASING
Specialist
LIMITED FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
PARTNERSHIP
KBIM STANDBY
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES LIMITED
KBPB NOMINEES
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
KH COMPANY
SECRETARIES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
KLEINWORT
BENSON FARMLAND
Bank FULL 75 75 75 75
TRUST (MANAGERS)
LIMITED
LANGBOURN
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES LIMITED

LEASEPLAN UK Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LIMITED Financing

PAYXPERT Financial
(6) FULL 60 0 60 0
SERVICES LTD Company
RED & BLACK AUTO Financial
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
LEASE UK 1 PLC Company
ROBERT BENSON,
LONSDALE & CO. Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(CANADA) LIMITED

SG (MARITIME) Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
LEASING LIMITED Financing

SG EQUIPMENT
FINANCE Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
(DECEMBER) Financing
LIMITED
SG FINANCIAL Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
SERVICES LIMITED Company
SG HAMBROS
Financial
TRUST COMPANY FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LIMITED
SG HEALTHCARE
Financial
BENEFITS TRUSTEE FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
COMPANY LIMITED
SG INVESTMENT Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED Company
SG KLEINWORT
Financial
HAMBROS BANK FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LIMITED
SG KLEINWORT
Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
HAMBROS LIMITED




229
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS
NOMINEES LIMITED Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(ex-SG HAMBROS Company
(LONDON)
NOMINEES LIMITED)
SG KLEINWORT
HAMBROS TRUST Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
COMPANY (UK) Financing
LIMITED
SG LEASING Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
(ASSETS) LIMITED Financing
SG LEASING (GEMS) Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED Financing
SG LEASING (JUNE) Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED Financing
SG LEASING Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
(MARCH) LIMITED Financing
SG LEASING (USD) Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED Financing

Specialist
SG LEASING IX FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing

(1) SG LONDRES Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG TITANIUM
LIMITED (ex-SG Specialist
FULL 100 100 100 100
LEASING (CENTRAL Financing
3) LIMITED)
SOCGEN NOMINEES Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
(UK) LIMITED Company
SOCIETE GENERALE
Specialist
EQUIPMENT FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
FINANCE LIMITED
SOCIETE GENERALE
INTERNATIONAL Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED
SOCIETE GENERALE
Financial
INVESTMENTS (U.K.) FULL 100 100 100 100
Company
LIMITED
STRABUL Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
NOMINEES LIMITED Company
TYNEVOR B.V. (UK Financial
(1) FULL 100 100 100 100
BRANCH) Company
Russian
Federation

ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
(4) ESI 0 75.94 0 100
OOO Financing



LEASEPLAN RUS Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
LLC Financing


Senegal
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 64.45 64.45 64.87 64.87
SENEGAL


Serbia


ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
D.O.O BEOGRAD Financing
Singapore
SG MARKETS (SEA)
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
PTE. LTD.
SG SECURITIES
(SINGAPORE) PTE. Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LTD.
(1) SG SINGAPOUR Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SG TRUST (ASIA) Financial
FULL 100 100 100 100
LTD Company
Slovakia
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
SLOVAKIA S.R.O. Financing
ESSOX FINANCE Specialist
FULL 80 80 100 100
S.R.O. Financing




230
INSURANCEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
S.R.O. Financing
KOMERCNI BANKA
(1) Bank FULL 60.73 60.73 100 100
SLOVAKIA
LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SLOVAKIA S.R.O. Financing
SG EQUIPMENT
FINANCE CZECH
REPUBLIC S.R.O. Specialist
(1) FULL 80.33 80.33 100 100
ORGANIZACNA Financing
ZLOZKA (SLOVAK
RUPUBLIC BRANCH)
Slovenia
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
Specialist
OPERATIONAL FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
LEASING DOO
Sweden
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
AB Financing


CLAIMS
Specialist
(6) MANAGEMENT FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
SVERIGE AB


LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
SVERIGE AB Financing

Specialist
NF FLEET AB FULL 42.07 60.75 80 80
Financing

SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) SA BANKFILIAL Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SVERIGE
Switzerland
ALD AUTOMOTIVE Specialist
FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
AG Financing

(6) Specialist
ALL-IN A.G. FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(8) Financing

LEASEPLAN Specialist
(6) FULL 52.59 0 100 0
(SCHWEIZ) A.G. Financing
SG EQUIPMENT
Specialist
FINANCE SCHWEIZ FULL 100 100 100 100
Financing
AG
(1) SG ZURICH Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
SOCIETE GENERALE
PRIVATE BANKING Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
(SUISSE) S.A.

Taiwan

SG SECURITIES
(HONG KONG)
(1) Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
LIMITED TAIPEI
BRANCH
(1) SG TAIPEI Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Chad
SOCIETE GENERALE
Bank FULL 56.91 56.91 67.92 67.92
TCHAD
Thailand
SOCIETE GENERALE
(THAILAND) LIMITED
(ex-SOCIETE
Broker FULL 100 100 100 100
GENERALE
SECURITIES
(THAILAND) LTD.)

Togo

SOCIETE GENERALE
(1) Bank FULL 93.43 93.43 100 100
TOGO
Tunisia
UNION
INTERNATIONALE Bank FULL 55.1 55.1 52.34 52.34
DE BANQUES



231
Turkey

ALD AUTOMOTIVE
Specialist
TURIZM TICARET FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
ANONIM SIRKETI
LEASEPLAN
Specialist
(6) OTOMOTIV SERVIS FULL 52.59 0 100 0
Financing
VE TICARET A.S.
(1) SG ISTANBUL Bank FULL 100 100 100 100
Ukraine
ALD AUTOMOTIVE
Specialist
UKRAINE LIMITED FULL 52.59 75.94 100 100
Financing
LIABILITY COMPANY

* FULL: Full consolidation - JO: Joint Operation - EJV: Equity (Joint Venture) - ESI: Equity (significant influence) -
EFS: Equity For Simplification (Entities controlled by the Group that are consolidated using the equity method for
simplification because are not significant).
(1) Branches.
(2) Entities wound up.
(3) Removal from the scope.
(4) Entities sold.
(5) Merged.
(6) Newly consolidated.




232
NOTE 8.5 - FEES PAID TO STATUTORY AUDITORS

The consolidated financial statements of the Societe Generale Group are jointly certified by Ernst & Young
et Autres, represented by Micha Missakian and Vincent Roty, on the one hand, and Deloitte et Associés,
represented by Jean-Marc Mickeler and Maud Monin, on the other.
On the proposal of the Board of Directors and following the recommendation of the Audit and Internal Control
Committee (CACI) of Societe Generale, the General Meeting of 23 May 2018 renewed the mandates of
Ernst & Young et Autres and Deloitte et Associés for a period of six years. Their terms of office will expire
at the General Meeting approving the 2023 financial statements.
In accordance with European audit regulations, the CACI implements a specific policy for the approval of
services other than the certification of accounts (SACC) provided by the Statutory Auditors and their
networks in order to verify the compliance of the mission with these regulations prior to the launch of the
mission.
A summary of the SACCs (approved or rejected) is presented at each meeting of the CACI.
Lastly, the Finance Departments of the entities or business lines make annual decisions on the quality of
the audits of Deloitte et Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres. The findings of this investigation are also
presented to the CACI.
The table below presents the fees invoiced by Ernst & Young et Autres, on the one hand, and Deloitte et
Associés on the other hand, as well as by their respective networks, to Société Générale S.A. and its
subsidiaries.

Table 8.5.A
Ernst & Young et Deloitte et
Total
Autres Associés

(In EUR m excluded VAT) 2023 2022 R 2023 2022 R 2023 2022 R
Issuer 5 4 4 4 9 8
Statutory audit, certification,
examination of parent Fully
company and consolidated consolidated 15 15 16 16 31 31
accounts subsidiaries
Sub-total Audit 20 19 20 20 40 39
Issuer 1 1 1 1 2 2

Non-audit services (SACC) Fully
consolidated 1 2 3 2 4 4
subsidiaries
Total 22 22 24 23 46 45


Services other than the certification of accounts mainly consist of missions to review compliance with
regulatory requirements, internal control reviews in the context of compliance with ISAE (International
Standard on Assurance Engagements) standards and extended audit procedures (agreed procedures).
They also include services expressly and exclusively entrusted to the Statutory Auditors for EUR 0.3 million.




233
NOTE 9 - INFORMATION ON RISKS AND LITIGATION
Every quarter, the Group reviews in detail the disputes presenting a significant risk. These disputes may
lead to the recording of a provision if it becomes probable or certain that the Group will incur an outflow of
resources for the benefit of a third party without receiving at least the equivalent value in exchange.
These provisions for litigations are classified among the Other provisions included in the Provisions item in
the liabilities of the balance-sheet.
No detailed information can be disclosed on either the recording or the amount of a specific provision given
that such disclosure would likely seriously prejudice the outcome of the disputes in question.

▪ On 24 October 2012, the Court of Appeal of Paris confirmed the first judgment delivered on 5 October 2010,
finding J. Kerviel guilty of breach of trust, fraudulent insertion of data into a computer system, forgery and
use of forged documents. J. Kerviel was sentenced to serve a prison sentence of five years, two years of
which are suspended, and was ordered to pay EUR 4.9 billion in damages to Societe Generale.
On 19 March 2014, the Supreme Court confirmed the criminal liability of J. Kerviel. This decision puts an
end to the criminal proceedings. On the civil front, on 23 September 2016, the Versailles Court of Appeal
rejected J. Kerviel’s request for an expert determination of the damage suffered by the bank, and therefore
confirmed that the net accounting losses suffered by the Bank as a result of his criminal conduct amount to
EUR 4.9 billion. It also declared J. Kerviel partially responsible for the damage caused to Societe Generale
and sentenced him to pay to Societe Generale EUR 1 million. Societe Generale and J. Kerviel did not appeal
before the Supreme Court. Societe Generale considers that this decision has no impact on its tax situation.
However, as indicated by the Minister of the Economy and Finance in September 2016, the tax authorities
have examined the tax consequences of this book loss and indicated that they intended to call into question
the deductibility of the loss caused by the actions of J. Kerviel, amounting to EUR 4.9 billion. This proposed
tax rectification has no immediate effect and will possibly have to be confirmed by an adjustment notice sent
by the tax authorities when Societe Generale will be in a position to deduct the tax loss carry forwards arising
from the loss from its taxable income. Such a situation will not occur for several years according to the
Bank’s forecasts. In view of the 2011 opinion of the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’Etat)
and its established case law which was recently confirmed again in this regard, Societe Generale considers
that there is no need to provision the corresponding deferred tax assets. In the event that the authorities
decide, in due course, to confirm their current position, Societe Generale Group will not fail to assert its
rights before the competent courts. By a decision handed down on 20 September 2018, the Investigation
Committee of the reviewing and reassessment Criminal Court has furthermore declared inadmissible the
request filed in May 2015 by J. Kerviel against his criminal sentence, confirming the absence of any new
element or fact that could justify the reopening of the criminal file.

▪ Between 2003 and 2008, Societe Generale set up gold consignment lines with the Turkish group Goldas.
In February 2008, Societe Generale was alerted to a risk of fraud and embezzlement of gold stocks held by
Goldas. These suspicions were rapidly confirmed following the failure by Goldas to pay or refund gold worth
EUR 466.4 million. Societe Generale brought civil proceedings against its insurers and various Goldas
Group entities. Goldas launched various proceedings in Turkey and in the UK against Societe Generale.
In the action brought by Societe Generale against Goldas in the UK, Goldas applied to have the action of
Societe Generale struck-out and applied to the UK court for damages. On 3 April 2017, the UK court granted
both applications and will, after an inquiry into damages, rule on the amount due to Goldas, if any.
On 15 May 2018, the London Court of Appeal discharged entirely the inquiry into damages granted by the
London High Court to Goldas but rejected Societe Generale’s arguments relating to service of the claims
issued against Goldas, which are therefore time-barred. On 18 December 2018, the Supreme Court refused
permission to appeal to both Societe Generale and Goldas, which has therefore become definitive.
On 16 February 2017, the Paris Commercial Court dismissed Societe Generale’s claims against its insurers.
Societe Generale filed an appeal against the Paris Commercial Court’s decision. On 1 February 2023,
the Paris Court of Appeals confirmed this decision. Societe Generale filed an appeal before the Supreme
Court against this decision.




234
▪ In the early 2000s, the French banking industry decided to transition to a new digital system in order to
streamline cheque clearing. To support this reform (known as EIC – Echange d’Images Chèques), which
has contributed to the improvement of cheque payments security and to the fight against fraud, the Banks
established several interbank fees (including the CEIC which was abolished in 2007). These fees were
implemented under the aegis of the banking sector supervisory authorities, and to the knowledge of the
public authorities.
On 20 September 2010, the French competition authority ruled that the joint implementation and the setting
of the amount of the CEIC and of two additional fees for related services were in breach of competition law.
The authority fined all the participants to the agreement (including the Banque de France) a total of
approximately EUR 385 million of penalties. On 2 December 2021, after several years of proceedings and
two decisions of the Supreme Court, the Paris Court of Appeal overturned the decision of the French
competition authority and ruled that (i) it was not proven that the establishment of the CEIC and the fees for
related services on AOCT (cancellation of wrongly cleared transactions) as well as their collection had
infringed the provisions of Article L. 420-1 of the French Commercial Code and of Article 101 of the Treaty
on the Functioning of the European Union and, (ii) that its decision was giving rise to a right of restitution of
the sums paid in execution of the overturned decision, namely approximatively EUR 53.5 million for
Societe Generale and approximatively EUR 7 million for Crédit du Nord, together with interests at the legal
rate. On 31 December 2021, the French competition authority filed an appeal before the Supreme court
against this decision. The Supreme Court dismissed this appeal by a decision of June 28, 2023, putting a
definitive end to this litigation.

▪ On 3 January 2023, Societe Generale Private Banking (Switzerland) (“SGPBS”) entered into an agreement
to settle litigation in the United States stemming from the Ponzi scheme of Robert Allen Stanford and his
affiliates. On 21 February 2023, the US Receiver and the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”)
filed a motion in US District Court for the Northern District of Texas seeking approval of the settlement.
The settlement provides for the payment by SGPBS of USD 157 million in exchange for the release of all
claims. During the 7 June 2023 hearing, the Court granted the US Receiver’s motion to approve the
settlement. This order is now subject to an appeal. The settlement amount that SGPBS must pay is fully
covered by reserves in the accounts of Societe Generale S.A. following a financial guarantee provided by
Societe Generale S.A. to SGPBS. Each of the other defendant banks in this litigation also announced
settlements in the first quarter of 2023 with the US Receiver and OSIC resolving their claims.
These settlements were reached in advance of a jury trial that had been scheduled to start on
27 February 2023 (which ultimately did not take place).
In the same matter, a pre-contentious claim (requête en conciliation) was initiated in Geneva in
November 2022 by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited (“SIBL”), appointed by the
courts in Antigua, representing the same investors as those represented by the US plaintiffs. SGPBS was
served with the statement of claim on 20 June 2023 and will defend itself against the claims in this
proceeding.

▪ Notwithstanding the agreements reached in 2018 with the US authorities regarding certain London Interbank
Offered Rates and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“the IBOR matter”) and the dismissal on 30 November
2021 of the legal proceedings brought by the DOJ in this matter (see Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration
Document), the Bank continues to defend civil proceedings in the United States (as described below) and
has responded to information requests received from other authorities, including the Attorneys General of
various States of the United States and the New York Department of Financial Services.
In the United States, Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, has been named as a
defendant in putative class actions involving the setting of US Dollar Libor, Japanese Yen Libor, and Euribor
rates and trading in instruments indexed to those rates. Societe Generale has also been named in several
individual (non-class) actions concerning the US Dollar Libor rate. All of these actions are pending in the US
District Court in Manhattan (the “District Court”).




235
As to US Dollar Libor, all claims against Societe Generale were dismissed by the District Court or voluntarily
dismissed by the plaintiffs, except in two putative class actions and one individual action that were effectively
stayed. The class plaintiffs and a number of individual plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of their antitrust
claims to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (“Second Circuit”).
On 30 December 2021, the Second Circuit reversed the dismissal and reinstated the antitrust claims.
These reinstated claims which have been returned to the District Court include those asserted by a proposed
class of over-the-counter (OTC) plaintiffs and by OTC plaintiffs that have filed individual actions.
On 21 June 2022, the U.S. Supreme Court denied a petition filed by Societe Generale and other defendants
that sought review of the Second Circuit’s ruling. Discovery is ongoing. The stayed putative class actions
were voluntarily dismissed by plaintiffs on 10 August 2022 and 26 October 2023. On 9 January 2023,
the claims against Societe Generale by one of the individual plaintiffs, National Credit Union Administration
(as Liquidating Agent for certain credit unions) which included the stayed individual action referred to above,
were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice. On 12 May 2023, Societe Generale and two other financial
institutions entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the OTC class action for a combined
USD 90 million. Societe Generale’s portion of this settlement was fully covered by reserves.
On 17 October 2023, the District Court granted final settlement approval.
As to Japanese Yen Libor, the District Court dismissed the complaint brought by purchasers of Euroyen
over-the-counter derivative products. On 1 April 2020, the Second Circuit reversed the dismissal and
reinstated the claims. On 30 September 2021, the District Court dismissed certain plaintiffs and all
Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act claims but upheld certain federal antitrust and
New York state law claims against Societe Generale. On 11 January 2024, plaintiffs and Societe Generale
entered into a binding settlement term sheet. The settlement is covered by reserves. The settlement
remains subject to Court approval. Discovery in that action is ongoing. In the other action, brought by
purchasers or sellers of Euroyen derivative contracts on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange
on 27 September 2019, plaintiff filed a motion for class certification. On 25 September 2020, the District
Court granted defendants’ motion for judgment on the pleadings and dismissed plaintiff’s remaining claims.
Plaintiff appealed to the Second Circuit. On 18 October 2022, as amended on 8 December 2022,
the Second Circuit affirmed the District Court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s claims. On 2 October 2023, the U.S.
Supreme Court denied a petition filed by plaintiff that sought review of the Second Circuit’s ruling. As a
result, the action is now concluded.
As to Euribor, the District Court dismissed all claims against Societe Generale in the putative class action
and denied the plaintiffs’ motion to file a proposed amended complaint. Plaintiffs have appealed those
rulings to the Second Circuit. Societe Generale reached a settlement of this action in an amount covered by
reserves. Shortly thereafter, on 21 November 2022, the Second Circuit stayed plaintiffs’ appeal as to
Societe Generale and remanded that portion of the case to the District Court for consideration of the
proposed settlement. On 31 October 2023, the District Court granted final settlement approval. As a result,
this action is now concluded.
In Argentina, Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, has been named as a defendant in
litigation brought by a consumer association on behalf of Argentine consumers who held government bonds
or other specified instruments that paid interest tied to US Dollar Libor. The allegations concern violations
of Argentine consumer protection law in connection with alleged manipulation of the US Dollar Libor rate.
Societe Generale has not yet been served with the complaint in this matter.
▪ Societe Generale, along with several other financial institutions, was named as a defendant in a putative
class action alleging violations of US antitrust laws and the Commodities Exchange Act (CEA) in connection
with foreign exchange spot and derivatives trading. The action was brought by persons or entities that
transacted in certain over-the-counter and exchange-traded foreign exchange instruments.
Societe Generale reached a settlement of USD 18 million, which was approved by the Court
on 6 August 2018. On 7 November 2018, a group of individual entities that elected to opt out of the
settlement filed a lawsuit against Societe Generale, SG Americas Securities, LLC and several other financial
institutions. SG Americas Securities, LLC was dismissed by order dated 28 May 2020.




236
On 11 November 2020, Societe Generale was named, along with several other banks, in a UK action
alleging collusion in the market for FX instruments. The action was subsequently transferred to the
Competition Appeal Tribunal. By orders dated 17 May 2023 and 23 May 2023 respectively, the US and UK
actions were dismissed. These actions are now concluded.

▪ On 10 December 2012, the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’Etat) rendered two decisions
confirming that the “précompte tax” which used to be levied on corporations in France does not comply with
EU law and defined a methodology for the reimbursement of the amounts levied by the tax authorities.
However, such methodology considerably reduces the amount to be reimbursed. Societe Generale
purchased in 2005 the “précompte tax” claims of two companies (Rhodia and Suez, now Engie) with a
limited recourse on the selling companies. One of the above decisions of the French Supreme Administrative
Court relates to Rhodia. Societe Generale has brought proceedings before the French administrative courts.
▪ Several French companies applied to the European Commission, which considered that the decisions
handed down by the Conseil d’Etat on 10 December 2012, which were supposed to implement the decision
rendered by the European Union Court of Justice (EUCJ) on 15 September 2011, breached a number of
principles of European law. The European Commission subsequently brought infringement proceedings
against the French Republic in November 2014, and since then confirmed its position by referring the matter
to the EUCJ on 8 December 2016. The EUCJ rendered its judgement on 4 October 2018 and sentenced
France on the basis that the Conseil d’Etat disregarded the tax on EU sub-subsidiaries in order to secure
the précompte paid erroneously and failed to raise a preliminary question before the EUCJ. With regard to
the practical implementation of the decision, Societe Generale has continued to assert its rights with the
competent courts and the tax authorities. On 23 June 2020, the Administrative Court of Appeal of Versailles
issued a ruling in favour of Engie on our 2002 and 2003 Suez claims, and ordered a financial enforcement
in our favour. The Court held that the advance payment (“précompte”) did not comply with the Parent-
Subsidiary Directive. Further to proceedings brought before the Conseil d’Etat, the latter ruled that a
question should be raised before the EUCJ in order to obtain a preliminary ruling on this issue. The EUCJ
has confirmed on 12 May 2022 that the précompte did not comply with the Parent-Subsidiary Directive. The
Conseil d’Etat, by an Engie judgment of 30 June 2023 took note of this incompatibility and confirmed the
decision held by the Administrative Court of Appeal of Versailles with respect to the 2002 year, but referred
the examination of the 2003 year to this same Court, which confirmed on 9 January 2024 the partial relief
granted by the administration in the course of the proceedings. In parallel, a compensation litigation in
relation to the Rhodia claim and the Suez claims (between 1999 and 2001) was brought in March 2023
before the European Commission and the Paris Administrative Court of Appeal, further to the negative
judgements issued by the Conseil d’Etat in 2012 (Rhodia) and 2016 (Suez).


▪ Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, was named as a defendant in a putative class action
alleging violations of US antitrust laws and the CEA in connection with its involvement in the London Gold
Market Fixing. The action is brought on behalf of persons or entities that sold physical gold, sold gold futures
contracts traded on the CME, sold shares in gold ETFs, sold gold call options traded on CME, bought gold
put options traded on CME, sold over-the-counter gold spot or forward contracts or gold call options, or
bought over-the-counter gold put options. Societe Generale, along with three other defendants, has reached
a settlement to resolve this action for USD 50 million. By order dated 13 January 2022, the Court granted
preliminary approval of the settlement. The final fairness hearing was held on 5 August 2022, and the
settlement received final approval by order dated 8 August 2022. This matter is now concluded.
Although Societe Generale’s share of the settlement is not public, it was not material from a financial
perspective. Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, is also named as a defendant in two
putative class actions in Canada (in the Ontario Superior Court in Toronto and Quebec Superior Court in
Quebec City) involving similar claims. Societe Generale is defending the claims.




237
▪ Since August 2015, various former and current employees of the Societe Generale Group have been under
investigation by German criminal prosecution and tax authorities for their alleged participation in the so
called “CumEx” patterns in connection with withholding tax on dividends on German shares.
These investigations relate inter alia to a fund administered by SGSS GmbH proprietary trading activities
and transactions carried out on behalf of clients. The Group entities respond to the requests of the German
authorities.
Societe Generale Group entities may also be exposed to claims by third parties, including German tax
offices, and become party to legal disputes initiated by clients involved in proceedings against the German
tax administration.

▪ In May 2019, SGAS was named, along with other financial institutions, as a defendant in a putative class
action in the US alleging anticompetitive behaviour in the pricing of “agency bonds” issued by
US Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSEs), including Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), and Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae).
On 16 June 2020, SGAS and twelve other bank defendants reached a final settlement with plaintiffs.
Although SGAS’s share of the settlement is not public, the amount was not material from a financial
statement perspective. SGAS was also named in four separate individual opt-out litigations by the following
plaintiffs: the State of Louisiana (filed September 2019), the City of Baton Rouge/East Baton Rouge Parish
and related entities (October 2019), Louisiana Asset Management Pool (April 2020), and the City of
New Orleans and related entities (September 2020). These suits also asserted antitrust claims (and in some
cases other related claims) against SGAS and multiple other bank defendants based on these plaintiffs’
purchases of GSE bonds. As to the opt-out litigations, a settlement was reached involving all defendants in
June 2021, of which SGAS’s share was immaterial, and these actions have been dismissed. SGAS also
received a subpoena from the US Department of Justice (DOJ) in connection with its US agency bond
business. SGAS responded to these requests and is cooperating with the DOJ investigation.
▪ Societe Generale and certain of its subsidiaries are defendants in an action pending in the US Bankruptcy
Court in Manhattan brought by the Trustee appointed for the liquidation of Bernard L. Madoff Investment
Securities LLC (BLMIS). The action is similar to those brought by the BLMIS Trustee against numerous
institutions and seeks recovery of amounts allegedly received by the Societe Generale entities indirectly
from BLMIS through so-called “feeder funds” that were invested in BLMIS and from which the
Societe Generale entities received redemptions. The suit alleges that the amounts that the Societe Generale
entities received are avoidable and recoverable under the US Bankruptcy Code and New York state law.
The BLMIS Trustee seeks to recover, in the aggregate, approximately USD 150 million from the
Societe Generale entities. The Societe Generale entities are defending the action. In decisions dated
22 November 2016 and 3 October 2018, the Court rejected most of the claims brought by the BLMIS
Trustee. The Trustee appealed to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. By order dated
25 February 2019, the Second Circuit vacated the judgements and remanded for further proceedings.
On 1 June 2020, the United States Supreme Court denied Defendant-Appellees’ petition for a writ of
certiorari. The case is now before the Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. The Societe Generale
defendants filed a motion to dismiss on 29 April 2022. The motion was denied by order dated 7 October
2022. Discovery is proceeding.

▪ On 10 July 2019, Societe Generale was named as a defendant in a litigation filed in the US District Court in
Miami by plaintiffs seeking compensation under the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity (Libertad) Act
of 1996 (known as the Helms-Burton Act) stemming from the expropriation by the Cuban government in
1960 of Banco Nunez in which they are alleged to have held an interest. Plaintiff claims damages from
Societe Generale under the terms of this statute. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on 24 September 2019
adding three other banks as defendants and adding several new factual allegations as to Societe Generale.




238
Societe Generale filed a motion to dismiss, which was fully briefed as of 10 January 2020. While the motion
to dismiss was pending, plaintiffs filed an unopposed motion on 29 January 2020, to transfer the case to
federal court in Manhattan, which the court granted on 30 January 2020. Plaintiffs filed a second amended
complaint on 11 September 2020, in which it dropped the three other banks as defendants, added a different
bank as an additional defendant, and added as additional plaintiffs who purport to be heirs of the founders
of Banco Nunez. The court granted Societe Generale’s motion to dismiss on 22 December 2021 but
permitted plaintiffs to replead their claims. On 25 February 2022, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and
on 11 April 2022, Societe Generale filed its motion to dismiss. By order entered 30 March 2023, the court
granted Societe Generale’s motion to dismiss. Plaintiffs have appealed.

▪ On 9 November 2020, Societe Generale was named as a defendant, together with another bank, in a similar
Helms-Burton litigation filed in the US District Court in Manhattan (Pujol I) by the purported heirs of former
owners, and personal representatives of estates of heirs or former owners, of Banco Pujol, a Cuban bank
alleged to have been confiscated by the Cuban government in 1960. On 27 January 2021, Societe Generale
filed a motion to dismiss. In response, as permitted by the judge’s rules, plaintiffs chose to file an amended
complaint and did so on 26 February 2021. Societe Generale filed a motion to dismiss the amended
complaint on 19 March 2021, which was granted by the court on 24 November 2021. The court permitted
plaintiffs to replead their claims. On 4 February 2022, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on
14 March 2022, Societe Generale filed its motion to dismiss, which was granted by the court on
23 January 2023. Plaintiffs have appealed.

On 16 March 2021, Societe Generale was named as a defendant, together with another bank, in a nearly
identical Helms-Burton litigation filed in the US District Court in Manhattan (Pujol II) by the personal
representative of one of the purported heirs to Banco Pujol who is also a plaintiff in Pujol I. The case was
stayed pending developments in Pujol I. At the parties’ request, following dismissal of Pujol I, the court lifted
the stay on Pujol II and entered an order dismissing the case for the same reasons it dismissed Pujol I.
Plaintiff has appealed.

▪ In the context of the sale of its Polish subsidiary Euro Bank to Bank Millennium on 31 May 2019 and of the
indemnity granted to the latter against certain risks, Societe Generale continues to monitor the evolution of
court cases related to CHF-denominated or CHF-indexed loans issued by Euro Bank.The reserve in this
matter in Societe Generale SA’s accounts takes into consideration the increase in the number of court cases
regarding the loans subject of the sale and the substance of the decisions handed down by Polish courts.
▪ Like other financial institutions, Societe Generale is subject to audits by the tax authorities regarding its
securities lending/borrowing activities as well as equity and index derivatives activities. The 2017, 2018,
2019 and 2020 audited years are subject to notifications of proposals of tax adjustments in respect of the
application of a withholding tax. These proposals are contested by the Group. Given the significance of the
matter, on 30 March 2023, the French Banking Federation has brought proceedings against the tax
administration’s doctrine. In this respect, on 8 December 2023, the French Conseil d’Etat ruled that the tax
authorities may not extend the dividend withholding tax beyond its statutory scope, except if taxpayers
engaged in an abusive behavior (“abus de droit”), thereby characterising the tax administration’s position
based on the concept of beneficial owner as illegal. In addition, further to raids conducted by the “parquet
national financier” at the end of March 2023 at the premises of five banks in Paris, among which
Societe Generale, the latter has been informed that it was subject to a preliminary investigation pertaining
to the same issue. Societe Generale is defending the action.
▪ On 19 August 2022, a Russian fertiliser company, EuroChem North West-2 (“EuroChem”), a wholly owned
subsidiary of EuroChem AG, filed a claim against Societe Generale S.A. and its Milan branch
(“Societe Generale”) before English courts. This claim relates to five on-demand bonds that
Societe Generale issued to EuroChem in connection with a construction project in Kingisepp, Russia.
On 4 August 2022, EuroChem made demands under the guarantees. Societe Generale explained it was
unable to honour the claims due to international sanctions directly impacting the transactions,
an assessment which EuroChem disputes. Societe Generale filed its defence submissions on
1 November 2022, to which EuroChem replied on 19 December 2022. A case management conference
(“CMC”) was held on 26 September 2023, in the course of which the court set the procedural timetable.
As of the date of this update, the Parties’ disclosures are due by the end of April 2024 and the trial (if any)
is expected to take place in June 2025.




239
▪ SG Americas Securities, LLC (“SGAS”) received a request for information in December 2022 from the US
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) focused on compliance with record-keeping requirements in
connection with business-related communications on messaging platforms that were not approved by the
firm. On 28 March 2023, SGAS and Societe Generale received a similar request from the US Commodity
Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). These inquiries follow a number of regulatory settlements in 2022
with other firms covering similar matters. SGAS reached a settlement with the SEC, announced on
8 August 2023, and agreed to pay a penalty of USD 35 million, take certain remedial actions, and engage
an independent compliance consultant. Societe Generale and SGAS reached a settlement with the CFTC,
also announced on August 8, 2023, and agreed to pay a penalty of USD 75 million and take certain remedial
actions.




240
NOTE 10 - RISK MANAGEMENT LINKED WITH FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
This note presents the risks associated with financial instruments and the way in which the Group manages
them.


NOTE 10.1 - RISK MANAGEMENT

Implementing a high-performance and efficient risk management structure is a critical undertaking for the
group Societe Generale in all businesses, markets and regions in which it operates, as is maintaining a
balance between strong awareness of risks and promoting innovation. The Group’s risk management,
supervised at the highest level, is compliant with the regulations in force, in particular the Order of
3 November 2014 revised by the order of 25 February 2021 on the internal control of companies in the
banking sector, payment services and investment services subject to the control of the French Prudential
Supervisory and Resolution Authority (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution – ACPR) and the
final version of European Basel 3 Regulations (Capital Requirements Regulation/Capital Requirements
Directive).



1. GOVERNANCE OF RISK MANAGEMENT

Two main high-level bodies govern Group risk management: the Board of Directors and General
Management.
General Management presents regularly (more often if circumstances require so) the main aspects of, and
notable changes to, the Group’s risk management strategy to the Board of Directors.
As part of the Board of Directors, the Risk Committee advises the Board of Directors on overall strategy and
appetite regarding all kinds of risks, both current and future, and assists the Board when the latter verifies
that the strategy is being rolled out.
The Board of Directors’ Audit and Internal Control Committee ensures that the risk control systems operate
effectively.
Chaired by the general management, the bank’s executive committee, in terms of risks, is in charge of
making sure that the Group has an efficient risks management frame and monitor and control this frame.
This responsibility will be mainly assumed through the participation of the Executive Committee at the Group
Risk Committee. In addition, the Executive Committee must:
− on an annual basis, review and validate the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, before submitting it to the
Societe Generale Board of Directors;
− on an annual basis, review and validate the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework, before submitting it to
the Societe Generale Board of Directors;
− ensure that the Group has effective segregation of duties between the first, second and third lines of
defense;
− on an annual basis, review, challenge and take note of the report of the Chief Risk Officer on the risk
control and self-assessment process, as well as the Group’s IT and cybersecurity risk assessment;
− on a monthly basis, review and challenge the Risk Report prepared by the Chief Risk Officer which
includes: (a) an assessment of significant and emerging risks, risk deficiencies, risk management and
mitigation within the Group and for all types of risks identified; (b) quantitative data on risk exposure and
their use to enable the Executive Committee to regularly monitor compliance with the Group’s risk
appetite, risk tolerance and risk capacity; and (c) a summary of the quarterly meetings of the Enterprise
Risk Committee at the Pillar level;
− review and challenge the important post-mortem analysis presented to it by the Operational Risk
Department, which constitute the important post-mortem subjects within the Group.


241
Chaired by General Management, the Committees responsible for central oversight of internal control and
risk management are as follows:

▪ The Group Risk Committee (Group CORISQ), chaired by the Group CEO, has authority over the entire
Societe Generale Group and aims to:
− validate the main risk management processes, in particular the Group’s risk taxonomy, risk
identification, risk management and stress testing frameworks;
− validate, before proposing to the Board of Directors, the Risk Appetite Framework (RAF);
− validate the Risk Inventory;
− for credit, counterparty, market, operational, model risks, ESG (1) and Country risk factors:
o ensure the annual validation (before review by the Group ExCo and before final validation by the
Board of Directors) of the Group’s Risk Appetite (RAS) for these categories,
o define or validate the Group’s main guidelines in terms of risks policies in the context of the risk
appetite previously validated by the Board of Directors,
o monitor conformity with the Group’s risk appetite and the material topics of the Pillars/BUs Risk
Appetite reporting to it,
o ensure a holistic view of all these risks through monthly risk reporting.


The validation of the Group’s Risk Appetite (RAS), before being proposed to the Board of Directors for
approval, is the responsibility of the Exco Group.

Along with the Risks Committee, the Large Exposures Committee (Comité Grands Risques) is an ad hoc
Committee, responsible for approving the sales and marketing strategy and risk appetite regarding major
client groups (Corporates, Insurance Companies and Asset Managers). The Large Exposures Committee
is a decision-making body and has authority over the entire Societe Generale Group.

▪ The Finance Group Committee (COFI) is responsible for Societe Generale Group’s financial strategy
and for steering Societe Generale Group’s strategic financial targets. In that capacity, the COFI oversees
all key aspects of Societe Generale Group’s:
− Management of Societe Generale Group’s strategic financial targets as defined in SG Group’s Risk
Appetite: rating, profitability, capital, liquidity, balance sheet;
− ICAAP and ILAAP, including their validation ahead of submission to the Board of Directors for
approval;
− funding strategy and funding plan;
− monitoring of Societe Generale’s rating by credit agencies;
− recovery and resolution planning;
− monitoring of Societe Generale’s Group tax capacity;
− distribution policy and proposals;
− financial management of the Corporate Centre and intragroup re-invoicing.


Operational management of structural risks within the Group Risk Appetite is addressed by the Group
Assets and Liabilities Management Committee (“ALCO”).
The COFI aims at setting and enforcing Societe Generale’s own management practices while complying
with all relevant regulations and ensuring the highest risk control standards.




(1) Environmental, Social and Governance.


242
The COFI has a Group-wide authority excluding insurance activities. However, the COFI is competent for
scarce resources management for the financial conglomerate (reunion of the banking and insurance
activities). The COFI has authority in normal as well as in stressed circumstances, subject to the provisions
of the Contingency Funding Plan and Recovery Plan.
Some matters handled by the COFI are for its sole decision, while others are reviewed by the COFI ahead
of the submission to the Board of Directors (e.g. ILAAP and ICAAP documents).
The COFI is chaired by the CEO or its delegate as per usual general management delegation rules.


▪ The Group Assets and Liabilities Management Committee (ALCO) is responsible for the
management of SG Group’s structural risks within the Group Risk Appetite. Structural risks include:
− interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk in the banking book;
− Group structural risk;
− liquidity risk of the entire banking and trading book.

The ALCO has a Group-wide authority in normal as well as in stressed circumstances, subject to the
provisions of the Contingency Funding Plan and Recovery Plan.
The ALCO aims at setting and enforcing Societe Generale’s own management practices while complying
with all relevant regulations and ensuring the highest risk control standards.
Some matters handled by the ALCO are for its own decision only, while others are reviewed by the ALCO
ahead of the submission to the Board of Directors.

The ALCO is chaired by the CEO or his delegate as per usual general management delegation rules.

▪ The Compliance Committee (COMCO), this Committee reviews the risks of non-compliance, the main
issues and defines the Group's compliance principles and ensures the annual monitoring of the quality
of the Sanctions and Embargoes risk management system:
(i) review of the main compliance incidents of the period;
(ii) review of key information related to relationships with supervisors;
(iii) follow-up of potential ongoing remediations;
(iv) review/challenge of compliance indicators on each non-compliance risk, including a biannual focus
on financial crime prior to presentation to the Board of Directors;
(v) validation of compliance risk appetite criteria and quarterly review of RAS indicators;
(vi) review of permanent (CN1 and CN2) and periodic (IGAD) controls and main points of attention and
Need for Action;
(vii) monitoring of Group Policies and Procedures deployment;
(viii) review of the Group annual mandatory trainings roadmap and validation of new modules for all
employees;
(ix) review of CACI / CR and Board documents not previously reviewed by DGLE;
(x) ad hoc validation on Group compliance topics.
The COMCO is chaired by the CEO.




243
▪ The Group Information Systems Committee (“ISCO”) is responsible for SG Group’s Information
System (“IS”) strategy and for steering SG Group’s strategic IS targets. In that capacity, the ISCO
oversees all key aspects of SG Group’s:
− validates major objectives of the IS sector;
− steers investments (CTB) and run costs (RTB) and approves major or strategic projects for the
Group's information systems, ensuring their consistency and alignment with the BU/SU Strategic
Transformation Plans (TSP);
− oversees IS sector operating on its pillars (IT Financial Steering, IT strategy and Architecture, Project
Portfolio and CTB Management, Digital and Data Assets and Capabilities, Resource Management
(HR and sourcing) and Model delivery, Operations, Quality of Service and Obsolescence, Cyber
security and resilience, Green IS, IT Risk Management) and associated KPIs (financial trajectory,
validation of budget adjustments and arbitrations, asset mutualisation, CTB allocation, major projects
risks, review of key post-mortem points on incidents, deployment of norms and standards);
− defines the priorities of the IS sectoy and, if necessary, arbitrates between local and global priorities.
The committee validates the elements that will be presented to the Board of Directors regarding strategies,
risks, incidents, and status on IT production and projects.

▪ The Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (GICCC), is chaired by the Chief Executive
Officer or, in his absence, by a Deputy Chief Executive Officer or by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer
in charge of supervising the area under review. The purpose of the GICCC is to ensure the consistency
and effectiveness of the Group's internal control, in response in particular to the obligation laid down in
Art. 16 of the amended French Order of 3rd November 2014. The Committee meets approximately 20
times a year to deal with cross-cutting topics as well as the annual review of each Business Unit/Service
Unit.

▪ The Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP), chaired by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer
in charge of overseeing the ESG policy (Environmental Social Governance), deals with all matters falling
within the Group's responsibility in Environmental and Social matters, or those having an impact on the
Group's responsibility or reputation and not already covered by an existing Executive Management
Committee. The Committee is decision-making and has authority over the whole Group.

▪ The Group Provisions Committee (COPRO), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, meets quarterly
and presents and validates the net cost of risk of the Group (provisions for credit risk) which will be
accounted in the quarter.



2. DIVISIONS INVOLVED IN RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL

The Group’s Corporate Divisions, which are independent from the core businesses, contribute to the
management and internal control of risks. In these Corporate Divisions, Risk and Compliance Divisions are
part of 2nd Line of defense (LoD2).
As a reminder, the 2nd line of defense relies on the 1st line of defense, which is represented by the Group’s
operational management, in the Business Units and Service Units for their own operations.
Operational management is responsible for the risks, takes charge of their prevention, as well as the
implementation of corrective or palliative actions in response to any deficiencies detected by the controls
and/or in the context of process management.
The Corporate Divisions provide the Group’s General Management with all the information needed to
assume its role of managing Group strategy under the authority of the Chief Executive Officer.
The Corporate Divisions report directly to General Management:




244
▪ The Risk Division
The Risk Management Function: RISQ’s main mission is to contribute to the strategy definition and to the
sustainable development of the Societe Generale group’s activities and profitability. To that end, the Risk
Management Function (i) proposes to the management and the Board of Directors the Group’s risk appetite
based on its independent analysis of all existing and forecasted risks; (ii) is involved in all material risk
management decisions through an effective challenge; (iii) defines, implements, and controls effectiveness
of an holistic, relevant and robust risk management framework, validated by the board of directors, allowing
to ensure the adherence to the risk appetite and to provide the management and the Board of Directors with
an independent analysis and an opinion on group-wide holistic view on all the existing and forecasted risks
the group is facing; (iv) proposes adjustment and remediation, if necessary.


Specifically, in order to contribute to the sustainable development of Societe Generale Group’s activities
and profitability, the Risk Management Function, as an independent second line of defense, and in line with
the principle of proportionality:
− informs the Board of Directors and the General Management of the institution's actual and potential
risks, so that they can (i) make fully informed decisions on the Group's strategy and (ii) determine and
approve the institution's risk appetite. Reports and provides all relevant information regarding risks,
including major incidents and ensures that they are reviewed at the appropriate levels of the institution,
including General Management (DGLE) and the Board of Directors;
− participates in the definition of the institution's risk strategy. Is responsible, with the contribution of the
Financial Department, for proposing to the General Management a risk appetite for approval by the
Board of Directors, assessing the soundness and sustainability of the risk strategy and risk appetite.
Establishes and proposes to the General Management and the Board of Directors internal limits in line
with the risk appetite of the institution, taking into account its framework, its operating model, its financial
soundness, and its strategic objectives;
− participates in strategic risk-taking decisions, provides independent opinion, advice, and
recommendations, delivers a holistic view of all risks at institutional and Group level, and ensures
conformity with the risk strategy;
− anticipates the risks to which the Group may be exposed by taking into account trends and relevant
data in the macroeconomic context, recognises new or emerging risks, as well as increased risks,
related to changes in activities and market conditions, establishes frameworks for the identification and
assessment of risks in hypothetical adverse scenarios to measure the institution's ability to take risks;
− defines an effective risk management framework, including risk policies, procedures, limits, and controls
to be applied by all business lines and allowing to identify, evaluate, measure, monitor, manage, mitigate
and report holistically the current risks to which the Group is exposed, and thus ensure the management
of the latter;
− challenges, reviews independently and critically, controls and supports on a permanent basis adherence
to and the deployment of the Risk Management Framework by the business lines, including adherence
to the risk appetite, at all levels of the organisation as well as defined remediation actions (Group / BU
/ entities) via effective governance, frameworks, and processes. Ensures that related party transactions
are reviewed and that the risks they pose to the institution are identified and properly assessed;
− contributes to the establishment of a risk culture by reporting a holistic view of risks and how they are
managed, and by ensuring that the lines of activities are aware of their risks and the risk appetite in
which they must operate;
− is in charge of the management of Group Risk division.




245
▪ The Group Compliance Division must ensure the Group's compliance with banking and financial
regulations and provide a holistic view of non-compliance risks, based in particular on the analysis
produced by the RISQ function and cross-functional expert functions. Its main missions are to:
− ensure that all risks of non-compliance are identified and that the Group complies with all regulatory
and supervisory obligations;
− assess the impact of regulatory and legal changes on the Group's activities and compliance
framework;
− define standards and procedures to manage the risk of non-compliance;
− provide notice on new products and activities, or material changes to products or activities;
− ensure appropriate management of risks of non-compliance through LOD1 and the establishment of
appropriate controls, including Level 2 controls;
− identify, assess and escalate incidents and breaches of compliance;
− train employees and promote a culture of compliance in the Group;
− advise and inform General Management and the Board of Directors on non-compliance risks.

▪ The Finance Department (DFIN) coordinates the Finance Management Function and is responsible for
the Group’s financial management, oversight and production through several complementary tasks:
− fueling General Management’s discussions on strategic and financial aspects. To this end, DFIN
takes care to provide a consistent overview of performance indicators and financial information,
− managing, at consolidated level for Societe Generale S.A. and for certain subsidiaries, the
establishment and analysis of financial, tax and regulatory statements (regulatory indicators
regarding scarce resources, regulatory reports, ICAAP and ILAAP documentation) in compliance
with applicable standards and obligations;
− monitoring and overseeing P&L performance, profitability and scarce resources (capital, liquidity,
balance sheet) in line with strategic objectives and in accordance with regulatory obligations;
− supporting the Business Units and Service Units with financial and strategic oversight;
− managing liquidity, in particular through the implementation of financing and resilience plans, in
accordance with the objectives set by the Group and in compliance with the Group’s risk appetite;
− maintaining financial crisis management plans tailored to the Group’s configuration;
− ensuring the management and first-level monitoring of structural interest rate, foreign exchange and
liquidity risks. RISQ assuming the role of second line of defence;
− performing regulatory watch with respect to scarce resources, accounting and finance, and
participating in institutional relations and advocacy with its main peers and with banking federations;
− acting as enterprise architect for all activities performed by the Group’s Finance Divisions.

▪ The Group General Secretariat (SEGL) within its fields of expertise, is assigned with the mission of
protecting the bank so as to further its development. It assists the General Management on the subject of
the Group's governance. Together with the SUs, BUs and other Societe Generale group entities, it ensures
the administrative, legal and tax compliance of the Group’s activities, both in France and abroad. It is in
charge of managing legal and tax risks. It also oversees global Group security (together with the RESG
SU in respect of IT systems security), designs and implements the risk insurance policy for the entire
Group and its staff, and provides assistance in developing insurance products for the Group’s clients. It
oversees public affairs and institutional relations/advocacy initiatives within the Societe Generale group.
In liaison with DGLE and the Group's BU/SUs, he coordinates the relationship with the authorities in
charge of supervising the Societe Generale Group, on a consolidated basis. Lastly, it handles the Group’s
central administration and offers support to the Board of Directors and its Secretary as necessary. SEGL
manages a number of executive and non-executive governance matters on behalf of the subsidiaries.




246
▪ The Group Human Resources Division (HRCO) is tasked with defining and implementing the general
and individual policies designed to enable the Group to develop the skills and talent needed for its strategy
to succeed. The Division’s role as partner to the businesses is key to the Group’s adaptation to its
environment.

▪ The Group resources and digital transformation Department (RESG) accompanies the digital
transformation and promotes operational efficiency for the Group. It supervises the Resource
Management Functions (Information Systems, Sourcing and Property) as well the Group’s Digital
transformation and Innovation.


▪ The Group Internal Audit and General Inspection Department, under the authority of the General
Inspector, is in charge of internal audit.


▪ Finally, the Sustainable Development Division, attached to the General Management, the Group
Sustainable Development Division (DGLE/RSE) assists the Deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of
the whole ESG policies (CSR – Corporate Social Responsibility-) and their actual translation in the
business lines and functions trajectories. It supports the Group ESG transformation to make it a major
competitive advantage, in the business development as well as in the ESG (Environmental and Social)
risks management.



3. INTEREST RATE BENCHMARK REFORM

Presentation of the reform

The interest rate benchmark reform (IBOR: Inter Bank Offered Rates) aimed at replacing these benchmark
rates with alternative rates, in particular the Risk-Free Rates (RFR). This reform accelerated on 5 March
2021, when the British Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) announced the official dates for the cessation and
loss of representativeness of these benchmarks:
▪ EUR LIBOR and CHF LIBOR (all terms); GBP LIBOR and JPY LIBOR (terms: overnight, one week, two
months and twelve months); USD LIBOR (terms: one week and two months): the publication of these
benchmark settings has permanently ceased as of 1 January 2022;
▪ GBP LIBOR and JPY LIBOR (terms one, three and six months): these settings have not been
contributed by banks since 1 January 2022 and have been published in a synthetic form as follows:
− JPY LIBOR (terms: one, three and six months): end December 2022;
− GBP LIBOR (terms: one and six months): end March 2023;
− GBP LIBOR (terms: three months): end March 2024.
▪ USD LIBOR (terms: overnight, one, three, six and twelve months): these settings have not been
contributed by banks since June 30, 2023. A synthetic version of USD LIBOR (terms: one, three and
six months) is reserved for extinctive management of the stock of transactions and will be published
until 30 September 2024.

In parallel, other indices based on USD LIBOR have ceased on June 30, 2023: USD LIBOR ICE SWAP
RATE; MIFOR (India), PHIREF (Philippines), SOR (Singapore) and THBFIX (Thailand).




247
Furthermore, the publication of the MosPrime (Russia) has also ceased on June 30, 2023.

Regarding EURIBOR, EMMI (European Money Markets Institute), the administrator of the benchmark, does
not plan to cease its publication. The EURIBOR will thus be maintained in the coming years.

Impact of the reform for the Societe Generale group
The Group was actively preparing for these changes, through a specific transition program set up in the
Summer of 2018 and supervised by the Finance Division.

To prepare for the announced cessation dates of LIBOR and other transitioning benchmarks, the public
authorities and the working groups set up by the central banks issued recommendations to the banking
industry.

To ensure a consistent approach throughout the Societe Generale group, several internal guidelines have
been issued covering four main themes:
▪ strengthening of new contracts through the inclusion of fallback clauses and risk warnings;
▪ cessation of the production of new transactions referencing benchmarks and use of alternative
solutions;
▪ fair and homogenous treatment of customers in contracts’ renegotiations with the involvement of
compliance teams;
▪ reporting obligation, and restrictions related to the use of certain interest rates.

All directives are being applied and widely circulated among the Group’s staff.

In order to build the capacity to deal on products referencing RFRs and thus ensure the continuity of its
business after the phasing out of IBOR, the Group SG updated its tools and processes. Moreover, the Group
continues monitoring developments in the use of RFRs rates in order to meet its customers’ needs.

Migration of USD LIBOR, USD LIBOR ICE SWAP RATE and some other benchmark rates (MIFOR,
PHIREF, SOR, THBFIX and MosPrime)

The interest rate benchmark market reform is now complete. At the end of October, the Societe Generale
group completed over 99.7% of its project for the legal migration of contracts on indices discontinued as of
30 June 2023. The remainder corresponds to contracts the renegotiations of which are currently being
finalised and which are temporarily based on the synthetic USD Libor. The renegotiation of the residual
contracts will be finalised at the latest before the end of the publication of the synthetic USD Libor
(September 2024).

Risks associated with the benchmark rate reform

All the risks identified in the context of the transition are, today, no longer relevant:
− Program governance and execution risk: the IBOR Transition program is now closed, and its budget
has been fully financed;
− Legal documentation risk: templates for fallback clauses are made available by market associations
(ISDA, LMA, etc.) or are available within the Group when there is no market standard templates.
Nevertheless, the contractual documentation may need to be adapted to the specificities of new
cessations;
− Market risk: since benchmark cessations for the followed rates have already happened, this risk has
disappeared;
− Operational risks in the execution of transactions’ migration: all mass migrations have already been
completed;
248
− Regulatory risk: all of the Group’s guidelines related to ceasing and alternative interest rate benchmarks
have been set up and disseminated in the Group’s business lines;
− Conduct risk: with most negotiations finalised (99.7%), this risk has virtually disappeared.




249
NOTE 10.2 - CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND ADEQUACY


1. THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Since January 2014, Societe Generale has been applying the new Basel 3 regulations implemented in the
European Union through a regulation and a directive (CRR and CRD respectively).
The general framework defined by Basel 3 is structured around three pillars:
▪ Pillar 1 sets the minimum solvency, leverage and liquidity requirements and defines the rules that banks
must use to measure risks and calculate the related capital requirements, according to standard or more
advanced methods;
▪ Pillar 2 concerns the discretionary supervision implemented by the competent authority, which allows
them – based on a constant dialogue with supervised credit institutions – to assess the capital adequacy
calculated in accordance with Pillar 1 and to calibrate additional capital requirements taking into account
all the risks faced by these institutions;
▪ Pillar 3 promotes market discipline by developing a set of reporting requirements, both quantitative and
qualitative, that allow market participants to better assess the capital, risk exposure, risk assessment
procedures and hence the capital adequacy of a given institution.

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5).
The majority of the provisions came into effect in June 2021.
The amendments concern in particular the following items:
▪ NSFR (2): the text introduces the regulatory requirements for the NSFR ratio. A 100% ratio must be
respected since June 2021;
▪ Leverage ratio: the minimum requirement of 3% to which will be added since January 2023, 50% of the
buffer required as a systemic institution;
▪ Derivatives counterparty risk (SA-CCR (3)): the “SA-CCR” method is the Basel method replacing the old
CEM (4) method for determining the prudential exposure on derivatives under the standardised approach;
▪ Large Exposure: the main change is the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%) on Tier 1 capital (instead
of total capital), as well as the introduction of a specific cross-limit on systemic institutions (15%);
▪ TLAC: the ratio requirement for G-SIB is introduced in CRR. According to the Basel text, G-SIBs must
comply with an amount of capital and eligible debt equal to the highest between 18% + risk-weighted
assets buffers and 6.75% leverage since 2022.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Banking Supervision (GHOS), which
oversees the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, approved regulatory reforms to complement
Basel 3.
The transposition into European law of the finalisation of Basel 3 in CRR3 and CRD6 was completed at the
end of 2023. The new rules will apply from 1 January 2025.

One of the main novelties is the introduction of a global output floor: the Group’s risk-weighted assets (RWA)
will be applied a floor corresponding to a percentage of the standard method (credit, market and
operational). The output floor level will gradually increase from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.




(2) Net Stable Funding Ratio.
(3) Standardised Approach to Counterparty Credit Risk.
(4) Current Exposure Method.

250
Regarding FRTB, for the SA-Standard Approach: the reporting has been effective since the third quarter of
2021. The full implementation of FRTB, including the rules on the boundary between the banking and trading
portfolio, should be aligned with the entry into force of CRR3. Nevertheless, the EU legislators reserve the
right to postpone this application (up to 2 years) depending on how it is applied in other jurisdictions (in
particular the US).



2. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

As part of the management of its capital management, the Group ensures, under the monitoring of the
Finance Department and the control of the Risk Department, that its solvency level is always compatible
with the following objectives:
▪ maintaining its financial strength while respecting risk appetite;
▪ maintaining its financial flexibility to its internal and external development;
▪ appropriate allocation of capital between its various business lines in accordance with the Group’s
strategic objectives;
▪ maintaining the Group’s resilience in the event of stress scenarios;
▪ meeting the expectations of its various stakeholders: supervisors, debt and capital investors, rating
agencies and shareholders.

The Group therefore determines its internal solvency target, in accordance with these objectives and
compliance with regulatory thresholds.

The Group has an internal capital adequacy assessment process that measures and explains changes in
the Group’s capital ratios over time, taking into account future regulatory constraints where appropriate.




251
NOTE 10.3 - CREDIT RISK
DEFINITION
Credit risk corresponds to the risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or
other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. This risk may be further amplified by individual,
country and sector concentration risk. It includes:
▪ the risk linked to securitisation activities;
▪ the underwriting risk which is the risk of loss arising from debt syndication activities where the bank fails
to meet its final take target due to market conditions, inaccurate reading of investor demand,
miscalculated credit profile of the borrower or credit deterioration of the borrower during the syndication
phase of the loan/the bond.



1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES GOVERNING RISK-TAKING

Business Units translate the principles laid out in this section as necessary into credit policies, which must
comply with all the following rules:
▪ A credit policy that defines lending criteria and, usually, limits on risk-taking by sector, type of loan,
country/region or customer/customer category. These rules are defined particularly by the CORISQ and
Credit Risk Committees (CRCs) and are drawn up in concert with the BU concerned;
▪ The credit policy forms part of the Group's risk management strategy in accordance with its risk appetite;
▪ Credit policies concerning major issues must be periodically approved by DGLE and the Group Risk
Committee (CORISQ). Those involving smaller issues or more specific in scope can be approved at BU
level;
▪ Credit policies rest on the principle that any commitment entailing credit risks depends on:
− in-depth knowledge of the customer and their business;
− an understanding of the purpose and nature of the transaction structure and the sources of income
that will generate fund repayment;
− the appropriateness of the transaction structure, to minimise risk of loss in the event of counterparty
default.
▪ The analysis and the validation of the files, involving respectively and independently the responsibility of
the Primary Customer Responsibility Unit (PCRU-SSC) and the dedicated risk units within the risk
management function. To ensure a consistent approach to the Group’s risk-taking, this PCRU-SSC
and/or and this risk unit reviews all applications for authorisation relating to a given customer or category
of customers except in the case of credit delegations granted by the PCRU-SSC and RISQ to certain
SG entities, the monitoring being conducted on a consolidated customer basis for all these
authorisations. The PCRU-SSC and risk unit must operate independently of each another;
▪ The allocation of rating or score, which is a key criterion of the granting policy. These ratings are validated
by the dedicated risk unit. Particular attention is paid to the regular review of the ratings. On retail scope,
see infra “Specificities of retail portfolios”;
▪ For the non-retail scope, a delegation of authority regime, mainly based on the internal rating of
counterparties, provides decision-making authority on the risk units on one hand and the PCRU-SSC on
the other;
▪ Proactive management and monitoring of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated to contain the
risk of loss given a default of a counterparty.

Specificities of individual and professional portfolios (Retail)
Individual and professional portfolio (retail portfolio) have specific features in terms of risk management.
This management is based on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the
industrialisation of processes.


252
STATISTICAL APPROACH
The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated
manner, which together constitute significant outstanding at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.
Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, aggregate monitoring is necessary
at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is
based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class or any other
relevant axes (economic sectors for the Professionals for instance).

In these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the Retail portfolio cannot rely on the same
procedures or the same tools as for corporates.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (shortening probationary period for loyalty, delegation of
lending decisions to brokers, increase in margins, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must
therefore be tracked by a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as quickly as possible where any
deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Even if the IFRS 9 standard authorises a collective approach and if the Group has a statistical approach on
retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in risk for the purposes of the
classification into stages is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters
(operating accounts and late payments) generally allow the assessment of the significant increase in credit
risk at the level of individual exposure. The collective approach is currently only used in a very small number
of instances within the Group.


IMPORTANCE OF TOOLS AND METHODS IN THE INDUSTRIALISATION OF PROCESSES
The Risk management function must support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their
risks with an eye to:
▪ the effectiveness of lending policies;
▪ the quality of the portfolio and its development over the lifetime of exposures (from grant to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:
▪ granting: this decision-making process can be more or less automated depending on the nature and
complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;
▪ monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems
(scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to
assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);
▪ recovery: recovery is an essential stage in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive
contribution to our control of cost of risk. Whatever the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house
collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process is an essential element of good risk
management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our
non-performing loans. If recovery is outsourced, it must conform to the Group’s regulations governing
outsourcing.
▪ provisioning: provisions against the Retail portfolio are decided at local level. They are calculated using
the methodologies and governance methods defined and approved by the Risk Department.



2. CREDIT RISK HEDGING


2.1 GUARANTEES AND COLLATERAL


The Group uses credit risk mitigation techniques for both market and commercial banking activities. These
techniques provide partial or full protection against the risk of debtor insolvency.
253
There are two main categories:
▪ personal guarantees are commitments made by a third party to replace the primary debtor in the event
of the latter’s default. These guarantees encompass the protection commitments and mechanisms
provided by banks and similar credit institutions, specialised institutions such as mortgage guarantors
(e.g. Crédit Logement in France), monoline or multiline insurers, export credit agencies, states in the
context of the health crisis linked to Covid-19 and consequences of Ukraine conflict, etc. By extension,
credit insurance and credit derivatives (purchase of protection) also belong to this category;
▪ collateral can consist of physical assets in the form of personal or real property, commodities or precious
metals, as well as financial instruments such as cash, high-quality investments and securities, and also
insurance policies.

Appropriate haircuts are applied to the value of collateral, reflecting its quality and liquidity.
In order to reduce its risk-taking, the Group is pursuing active management of its securities, in particular by
diversifying them: physical collateral, personal guarantees and others (including Credit Default Swaps).
For information, the mortgage loans of retail customers in France benefit overwhelmingly from a guarantee
provided by the financing company Crédit Logement, ensuring the payment of the mortgage to the bank in
the event of default by the borrower (under conditions of compliance with the terms of collateral call defined
by Crédit Logement).
During the credit approval process, an assessment is performed on the value of guarantees and collateral,
their legal enforceability and the guarantor’s ability to meet its obligations. This process also ensures that
the collateral or guarantee successfully meets the criteria set forth in the Capital Requirements Directive
(CRD) and in the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR).
The guarantors are subject to an internal rating updated at least annually. Regarding collateral, regular
revaluations are made based on an estimated disposal value composed of the market value of the asset
and a discount. The market value corresponds to the value at which the good should be exchanged on the
date of the valuation under conditions of normal competition. It is preferably obtained based on comparable
assets, failing this by any other method deemed relevant (example: value in use). This value is subject to
haircuts depending on the quality of the collateral and the liquidity conditions.
Regarding collateral used for credit risk mitigation and eligible for the RWA calculation, it should be noted
that 95% of guarantors are investment grade. These guarantees are mainly provided by Crédit Logement,
export credit agencies, the French State (within the “Prêts Garantis par l’Etat” framework of the loans
guaranteed by the French State) and insurance companies.
In accordance with the requirements of European Regulation No. 575/2013 (CRR), the Group applies
minimum collateralisation frequencies for all collateral held in the context of commitments granted (financial
collateral, commercial real estate, residential real estate, other security interests, leasing guarantees).
More frequent valuations must be carried out in the event of a significant change in the market concerned,
the default or litigation of the counterparty or at the request of the risk management function.
In addition, the effectiveness of credit risk hedging policies is monitored as part of the LGD.
It is the responsibility of the risk management function to validate the operational procedures put in place
by the business lines for the periodic valuation of collateral (guarantees and collateral), whether automatic
valuations or on an expert opinion and whether during the credit decision for a new competition or during
the annual renewal of the credit file.

The amount of guarantees and collateral is capped at the amount of outstanding loans less provisions, i.e.
EUR 374.2 billion as at 31 December 2023 (compared with EUR 388.5 billion as at 31 December 2022), of
which EUR 152.8 billion for retail customers and EUR 221.4 billion for other types of counterparties
(compared with EUR 159.5 billion and EUR 229.1 billion as at 31 December 2022, respectively).
The outstanding loans covered by these guarantees and collateral correspond mainly to loans and
receivables at amortised cost, which amounted to EUR 290.6 billion as at 31 December 2023, and to off-
balance sheet commitments, which amounted to EUR 74.4billion (compared with EUR 304.8 billion and
EUR 75.2 billion as at 31 December 2022 respectively).
The amounts of guarantees and collateral received for performing outstanding loans (Stage 1) and under-
performing loans (Stage 2) with payments past due amounted to EUR 3.8 billion as at 31 December 2023
(EUR 2.3 billion as at 31 December 2022), including EUR 1.2 billion on retail customers and EUR 2.6 billion
254
on other types of counterparties (versus EUR 0.89 billion and EUR 1.4 billion as at 31 December 2022
respectively).
The amount of guarantees and collateral received for non-performing outstanding loans as at
31 December 2023 amounted to EUR 5.6 billion (compared with EUR 5.3 billion as at 31 December 2022),
of which EUR 1.5 billion on retail customers and EUR 4.1 billion on other types of counterparties (compared
with EUR 1.4 billion and EUR 3.8 billion respectively as at 31 December 2022). These amounts are capped
at the amount of outstanding.

2.2 USE OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES TO MANAGE CORPORATE CONCENTRATION RISK


The Group may use credit derivatives, in the management of its Corporate credit portfolio, primarily to
reduce individual, sector and geographic concentrations and to implement a proactive risk and capital
management approach.
Housed in the Corporate and Investment Banking arm, the Performance and Scarce Resources
management (PSR) team works in close conjunction with the Risk Department and the businesses to reduce
excessive portfolio concentrations, react quickly to any deterioration in the creditworthiness of a particular
counterparty and recommend actions to improve the capital allocation. PSR is part of the department
responsible for defining and effectively deploying the strategy, for monitoring performance and managing
the scarce resources in the credit and loan portfolio.
Total outstanding purchases of protection through Corporate credit derivatives is stable at EUR 2.3 billion
in nominal terms and a corresponding fair value of EUR -14.5 million at the end of December 2023
(compared to EUR 3.6 million at the end of December 2022). New operations have mainly been performed
to reduce concentration risk (EUR 1.3 billion in nominal) and to a lower extend improve capital allocation
(EUR 1 billion in nominal).
Over 2023, the credit default swaps (CDS) spreads of European investment grade issues (Itraxx index)
experienced a significant change around an annual average of 78 bps (compared to 94 bps in 2022).
The overall sensitivity of the portfolio (Price Value of a Basis Point) is slightly rising due to high market
volatility.
The protection purchases (99 % of outstanding as 31 December 2023) are mostly made against European
clearing houses, and all against counterparties with “Investment Grade” ratings (rating at least equal
to BBB-).
Moreover, the amounts recognised as assets (EUR 2 billion as at 31 December 2023 versus EUR 1.8 billion
as at 31 December 2022) and liabilities (EUR 1 billion as at 31 December 2023 versus EUR 1.4 billion as
at 31 December 2022) correspond to the fair value of credit derivatives mainly held under a transaction
activity.

2.3 CREDIT INSURANCE


The Group has been developed relationships with private insurers over the last several years to hedge some
of its loans against commercial and political non-payment risks.
This activity is performed within a risk framework and monitoring system approved by the Group’s General
Management. The system is based on an overall limit for the activity, along with sub-limits by maturity, and
individual limits for each insurance counterparty, the latter being furthermore required to meet strict eligibility
criteria. There is also a limit for insured transactions in Non-Investment Grade countries.



3. RISK MEASUREMENT AND INTERNAL RATINGS


3.1 GENERAL FRAMEWORK OF THE INTERNAL APPROACH


To calculate its capital requirements under the IRB (Internal Rating Based) method, Societe Generale
estimates the Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) and the Expected Loss (EL) that may be incurred in light of the

255
nature of the transaction, the quality of the counterparty (via internal rating) and all measures taken to
mitigate risk.
The calculation of RWA is based on the Basel parameters, which are estimated using the internal risk
measurement system:
▪ the Exposure at Default (EAD) value is defined as the Group’s exposure in the event that the counterparty
should default. The EAD includes exposures recorded on the balance sheet (such as loans, receivables,
accrued income, etc.), and a proportion of off-balance sheet exposures calculated using internal or
regulatory Credit Conversion Factors (CCF);
▪ the Probability of Default (PD): the probability that a counterparty will default within one year;
▪ the Loss Given Default (LGD): the ratio between the loss on an exposure in the event a counterparty
defaults and the amount of the exposure at the time of the default.

The estimation of these parameters is based on a quantitative evaluation system which is sometimes
supplemented by expert or business judgment.
In addition, a set of procedures sets out the rules relating to ratings (scope, frequency of review, grade
approval procedure, etc...) as well as those for supervision, the review ROE-Review of Estimates- and the
validation of models. These procedures allow, among other things, to facilitate critical human judgment, an
essential complement to the models for non-retail portfolios.
The Group also takes into account:
▪ the impact of guarantees and credit derivatives where applicable, by substituting the PD, the LGD and
the risk-weighting calculation of the guarantor for that of the obligor (the exposure is considered to be a
direct exposure to the guarantor) in the event that the guarantor’s risk weighting is more favourable than
that of the obligor;
▪ collateral used as guarantees (physical or financial) taken into account via the LGD level.

3.2 CLIMATE RISK - MEASURING SENSITIVITY TO TRANSITION RISK


Transition risk’s impact on Societe Generale Corporate clients’ credit risk has been identified as one of the
main climate change-related risk for the Group.
To measure this impact, the Group has progressively integrated a Corporate Climate Vulnerability Indicator
(CCVI), which is based on an Industry Climate Vulnerability Indicator (ICVI) concerning credit risk
assessments carried out on customers for whom a credit risk rating is carried out, excluding Financial
Institutions.
The ICVI score reflects the vulnerability to climate change of the companies that are least advanced on
climate strategies in each business sector. The CCVI is a function of the ICVI and a company climate
questionnaire assessing the climate strategy of individual companies .



4. RESTRUCTURED DEBT

For the Societe Generale group, “restructured” debt refers to loans with amounts, terms or financial
conditions contractually modified due to the borrower’s financial difficulties (whether these financial
difficulties have already occurred or will definitely occur unless the debt is restructured). Societe Generale
aligns its definition of restructured loans with the EBA one.
Restructured debt does not include commercial renegotiations involving customers for whom the Bank has
agreed to renegotiate the debt in order to maintain or develop a business relationship, in accordance with
credit approval rules and without any financial difficulties.
Any situation leading to a credit restructuring and involving a loss of value greater than 1% of the original
debt or in which the customer's ability to repay the debt according to the new schedule appears
compromised must result in the classification of the customer concerned in default. Basel and the
classification of outstandings as impaired, in accordance with the EBA directives on the application of the
definition of default according to Article 178 of European Regulation No. 575/2013. In this case, customers
256
are kept in default as long as the Bank is uncertain about their ability to honor their future commitments and
at least for one year from the date of the restructuring. In other cases, an analysis of the customer's situation
makes it possible to estimate his ability to repay according to the new schedule. If this ability is proved, the
client can be remained in performing loans. Otherwise, the customer is also transferred to Basel default.
The total balance sheet amount of restructured debt as at 31 December 2023 mainly corresponds to loans
and receivables at amortised cost for an amount of EUR 5.8 billion.




257
NOTE 10.4 - COUNTERPARTY RISK
DEFINITION
Counterparty credit risk (CCR) is driven by market transactions (derivatives transactions and repos).
Counterparty credit risk is therefore a multidimensional risk, combining credit and market risks, in the sense
that the future value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable in
time (credit component), whilst also being impacted by changes in market parameters (market component).
Counterparty credit risk can be broken down into the following categories:
▪ default risk: it corresponds to the replacement risk to which the Societe Generale group is exposed in
the event of a counterparty’s failure to comply with its payment obligations. In this case, following the
counterparty’s default SG must replace this transaction with a new transaction. Potentially, this must be
done under stressed market conditions, with reduced liquidity and sometimes even facing a Wrong Way
Risk (WWR).
▪ Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk: it corresponds to the variability of the value adjustment due to
counterparty credit risk, which is the market value of the Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) for derivatives
and repos, that is an adjustment to the transaction price factoring in the credit quality of the counterparty.
It is measured as the difference between the price of a contract with a risk-free counterparty and the
price of the same contract factoring in the counterparty’s default risk.
▪ risk on CCPs (Central Clearing Counterparty): it is related to the default of another clearing member of
the central clearing house, which could result in losses for the Group on its contribution to the default
fund.

Transactions involving counterparty credit risk include delivered pensions, securities lending and borrowing,
and derivative contracts, whether they are dealt with principal activity or on behalf of third parties (agency
activities or client clearing) in the context of market activities.



1. LIMITS SETTING AND MONITORING FRAMEWORK

1.1 DETERMINATION OF THE LIMITS AND MONITORING FRAMEWORK

MAIN PRINCIPLES
Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.
Counterparty credit risk management mainly relies on dedicated first and second lines of defence as
described below:
▪ the first lines of defence (LOD1) notably include the business lines that are subject to counterparty credit
risk, the Primary Client Responsibility Unit that is in charge of handling the overall relationship with the
client and the group to which it belongs, dedicated teams within Global Banking and Advisory and Global
Markets Business Units responsible for monitoring and managing the risks within their respective scope
of activities.
▪ The Risk Department acts as a second line of defence (LOD2) through the setup of a counterparty credit
risk control system, which is based on standardised risk measures, to ensure the permanent and
independent monitoring of counterparty credit risks.

The fundamental principles of limit granting policy are:
▪ The dedicated LOD1 and LOD2 must be independent of each other.;
▪ The Risk Department has a division dedicated to counterparty credit risk management in order to monitor
and analyse the overall risks of counterparties whilst taking into account the specificities of
counterparties;
▪ A system of delegated authorities, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, confers decision-
making powers to LOD1 and LOD2;


258
▪ The limits and internal ratings defined for each counterparty are proposed by LOD1 and validated by the
dedicated LOD2 (5). The limits may be set individually, at the counterparty level, or globally through
framing a (sub)set of counterparties (for example: supervision of stress test exposures).

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on the needs and changes in market
conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk
metrics, namely:
▪ ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions
booked by the transaction processing department;
▪ producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;
▪ controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily
basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and dedicated LoD2 for remediation actions.
In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties
or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

COMITOLOGY
While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on
Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors
counterparty credit risk through:
▪ a global overview on exposure and counterparty credit risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the
Potential Future Exposure PFE, etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised
financing, or agency business;
▪ dedicated analysis on one or more risks or customer categories or frameworks or in case of identification
of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from
the Global Banking and Investment Solutions (GBIS), from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and
Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of
monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an
opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority. The CRCC also identifies key CCR topics
that need to be escalated to the management.

REPLACEMENT RISK
The Group frames the replacement risks by limits that are defined by credit analysts and validated by LOD2
based on the Group’s risk appetite.


The limits are defined at the level of each counterparty and then aggregated at the level of each client group,
each category of counterparties and finally consolidated at the entire Societe Generale group portfolio level.
The limits used for managing counterparty credit risk are:
▪ consolidated across all products types authorised with the counterparty;
▪ established by maturity buckets to control future exposure using the Potential Future Exposure (PFE)
measure also known as CVaR within Societe Generale;
▪ calibrated according to the credit quality and the nature of the counterparty, the nature/maturity of the
financial instruments contemplated (FX transactions, repos transactions, security lending transactions,
derivatives, etc.), and the economic understanding, the contractual legal framework agreed and any
other risk mitigants.
(5) For Hedge Funds and PTG counterparties, the rating proposal is delegated to LOD2.

259
The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk:
▪ a multifactor stress test on all counterparties, which allows to holistically quantify the potential loss on
market activities following market movements which could trigger a wave of defaults on these
counterparties;
▪ a set of single-factor stress tests to monitor the general wrong-way risk.

CVA (CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT) RISK
In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the
value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the
counterparties facing the Group.
Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored
through:
▪ sensitivity limits;
▪ stress test limits: scenarios representative of the market risks impacting the CVA (credit spreads, interest
rates, exchange rates and equity) are applied to carry out the stress test on CVA.
The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure
and of their hedges).

RISK ON CENTRAL COUNTERPARTIES
Clearing of transactions is a common market practice for Societe Generale, notably in compliance with the
EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation) regulations in Europe and the DFA (Dodd-Frank Act) in
the United States, which require that the most standardised over-the-counter transactions be compensated
via clearing houses approved by the authorities and subject to prudential regulation.
As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management
framework through deposits into the default funds, in addition to margin calls.
The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties
(CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:
▪ initial margins, both for house and client activities (client clearing);
▪ the Group’s contributions to the CCP default funds (guarantee deposits);
▪ a stress test defined to capture the impact of a scenario where a major CCP member should default.

1.2. MITIGATION OF COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK LINKED TO MARKET TRANSACTIONS


The Group uses various techniques to reduce this risk:
▪ the signing, in the most extensive way possible, of close-out netting agreements for over-the-counter
(OTC) transactions and Securities Financing Transactions (SFT);
▪ the collateralisation of market operations, either through clearing houses for eligible products (listed
products and certain of the more standardised OTC products), or through a bilateral margin call
exchange mechanism which covers both current exposure (variation margins) but also future exposure
(initial margins).

CLOSE-OUT NETTING AGREEMENTS
Societe Generale’s standard policy is to conclude master agreements including provisions for close-out
netting.

These provisions allow on the one hand the immediate termination (close out) of all transactions governed
by these agreements when one of the parties’ defaults, and on the other hand the settlement of a net amount
corresponding to the total value of the portfolio, after netting of mutual debts and claims. This balance may
be the subject of a guarantee or collateralisation. It results in a single net claim owed by or to the
counterparty.


260
In order to reduce the legal risk associated with documentation and to comply with key international
standards, the Group documents these agreements under the main international standards as published by
National or International professional associations such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association
(ISDA), International Capital Market Association (ICMA), International Securities Lending Association
(ISLA), French Banking Federation (FBF), etc.

These contracts establish a set of contractual terms generally recognised as standard and give way to the
modification or addition of more specific provisions between the parties in the final contract, for example
regarding the triggering events. This standardisation reduces implementation times and secures operations.
The clauses negotiated by clients outside the bank’s standards are approved by the decision-making bodies
in charge of the master agreements standards – Normative Committee and/or Arbitration Committee – made
up of representatives of the Risk Division, the Business Units, the
Legal Division and other decision-making departments of the bank. In accordance with regulatory
requirements, the clauses authorising global close-out netting and collateralisation are analysed by the
bank’s legal departments to ensure that they are enforceable under the legal provisions applicable to clients.

COLLATERALISATION
Most of over-the-counter transactions are collateralised. There are two types of collateral exchanges:
▪ initial margin (IM) or Independent Amount (IA (6)): an initial amount of collateral aiming at covering
Potential Future Exposure (PFE), i.e. the unfavourable change in the Mark-to-Market of positions in the
time period between the last collection of margins and the liquidation of positions following the
counterparty default;
▪ variation margin (VM): collateral collected to cover current exposure arising from Mark-to-Market
changes, used as an approximation of the actual loss resulting from the default of one of the
counterparties.

All aspects of the margining regime are defined in collateral arrangements, such as credit support annexes
(CSA (7)). The main features defined are:
▪ the scope covered (i.e. the nature of transactions allowed);
▪ the eligible collateral and the applicable haircut: main types of collateral exchanged are cash or high-
quality and liquid assets according to the Group’s policy, and are subject to a haircut, which is the
valuation percentage applicable to each type of collateral, based on liquidity and price volatility of the
underlying during both normal and stressed market conditions;
▪ the timing and frequency of the calculation of the margin call and exchanges, usually daily;
▪ the margin call thresholds if not under regulatory obligation;
▪ the Minimum Transfer Amount (MTA).

In addition, specific parameters or optional features can be defined depending on the type of
counterparty/transaction, such as an additional guarantee amount (flat-rate increase of the exposure
allowing the party making a margin call to be “over-collateralised”), or rating-dependent clauses, typically
mutual in nature, where additional collateral is requested in case of a party’s rating downgrade.

The Group monitors given and received collateral exchanges. In case of discrepancies between the parties
with respect to margin call amounts, dedicated teams from the operations and the Risk Departments are in
charge of analysing the impacted transactions to ensure they are correctly valued and of addressing the
issue.



(6) IA (Independent Amount) is the same concept as initial margin but applies to different perimeters (OTC swaps not
cleared for IA).
(7) The Credit Support Annex (CSA) is a legal document under ISDA contract that regulates the management of
collateral between two counterparties.

261
BILATERAL COLLATERAL EXCHANGE
The initial margin, historically very rare except with hedge funds, was generalised by EMIR and DFA
regulations which introduced the mandatory use of master agreements and related CSA, prior to or when
entering into an uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. It is now mandatory for the Group to exchange IM
and VM for non-cleared OTC derivatives transactions with a large number of its counterparties (its financial
counterparties and some non-financial counterparties above certain thresholds defined by the regulation,
with compliance dates depending on the volume of transactions).
The Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) on Initial Margin Model Validation (IMMV) under EMIR allows
counterparties subject to mandatory bilateral collateral exchange requirements to waive these rules in
certain circumstances. The Group has incorporated a waiver application process for intra-group entities into
its risk management policies. The eligibility criteria for this waiver are framed and monitored as required by
the Delegated Regulation.

CLEARING HOUSES
EMIR and DFA regulations have also required that the most standard over-the-counter derivatives
transactions be compensated through clearing houses. The Group thus compensates its own operations
(principal activity), but also client clearing activities (agency-type activity). Compensated derivatives are
subject to systematic margin calls to mitigate counterparty credit risk daily variation margins and initial
margins, in order to cover current exposure and future exposure.

1.3 COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK MEASURES


REPLACEMENT RISK
The measure of replacement risk is based on an internal model that determines the Group’s exposure
profiles. As the value of the exposure to a counterparty is uncertain and variable over time, we estimate the
potential future replacement costs over the lifetime of the transactions.

REGULATORY INDICATOR
With respect to the calculation of capital requirements for counterparty credit risk, the ECB, following the
Targeted Review of Internal Models, has renewed the approval for using the internal model described above
to determine the Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE) indicator.
For products not covered by the internal model as well as for entities in the Societe Generale group that
have not been authorised by the supervisor to use the internal model, the Group uses the market-price
valuation method for derivatives (8) and the general financial security-based method for securities financing
transactions (SFT (9)).




(8) In this method, the EAD (Exposure at Default) relating to the Bank's counterparty risk is determined by aggregating
the positive market values of all transactions (replacement cost) supplemented by an add-on.
(9) Securities Financing Transactions.


262
The effects of compensation agreements and collateralisation are taken into account either by their
simulation in the internal model when such credit risk mitigant or guarantees meet regulatory criteria, or by
applying the rules as defined in the market-price valuation method or the financial security-based method,
by subtracting the value of the collateral.
These exposures are then weighted by rates resulting from the credit quality of the counterparty to compute
the Risk Weighted Assets (RWA). These rates can be determined by the standard approach or the advanced
approach (IRBA).
As a general rule, when EAD is modelled in EEPE and weighted according to IRB approach, there is no
adjustment of the LGD according to the collateral received as it is already taken into account in the EEPE
calculation.




263
NOTE 10.5 - MARKET RISK

DEFINITION
Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters,
the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between them. These parameters include, but are
not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities,
derivatives and other assets.



1. ORGANISATION OF THE MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Although primary responsibility for managing risk exposure relies on the front office managers,
the supervision system comes under the Market Risk Department of the Risk Department, which is
independent from the businesses.
The main missions of this department are:
▪ the definition and proposal of the Group’s market risk appetite;
▪ the proposal of appropriate market risk limits by Group activity to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ);
▪ the assessment of the limit requests submitted by the different businesses within the framework of the
overall limits authorised by the Board of Directors and General Management, and based on the use of
these limits;
▪ the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework based on
suitable limits;
▪ coordination of the review by the Risk Department of the strategic initiatives of the Market Risk
Department;
▪ the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;
▪ the daily calculation and certification of the market risk indicators, of the P&L resulting from market
activities, based on formal and secure procedures, and then of the reporting and the analysis of these
indicators;
▪ the daily monitoring of the limits set for each activity;
▪ the risk assessment of new products or market activities.

In order to perform its tasks, the department also defines the architecture and the functionalities of the
information system used to produce the risk and P&L indicators for market transactions, and ensures it
meets the needs of the different businesses and of the Market Risk Department.



2. MARKET RISK MONITORING PROCESS

The business development strategy of the Group for market activities is primarily focused on meeting clients’
needs, with a comprehensive range of products and solutions. The risk resulting from these market activities
is strictly managed through a set of limits for several indicators:
▪ the Value at Risk (VaR) and Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): these global indicators are used for market
risk calculations for RWA and for the day-to-day monitoring of the market risks incurred by the Group
within the scope of its trading activities;
▪ stress test measurements, based on decennial shock-type indicators, which make it possible to restrict
the Group’s exposure to systemic risk and exceptional market shocks. These measurements can be
global, multi-risk factor (based on historical or hypothetical scenarios), by activity or risk factor in order
to take into account extreme risks on a specific market, or event-driven, to temporarily monitor a particular
situation;

264
▪ sensitivity and nominal indicators used to manage the size of positions:
− sensitivities are used to monitor the risk incurred locally on a given type of position (e.g. sensitivity of
an option to changes in the underlying asset),
− while nominal indicators are used for significant positions in terms of risk;
▪ additional indicators such as concentration risk or holding period, maximum maturity, etc.



3. MARKET RISK MAIN MEASURES

STRESS TEST ASSESSMENT
Societe Generale monitors its exposure using stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market
disruptions.
A stress test estimates the loss resulting from an extreme change in market parameters over a period
corresponding to the time required to unwind or hedge the positions affected.
Two major metrics are defined and used:
▪ the Global Stress Test on market activities, which estimates the losses linked to market risks,
market/counterparty cross-risk, and dislocation and carry risk on exotic activities, that could arise
simultaneously in the event of a severe but plausible systemic crisis. This stress test is modeled on five
scenarios;
▪ the Market Stress Test, which focuses solely on market risk, applying the same scenarios as the Global
Stress Test and additional scenarios corresponding to different market conditions.

The various scenarios for those stress tests are reviewed by the Risk Division on a regular basis.
These reviews are presented during dedicated biannual Committees, chaired by the Market Risk
Department and attended by economists and representatives of Societe Generale’s trading activities.
These Committees cover the following topics: changes in scenarios (introduction, removal, shock review),
appropriate coverage of the risk factors by the scenarios, review of the approximations made in terms of
calculation, correct documentation of the whole process. The delegation level needed to validate the
changes in stress test methodology depends on the impact of the change in question.
The Global Stress Test on market activities limits and the Market Stress Test limits play a central role in the
definition and the calibration of the Group’s appetite for market risk: these indicators cover all activities and
the main market risk factors and related risks associated with a severe market crisis, this allows both to limit
the overall amount of risk and to take into account any diversification effects.
This system is complemented by stress-testing frameworks on four risk factors on individual risk factors, in
particular equities and interest rates, on which the Group has significant exposures.

THE GLOBAL STRESS TEST ON MARKET ACTIVITIES
The Global Stress Test on market activities is the main risk indicator used on this scope. It covers all the
risks on market activities that would occur simultaneously in case of a severe, but plausible, market crisis.
The impact is measured over a short period of time with an expected occurrence of once per decade. The
Global Stress Test uses five market scenarios and has three components, each of which are considered in
each of the five scenarios in order to ensure consistency within the same scenario:
▪ market risk;
▪ dislocation and carry risks on exotic activities related to concentration effects and crowded trades;
▪ market/counterparty cross-risks arising in transactions with weak counterparties (hedge funds and
proprietary trading groups).

The Global Stress Test corresponds to the least favorable results arising from the five scenarios and their
respective components.




265
The market risk component
It corresponds to the results of the Market Stress Test (10) restricted to scenarios that could cause dislocation
effects on market positions and default by weak counterparties. These scenarios all simulate a sharp fall in
the equity markets and a widening in credit spreads which could trigger dislocation effects. Following the
last review of the scenarios at the end of 2020, it was decided to use for the calculation of the stress test,
three theoretical scenarios (generalised (i.e. financial crisis scenario), eurozone crisis, general decline in
risk assets) and two historical scenarios focusing respectively on the period of early October 2008 and early
March 2020;
This component includes the impact of the stress test scenario on the counterparty credit risk reserves
(Credit Value Adjustment) and funding risk reserves (Funding Value Adjustment) whose variation in case of
a crisis affects the trading activities.

The dislocation and carry risk component
Additional market risks to those assessed in the Market Stress Test can occur in market situation in which
one or more participants – generally structured products sellers – have concentrated or crowded trades.
Dynamic risk hedging strategies can cause larger market dislocations than those calibrated in the Market
Stress Test, and these dislocations can extend beyond the shock timeline used due to an imbalance
between supply and demand.
Equity, credit, fixed income, currency and commodity trading activities are regularly reviewed to identify
these areas of risk and to define a scenario that takes into account the specific features of each activity and
position. Each scenario associated with an identified area of risk is added to the market risk component if –
and only if – it is compatible with the market scenario in question.

Market/counterparty cross-risk component on weak counterparties
Some counterparties may be significantly affected by a major crisis on the financial markets and their
probability of default may increase. The third component of the Global Stress Test therefore aims to take
into account this increased risk on certain types of weak counterparties (hedge funds and proprietary trading
groups).
Four measurements are used:
▪ the collateralised financing stress test: this stress test focuses on collateralised financing activities
and more specifically on weak counterparties. It applies a dislocation shock to several asset classes with
the assumption of extremely tight liquidity conditions. Collateral and counterparty default rates are
stressed concomitantly, taking into account any consanguinity with the collateral posted;
▪ the adverse stress test on hedge funds and proprietary trading groups (PTG): this stress test
applies three pairs of stress scenarios to all market transactions generating replacement regarding this
type of counterparty. Each set of scenarios consists of a short-term scenario (scenario derived from the
Market Stress Test) applied to positions with margin calls, and a long-term scenario (whose shocks are
generally more severe) for positions without margin calls. Stressed current exposures are weighted by
the probability of default of each counterparty and by the loss given default (LGD), then aggregated.
▪ the adverse stress test on products whose underlying is a hedge fund: this type of underlying poses
a risk of illiquidity in the event of a crisis. The purpose of this stress test is to estimate the corresponding
potential loss on transactions with this type of underlying and presenting a "gap risk".
▪ the Clearing House (CCP) Member stress test: it estimates the potential loss in the event of a default
of a CCP member of which Societe Generale is also a member.




(10) Measurement of the impact on the Net Banking Income in case of shocks on all risk factors (refer to below
description.

266
THE MARKET STRESS TEST
This metric focuses on market risk and estimates the loss resulting from shocks on the set of risk factors.
This stress test is based on 12 scenarios (11) (3 historical and 9 hypothetical). The main principles are as
follows:
▪ the scenario considered in the market stress test is the worst of the different scenarios defined;
▪ the shocks applied are calibrated on time horizons specific to each risk factor (the time horizon can range
from five days for the most liquid risk factors to three months for the least liquid);
▪ risks are calculated every day for each of the Bank’s market activities (all products together), using each
of the historical and hypothetical scenarios.

Historical scenarios
This method consists of an analysis of the major economic crises that have affected the financial markets:
changes in the prices of financial assets (equities, interest rates, exchange rates, credit spreads, etc.) during
each of these crises have been analysed in order to define scenarios for potential variations in these main
risk factors which, when applied to the Bank’s trading positions, could generate significant losses.
Accordingly, this approach makes it possible to determine the historical scenarios used for the calculation
of the stress test. This set of scenarios is also the subject of regular reviews. In 2020, 2 new historical
scenarios related to the Covid-19 crisis were integrated: a crisis scenario (marked by a decline in equity
indices and an increase in credit spreads) as well as a rebound scenario (marked by an increase in equity
indices and a decrease in credit spreads). In 2023, the historical rebound scenario in financial markets
observed in 2020 was replaced by two hypothetical scenarios based on the same market context .
Societe Generale is currently using 3 historical scenarios in the calculation of the stress test, which cover
the periods from October to December 2008 and March 2020.

Hypothetical scenarios
The hypothetical scenarios are defined with the Group’s economists and are designed to identify possible
sequences of events that could lead to a major crisis in the financial markets (e.g. European crisis, a drop
in assets, etc.). The Group’s aim is to select extreme but plausible events which would have major
repercussions on all international markets. Accordingly, Societe Generale has defined 9 hypothetical
scenarios. In 2023, an obsolete scenario corresponding to the Russian crisis of 1998 was replaced by a
new theoretical scenario centered on an inflationary crisis and 2 new hypothetical scenarios corresponding
to bull markets were added.

VALUE AT RISK 99% (VAR)


Methodology
The internal VaR model was introduced at the end of 1996 and has been approved by the French supervisor
within the scope of the regulatory capital requirements. This approval was renewed in 2020 at the Target
Review of Internal Models (TRIM).
The Value at Risk (VaR) assesses the potential losses on positions over a defined time horizon and for a
given confidence interval (99% for Société Générale). The method used is the “historical simulation” method,
which implicitly takes into account the correlation between the various markets, as well as general and
specific risk. It is based on the following principles:
▪ storage in a database of the risk factors that are representative of Societe Generale’s positions
(i.e. interest rates, share prices, exchange rates, commodity prices, volatility, credit spreads, etc.).
Controls are regularly performed in order to check that all major risk factors for the trading portfolio of
the Group are taken into account by the internal VaR model;
▪ definition of 260 scenarios corresponding to one-day variations in these market parameters over a rolling
one-year period; these scenarios are updated daily with the inclusion of a new scenario and the removal
of the oldest scenario. There are three coexisting methods for modeling scenarios (relative shocks,
absolute shocks and hybrid shocks), the choice between these methods for a given risk factor is
determined by its nature and its historical trend;
(11) Including Global stress test scenarios on market activities.

267
▪ the application of these 260 scenarios to the market parameters of the day;
▪ revaluation of daily positions, on the basis of the 260 sets of adjusted market parameters: in most cases,
this calculation involves a full re-pricing. Nonetheless, for certain risk factors, a sensitivity-based
approach may be used.
.
Main risk
Description
factors
Risk resulting from changes in interest rates and their volatility on the value of a
Interest rates financial instrument sensitive to interest rates, such as bonds, interest rate swaps,
etc.
Risk resulting from variations in prices and volatility of shares and equity indices, in
Share prices
the level of dividends, etc.
Risk resulting from the variation of exchange rates between currencies and of their
Exchange rates
volatility
Commodity Risk resulting from changes in prices and volatility of commodities and commodity
prices indices
Risk resulting from an improvement or a deterioration in the credit quality of an
Credit Spreads issuer on the value of a financial instrument sensitive to this risk factor such as
bonds, credit derivatives (credit default swaps for example)


Within the framework described above, the one-day 99% VaR, calculated according to the 260 scenarios,
corresponds to the weighted average (12) of the second and third largest losses computed, without applying
any weighting to the other scenarios.
The day-to-day follow-up of market risk is performed via the one-day VaR, which is calculated on a daily
basis at various granularity levels. Regulatory capital requirements, however, oblige us to take into account
a ten-day horizon, thus we also calculate a ten-day VaR, which is obtained by multiplying the one-day VaR
aggregated at Group level by the square root of 10. This methodology complies with regulatory requirements
and has been reviewed and validated by the supervisor.
The VaR assessment is based on a model and a certain number of conventional assumptions, the main
limits of which are as follows:
▪ by definition, the use of a 99% confidence interval does not take into account losses arising beyond this
point; VaR is therefore an indicator of the risk of loss under normal market conditions and does not take
into account exceptionally significant fluctuations;
▪ VaR is computed using closing prices, meaning that intra-day fluctuations are not taken into account;
▪ the use of a historical model is based on the assumption that past events are representative of future
events and may not capture all potential events.


The Market Risk Department monitors the limitations of the VaR model by measuring the impacts of
integrating a risk factor absent from the model (RNIME (13) process). Depending on the materiality of these
missing factors, they may be capitalised. Other complementary measures also allow to control the limitations
of the model.
The same model is used for the VaR computation for almost all of Global Banking and Investor Solution’s
activities (including those related to the most complex products) and the main market activities of Retail
Banking and Private Banking.

(12) 39% of the second highest risk and 61% of the third highest risk.
(13) Risk Not in Model Engine.

268
The few activities not covered by the VaR method, either for technical reasons or because the stakes are
too low, are monitored using stress tests, and capital charges are calculated using the standard method or
through alternative in-house methods. For example, the currency risk of positions in the banking book is not
calculated with an internal model because this risk is not subject to a daily revaluation and therefore cannot
be taken into account in a VaR calculation.

BACKTESTING
The relevance of the model is checked through continuous backtesting in order to verify whether the number
of days for which the negative result exceeds the VaR complies with the 99% confidence interval.
The results of the backtesting are audited by the Risk Department in charge of the validation of internal
models, which, as a second line of defense, also assesses the theoretical robustness (from a design and
development standpoint), the correctness of the implementation and the adequacy of the model use.
The independent review process ends with: (i) review and approval committees and (ii) an audit report
detailing the scope of the review, the tests performed and their outcomes, the recommendations and the
conclusion of the review. The model control mechanism gives rise to reporting to the appropriate authorities.
In compliance with regulations, the backtesting compares the VaR to the (i) actual and (ii) hypothetical
change in the portfolio’s value:
▪ in the first case (backtesting against “actual P&L”), the daily P&L (14) includes the change in book value,
the impact of new transactions and of transactions modified during the day (including their sales
margins)as well as provisions and values adjustments made for market risk;
▪ in the second case (backtesting against “hypothetical P&L”), the daily P&L (15) includes only the change
in book value related to changes in market parameters and excludes all other factors.




(14) “Actual P&L” by agreement hereinafter.
(15) “Hypothetical P&L” by agreement hereinafter.
269
BREAKDOWN BY RISK FACTOR OF TRADING VAR (1-DAY, 99%) – CHANGES IN QUARTERLY AVERAGE OVER THE 2022-
2023 PERIOD (IN EUR M)




The VaR was riskier in 2023 (EUR 23 million versus EUR 18 million in 2022 on average), mainly due to the
entry of new and more volatile scenarios following the deterioration of market conditions related to the
banking crisis in March. The increase in risk is particularly evident in the Equities and Rates activities.

STRESSED VAR (SVAR)
The Internal Stressed VaR model (SVaR) was introduced at the end of 2011 and has been approved by the
Regulator within the scope of the regulatory capital requirements on the same scope as the VaR. As with
the VaR model, this approval was renewed in 2020 at the Target Review of Internal Models (TRIM).
The calculation method used for the 99% one-day SVaR is the same as the one for the VaR. It consists in
carrying out an historical simulation with one-day shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Contrary to VaR,
which uses 260 scenarios for one-day fluctuations over a rolling one-year period, SVaR uses a fixed one-
year historical window corresponding to a period of significant financial tension.
Following a validation of the ECB obtained at the end of 2021, a new method for determining the fixed
historical stress window is used. It consists in calculating an approximate SVaR for various risk factors
selected as representative of the Societe Generale portfolio (related to equity, fixed income, foreign
exchange, credit and commodity risks): these historical shocks are weighted according to the portfolio’s
sensitivity to each of these risk factors and aggregated to determine the period of highest stress for the
entire portfolio (16). The historical window used is reviewed annually. In 2023 this window was “September
2008-September 2009”.
The ten-day SVaR used for the computation of the regulatory capital is obtained, as for VaR, by multiplying
the one-day SVaR by the square root of ten.
As for the VaR, the Market Risk Department controls the limitations of the SVaR model by measuring the
impact of integrating a risk factor absent from the model (RNIME process). Depending on the materiality of
these missing factors, they may be capitalised. Other complementary measures also control the limitations
of the model.
(16) At the request of the ECB, a posteriori check is carried out to verify the relevance of this historical window by making
calculations for full revaluation.

270
The continuous backtesting performed on VaR model cannot be replicated to the SVaR model as, by
definition, it is not sensitive to the current market conditions. However, as the VaR and the SVaR models
rely on the same approach, they have the same advantages and limits.
The relevance of the SVaR is regularly monitored and reviewed by the Risk Department in charge of the
validation of internal models, as a second line of defense. The independent review process ends with (i)
review and approval Committees and (ii) an Audit Report detailing the scope of the review, the tests
performed and their outcomes, the recommendations and the conclusion of the review. The model control
mechanism gives rise to recurrent reporting to the appropriate authorities.
SVaR increased on average in 2023 (EUR 37 million versus EUR 32 million in 2022). Slightly up over the
year the SVaR has evolved with a variability comparable to that of 2022 mainly due to the activities on exotic
equities. The level of the SVaR remains explained by the indexing and financing action activities, and by the
interest rate scopes.




271
NOTE 10.6 – STRUCTURAL RISKS: INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE
RATE
DEFINITION
Interest rate and foreign exchange risks are linked to:
▪ trading book activities
▪ positions relating to long term employee benefit commitments and their hedging, which are monitored
under a dedicated system
▪ the Banking Book activities, including commercial transactions and their hedging, but excluding positions
linked to employee commitments covered by the dedicated system. This is the Group's structural
exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated
entities is to ensure that movements in interest and foreign exchange rates do not significantly threaten the
Group’s financial base or its future earnings.
Within the entities, commercial and corporate center operations must therefore be matched in terms of
interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible. At the consolidated level, a structural foreign
exchange position is maintained in order to minimise the variation of the Group's Common Equity Tier 1
(CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.



1. ORGANISATION OF THE MANAGEMENT OF STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE
RATE RISKS

The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The entities are first
and foremost responsible for managing these risks. The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department
within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defense. The ALM
department of the Risk Department assumes the role of second line of defense supervision.

1.2 THE GROUP ALM COMMITTEE, A GENERAL MANAGEMENT BODY


The purpose of the Group ALM Committee is to:
▪ validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural
risks;
▪ review changes in the Group's structural risks through consolidated reporting;
▪ review and validate the measures and the adjustments proposed by the Group's Finance Department.

The ALM Committee gives delegation to the Global Rate Forex Committee chaired by the Finance
Department and the Risk Division for the validation of frameworks not exceeding defined amounts.

1.2 THE ALM DEPARTMENT WITHIN THE GROUP FINANCE DIVISION


The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department is responsible for:
▪ defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk appetite to structural risks;
▪ analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;
▪ monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;
▪ defining the ALM principles for the Group;
▪ defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;
▪ identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;

272
▪ monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.

1.3 THE ALM RISK CONTROL DEPARTMENT WITHIN THE RISK DIVISION


Within the Risk Division, the ALM Risk Department oversees structural risks and assesses the management
system for these risks. As such, this department is in charge of:
▪ interest and foreign exchange rates risks identification of the Group;

▪ defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks
and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU)/Service
Units (SU);
▪ defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods.

In addition, by delegation of MRM, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it
organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.
Finally, he chairs the Model Validation Committee and the ALM Standards Validation Committee and thus
ensures that the regulatory framework is correctly read and properly adapted to Societe Generale
environment.

1.4 THE ENTITIES AND BU/SU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALM RISK MANAGEMENT


Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks
incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each
BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it.
As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models,
with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.
An ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity is responsible for monitoring these
risks. This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities
have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest
rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programs in accordance with the principles set out
by the Group and the limits validated by the Finance Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees.



2. STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE RISK

2.1 THE GROUP’S OBJECTIVE


The Group's objective is to ensure that each entity's exposure to interest rate risk remains within the Risk
Appetite defined by the Group. To this end, the Board of Directors, the Group ALM Committee, the GRFC
and the ALM Committees of the BU/SU set variation limits (in terms of value and income) for the Group, the
BUs/SUs and the entities respectively.


2.2 MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING OF STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE RISK
The Supersisory Outlier Test (SOT) regulatory metrics are calculated and monitored at Group level by
applying the rate shocks specified in EBA's RTS 2022/10 (including the post-shock rate floor). The Group's
standards require the inclusion of commercial margins in the calculation of value metrics. For regulatory
income metrics based on constant outstandings, outstandings migration assumptions are made, in particular
between non-interest-bearing deposits and interest-bearing deposits.

Societe Generale uses several further indicators to measure the Group's overall interest rate risk.

273
The three most important indicators are:
▪ the variation of the net present value (NPV) to the risk of interest rate mismatch. It is measured as the
variation of the net present value of the static balance sheet to a change in interest rates. This measure
is calculated for all currencies to which the Group is exposed;
▪ the variation of the interest margin to changes in interest rates in various interest rate scenarios. It takes
into account the variation generated by future commercial production;
Since 2023, this indicator has been supplemented by a measure of the change in the impact on
accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) or income from products recognised at fair value.
▪ the variation of NPV to basis risk (risk associated with decorrelation between different variable rate
indices).

Limits on these indicators apply to the Group, the BUs/SUs and the various entities. The Group perimeter
is obtained by adding together the perimeters that make up the Group. All these metrics are also calculated
on a monthly basis for the significant perimeters, and the limit framework respect is checked at the same
frequency at Group level.

Limits on these indicators are applicable to the Group, the BUs/SUs and the various entities. Limits are set
for shocks at +0.1% and for stressed shocks (1% for value variation and 2% for income variation) without
floor application. Only the variation of income over the first two years is framed. The measurements are
computed monthly 10 months a year (with the exception of the months of January and July for which no
Group-level closing is achieved). For value metrics, some limits are set for measurements made by taking
into account only negative variations. An additional synthetic measurement of value variation – all currencies
– is framed for the Group. In addition, a stressed value metric (application of an upward or downward shock
differentiated by currency) is defined at Group level.

To comply with these frameworks, the entities combine several possible approaches:
▪ orientation of the commercial policy so as to offset interest rate positions taken on the asset and liability
side;
▪ implementation of a swap operation or – failing this in the absence of such a market – use of a
loan/borrowing operation;
▪ purchase/sale of options on the market to cover optional positions taken towards our clients.

Assets and liabilities are analysed without a prior allocation of resources to uses. Maturities of outstanding
amounts are determined by taking into account the contractual characteristics of the transactions, adjusted
for the results of customer behavior modelling (in particular for demand deposits, savings and early loan
repayments), possibly differentiated according to the rate scenario considered, as well as a certain number
of disposal agreements, in particular on affiliates securities and shareholders' equity items. The discount
rate used for value steering metrics includes liquidity spreads for on-balance sheet products.

As at 31 December 2023, the main models applicable for the calculation of interest rate risk measurements
are models – sometimes dependent rates– on part of the deposits without a maturity date leading to an
average duration of less than 5 years– the schedule may in some cases to reach the maximum maturity of
20 years.

The automatic balance sheet options are taken into account:
▪ either via the Bachelier formula or possibly from Monte-Carlo type calculations for value variation
calculations;
▪ or by taking into account the pay-offs depending on the scenario considered in the income variation
calculations.

Changes in OCI or P&L of instruments recognised at fair value are not included in the controlled income
variation measures.

274
Hedging transactions are mainly documented in the accounting plan: this can be carried out either as micro-
hedging (individual hedging of commercial transactions) or as macro-hedging under the IAS 39 “carve-out”
arrangement (global backing of portfolios of similar commercial transactions within a Treasury Department;
macro-hedging concerns essentially French retail network entities).

Macro-hedging derivatives are essentially interest rate swaps in order to maintain networks’ net asset value
and result variation within limit frameworks, considering hypotheses applied. For macro-hedging
documentation, the hedged item is an identified portion of a portfolio of commercial client or interbank
operations. Conditions to respect in order to document hedging relationships are reminded in Note 3.2 to
the consolidated financial statements.
The Group also measures and controls its change in value due to the credit spread in the Banking Book for
a shock of +0.1% applied to items measured at fair value and to all bond portfolios within the scope of
consolidation. A shock differentiated according to the quality of the counterparty is under consideration, as
well as a review of the scope.
Lastly, the Group measures and monitors the difference between the fair value and amortised cost of fixed-
income securities of the banking book.

VARIATION IN THE ECONOMIC VALUE OF OWN FUNDS AT THE 6 REGULATORY SHOCKS


31.12.2023
Changes of the economic
(In EUR m) value of equity Changes of the net interest income
Supervisory shock scenarios *
1 Parallel up (1,821) 621
2 Parallel down (1,231) (741)
3 Steepener 1,621
4 Flattener (2,210)
5 Short rates up (1,890)
6 Short rates down 2,223


31.12.2022
Changes of the economic
(In EUR m) value of equity Changes of the net interest income
Supervisory shock scenarios *
1 Parallel up (2,900) 375
2 Parallel down 1,011 (1,102)
3 Steepener 1,875
4 Flattener (2,547)
5 Short rates up (2,747)
6 Short rates down 2,862
* Restatement STE IRRB.




275
3. STRUCTURAL EXCHANGE RATE RISK

Structural exchange rate risk, understood as resulting from all transactions that do not belong to the Trading
Book, results from:
▪ exposures related to net investments abroad in foreign currencies, i.e. in subsidiaries and branches.
FX positions generated by an imperfect hedge are valued through other comprehensive income;
▪ exposures related to activities made by entities in currencies that are not their reporting currency;
▪ open positions taken on the balance sheet with the aim of making the CET1 ratio insensitive to changes
in the exchange rate of currencies against the euro.
To achieve its objective of making the CET1 ratio insensitive to fluctuations in exchange rates against the
euro, the following actions are taken:
▪ Group entities are asked to individually hedge the results related to activities in currencies other than
their reporting currency;
▪ the foreign exchange position generated by investments in foreign holdings and branches, as well as by
the conversion of their results into euros, is partially covered centrally: at the level of the Group Finance
Division. Societe Generale retains a target exposure multiplied by the RWA generated in this currency
in each RWA constituent currency equivalent to the level of the CET1 Target Group ratio and covers the
balance by borrowings or forward foreign exchange transactions denominated in the currency of
investments and recognised as investment hedging instruments (cf. Note 3.2).

For each currency, the difference between actual and target exposure is governed by limits validated by the
Finance Committee and the Board of Directors.
Similarly, the sensitivities of the CET1 ratio to shocks of 10% per currency are framed




276
NOTE 10.7 – STRUCTURAL RISK: LIQUIDITY

DEFINITION
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank does not have the necessary funds to meet its commitments.
Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with
appropriate column of assets and at a reasonable cost.



1. OBJECTIVES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES

The liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can (i)
fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting
financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks); (ii) raise funding resources in a sustainable
manner, at a competitive cost compared to peers (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and
funding management ensures compliance with risk appetite and regulatory requirements
To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:
▪ liquidity risk management is centralised at Group level, ensuring pooling of resources, optimisation of
costs and consistent risk management. Businesses must comply with static liquidity deadlocks in normal
situations, within the limits of their supervision and the operation of their activities, by carrying out
operations with the “own management” entity, where appropriate, according to an internal refinancing
schedule. Assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are assigned maturities according to
agreements or quantitative models proposed by the Finance Department and by the business lines and
validated by the Risk Division;
▪ funding resources are based on business development needs and the risk appetite defined by the Board
of Directors (see section 2);
▪ financing resources are diversified by currencies, investor pools, maturities and formats (vanilla issues,
structured, secured notes, etc.). Most of the debt is issued by the parent company. However,
Societe Generale also relies on certain subsidiaries to raise resources in foreign currencies and from
pools of investors complementary to those of the parent company;
▪ liquid reserves are built up and maintained in such a way as to respect the stress survival horizon defined
by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are available in the form of cash held in central banks and
securities that can be liquidated quickly and housed either in the banking book, under direct or indirect
management of the Group Treasury. in the trading book within the market activities under the supervision
of the Group Treasury;
▪ the Group has options that can be activated at any time under stress, through an Emergency Financing
Plan (EFP) at Group level (except for insurance activities, which have a separate contingency plan),
defining leading indicators for monitoring the evolution of the liquidity situation, operating procedures and
remedial actions that can be activated in a crisis situation.



2. THE GROUP’S PRINCIPLES AND APPROACH TO LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The key operational steps of liquidity and funding management are as follows:
▪ risk identification is a process which is set out and documented by the Risk Division, in charge of
establishing a mapping of liquidity risks. This process is conducted yearly with each Business Unit and
within the Group Treasury Department, aimed at screening all material risks and checking their proper
measurement and capturing the control framework. In addition, a Reverse Stress Testing process exists,
which aims at identifying and quantifying the risk drivers which may weigh most on the liquidity profile
under assumptions even more severe than used in the regular stress test metrics;
▪ definition, implementation and periodic review of liquidity models and conventions used to assess the
duration of assets and liabilities and to assess the liquidity profile under stress. Liquidity models are
277
managed along the overall Model Risk Management governance, also applicable to other risk factors
(market, credit, operational), controlled by the Group Risk division;
▪ yearly definition of the risk appetite for liquidity and funding risks, whereby the Board of Directors
approves financial indicators framing that have been proposed by General Management. Such risk
appetite targets are then cascaded down per Business Units. The risk appetite is framed along the
following metrics:
− key regulatory indicators (LCR, Adjusted LCR excess in USD, and NSFR),
− the footprint of the Group in Short-Term Wholesale funding markets,
− the survival horizon under an adverse stress scenario, combining a severe market and systemic
shock and an idiosyncratic shock. In addition to the main adverse scenario, Societe Generale also
checks its survival horizon under an extreme stress scenario. For both scenarios, the idiosyncratic
shock is characterised by one of its main consequences, which would be an immediate 3-notch
downgrade of Societe Generale’s long-term rating. In such adverse or extreme scenarios, the
liquidity position of the Group is assessed over time, taking into account the negative impacts of the
scenarios, such as deposit outflows, drawing by clients of the committed facilities provided by Societe
Generale, increase in margin calls related to derivatives portfolios, etc. The survival horizon is the
moment in time when the net liquidity position under such assumptions becomes negative,
− the overall transformation position of the Group (static liquidity deadlock in normal situation matured
up to a maturity of 5 years),
− the amount of free collaterals providing an immediate access to central bank funding, in case of an
emergency (only collaterals which do not contribute to the numerator of the LCR are considered,
i.e. non-HQLA collaterals);
▪ the financial trajectories under baseline and stressed scenarios are determined within the framework of
the funding plan to respect the risk appetite. The budget’s baseline scenario reflects the central
assumptions for the macro-economic environment and the business strategy of the Group, while the
stressed scenario is factoring both an adverse macro-economic environment and idiosyncratic issues;
▪ the funding plan comprises both the long-term funding program, which frames the issuance of plain
vanilla bonds and structured notes, and the plan to raise short-term funding resources in money markets;
▪ the Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP) mechanism, drawn up and maintained within the Group Treasury,
provides internal refinancing schedules that enable businesses to recover their excess liquidity and
finance their needs through transactions carried out with its own management;
▪ production and broadcasting of periodic liquidity reports, at various frequencies (daily indicators, weekly
indicators, monthly indicators), leveraging in most part on the central data repository, operated by a
dedicated central production team. The net liquidity position under the combined (idiosyncratic and
market/systemic) stress scenario is reassessed on a monthly basis and can be analysed along multiple
axes (per product, Business Unit, currency, legal entity). Each key metric (LCR, NSFR, transformation
positions, net liquidity position under combined stress) is reviewed formally on a monthly basis by the
Group Finance and Risk divisions. Forecasts are made and revised weekly by the Strategic and Financial
Steering Department and reviewed during a Weekly Liquidity Committee chaired by the Head of Group
Treasury. This Weekly Liquidity Committee gives tactical instructions to Business Units, with the
objective to adjust in permanence the liquidity and funding risk profile, within the limits and taking into
account business requirements and market conditions;
▪ preparation of a Contingency Funding Plan, which is applicable Group-wide, and provides for: (i) a set
of early warning indicators (e.g. market parameters or internal indicators); (ii) the operating model and
governance to be adopted in case of an activation of a crisis management mode (and the interplay with
other regimes, in particular Recovery management); (iii) the main remediation actions to be considered
as part of the crisis management.

These various operational steps are part of the ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process)
framework of Societe Generale.

Every year, Societe Generale produces for its supervisor, the ECB, a self-assessment of the liquidity risk
framework in which key liquidity and funding risks are identified, quantified and analysed with both a
backward and a multi-year forward-looking perspective. The adequacy self-assessment also describes
278
qualitatively the risk management set up (methods, processes, resources…), supplemented by an
assessment of the adequacy of the Group’s liquidity.



3. GOVERNANCE

The main liquidity risk governance bodies are as follows:
▪ the Board of Directors, which:
− sets yearly the level of liquidity risk tolerance as part of the Group’s risk appetite, based on a set of
key metrics, which includes both internal and regulatory metrics, in particular the period of time during
which the Group can operate under stressed conditions (“survival horizon”),
− approves financial indicators framing including the scarce resources indicators framing,
− reviews at least quarterly the Group’s liquidity and funding situation: key liquidity metrics, including
stressed liquidity gap metrics as evaluated through Societe Generale group models, the regulatory
metrics LCR and NSFR, the pace of execution of the funding plan and the related cost of funds;
▪ General Management, which:
− allocates liquidity and funding targets to the various Business Units and the Group Treasury entity,
upon proposal from the Group Finance division,
− defines and implements the liquidity and funding risk strategy, based on inputs from the Finance and
Risk Divisions and the Business Units. In particular, the General Management chairs the Finance
Committee, held every 6 weeks and attended by representatives from the Finance and Risk Divisions
and Business Units, which is responsible for monitoring structural risks and managing scarce
resources:
o validation and monitoring of the set of limits for structural risks, including liquidity risk,
o monitoring of budget targets and decisions in case of a deviation from the budget,
o definition of principles and methods related to liquidity risk management (e.g. definition of stress
scenarios),
o assessment of any regulatory changes and their impacts;
▪ the Group Finance Division, which is responsible for the liquidity and funding risks as First Line of
Defense, interacting closely with Business Units. Within the Group Finance Division, there are three main
departments involved respectively in the preparation and implementation of decisions taken by the
abovementioned bodies:
− the Strategic and Financial Steering Department is responsible for framing and steering the Group’s
scarce resources, including liquidity, within the Group’s risk appetite and financial indicators framing,
− the Group Treasury Department is in charge of all aspects of the operational management of liquidity
and funding across the Group, including managing the liquidity position, executing the funding plan,
supervising and coordinating treasury functions, providing operational expertise in target setting,
managing the liquidity reserves and the collateral used in funding transactions, managing the
corporate centre,
− the Asset and Liability Management Department is in charge of the definition of modelling and
monitoring structural risks, including liquidity risk alongside interest rate and foreign exchange risks
in the Banking Book.
− also sitting with the Group Finance Division, the Metrics Production Department runs the
management information system regarding liquidity and funding risks across the Group. For liquidity
metrics, the Group relies on a centralised system architecture, with all Business Units feeding a
central data repository from which all metrics are produced, either regulatory metrics (e.g. the LCR
or the NSFR) or metrics used for internal steering (e.g. stress test indicators);
▪ the ALM Risk Department, which perform as the second line of defense functions, ensure the supervision
of liquidity risks and evaluates the management system for these risks. As such, it is in charge of:
− the definition of liquidity indicators and the setting of the main existing limits within the Group;


279
− the definition of the normative framework for measuring, modelling methods and monitoring these
risks.
In addition, by delegation of MRM, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it
organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.
Finally, it ensures the correct interpretation of the regulatory framework as well as an adequate
implementation in the Societe Generale environment.




280